WO2024212045A1 - Encoding method, decoding method, code stream, encoder, decoder, and storage medium - Google Patents
Encoding method, decoding method, code stream, encoder, decoder, and storage medium Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2024212045A1 WO2024212045A1 PCT/CN2023/087311 CN2023087311W WO2024212045A1 WO 2024212045 A1 WO2024212045 A1 WO 2024212045A1 CN 2023087311 W CN2023087311 W CN 2023087311W WO 2024212045 A1 WO2024212045 A1 WO 2024212045A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- node
- decoded
- angle parameter
- parameter value
- value
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING OR CALCULATING; COUNTING
- G06T—IMAGE DATA PROCESSING OR GENERATION, IN GENERAL
- G06T9/00—Image coding
- G06T9/40—Tree coding, e.g. quadtree, octree
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N19/00—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals
- H04N19/10—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using adaptive coding
- H04N19/134—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using adaptive coding characterised by the element, parameter or criterion affecting or controlling the adaptive coding
- H04N19/157—Assigned coding mode, i.e. the coding mode being predefined or preselected to be further used for selection of another element or parameter
- H04N19/159—Prediction type, e.g. intra-frame, inter-frame or bidirectional frame prediction
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
- H04N19/00—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals
- H04N19/50—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using predictive coding
- H04N19/503—Methods or arrangements for coding, decoding, compressing or decompressing digital video signals using predictive coding involving temporal prediction
Definitions
- the embodiments of the present application relate to the field of point cloud encoding and decoding technology, and in particular, to an encoding and decoding method, a bit stream, an encoder, a decoder, and a storage medium.
- G-PCC geometry-based point cloud compression
- the geometry coding of G-PCC can be divided into octree-based geometry coding and prediction tree-based geometry coding.
- For the prediction tree-based geometry coding it is necessary to first establish a prediction tree; then traverse each node in the prediction tree, and after determining the prediction mode of each node, predict the geometric position information of the node according to the prediction mode to obtain the prediction residual, and finally encode the parameters such as the prediction mode and prediction residual of each node to generate a binary code stream.
- the current node can also use the inter-frame prediction mode to predict the geometric position information of the node.
- the prior information of global motion is considered, which leads to poor prediction effect, reduces the accuracy of inter-frame prediction, and thus reduces the coding and decoding efficiency of geometric information.
- the embodiments of the present application provide a coding and decoding method, a bit stream, an encoder, a decoder and a storage medium, which can improve the accuracy of inter-frame prediction, thereby improving the coding and decoding efficiency of geometric information and improving the coding and decoding performance of point clouds.
- an embodiment of the present application provides a decoding method, which is applied to a decoder method including:
- a geometric prediction value of the node to be decoded is determined.
- an embodiment of the present application provides an encoding method, which is applied to an encoder, and the method includes:
- a geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded is determined.
- an embodiment of the present application provides a code stream, wherein the code stream is generated by bit encoding according to information to be encoded; wherein the information to be encoded includes at least one of the following:
- the geometric prediction residual value, quantization parameter, prediction node index value, first identification information and second identification information of the node to be encoded
- the first identification information is used to indicate whether the node to be encoded uses an inter-frame prediction mode
- the second identification information is used to indicate whether the node to be encoded enables a local motion processing mode
- an embodiment of the present application provides a decoder, the decoder comprising a decoding unit, a first determining unit and a first local motion processing unit; wherein,
- the decoding unit is configured to parse the bitstream, determine the predicted node index value corresponding to the node to be decoded; and determine the first decoded node before the node to be decoded in the current frame;
- the first determining unit is configured to determine a prediction node according to the prediction node index value and the first decoded node;
- the first local motion processing unit is configured to process a first angle of the predicted node based on the first decoded node.
- the parameter value is subjected to local motion processing to determine a second angle parameter value of the prediction node;
- the first determination unit is further configured to determine the geometric parameters of the predicted node based on the first angle parameter value or the second angle parameter value; and determine the geometric prediction value of the node to be decoded based on the geometric parameters.
- an embodiment of the present application provides a decoder, the decoder comprising a first memory and a first processor; wherein:
- the first memory is configured to store a computer program that can be executed on the first processor
- the first processor is configured to execute a decoding method on the decoder side when running the computer program.
- an embodiment of the present application provides an encoder, the encoder comprising a second determination unit, a second local motion processing unit and a prediction unit; wherein,
- the second determination unit is configured to determine a first coded node preceding the node to be coded in the current frame; and determine a first candidate node having at least one geometric parameter identical to the first coded node in the reference frame, and determine at least one second candidate node in the reference frame according to the first candidate node;
- the second local motion processing unit is configured to perform local motion processing on the angle parameter value of at least one candidate node among the at least one second candidate node to obtain the updated at least one second candidate node;
- the prediction unit is configured to determine a geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded based on the first candidate node and at least one updated second candidate node.
- an encoder comprising a second memory and a second processor; wherein:
- the second memory is configured to store a computer program that can be executed on the second processor
- the second processor is configured to execute the encoding method on the encoder side when running the computer program.
- an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, wherein the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program is executed by a first processor, the computer program implements a decoding method on the decoder side, or when the computer program is executed by a second processor, the computer program implements a coding and decoding method on the encoder side.
- An embodiment of the present application provides a coding and decoding method.
- the decoder parses the bit stream to determine the predicted node index value corresponding to the node to be decoded; then, the decoder determines the first decoded node before the node to be decoded in the current frame; then, the decoder determines the predicted node based on the predicted node index value and the first decoded node; then, the decoder performs local motion processing on the first angle parameter value of the predicted node based on the first decoded node to determine the second angle parameter value of the predicted node; finally, the decoder determines the geometric parameters of the predicted node based on the first angle parameter value or the second angle parameter value; based on the geometric parameters, the geometric prediction value of the node to be decoded is determined.
- the encoder determines the first encoded node preceding the node to be encoded in the current frame; then, the encoder determines a first candidate node in the reference frame that has at least one geometric parameter identical to the first encoded node, and determines at least one second candidate node in the reference frame based on the first candidate node; then, the encoder performs local motion processing on the angle parameter value of at least one candidate node among the at least one second candidate node to obtain at least one updated second candidate node; finally, the encoder determines the geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded based on the first candidate node and the at least one updated second candidate node.
- the technical solution of the present application is mainly for optimizing the angle parameter value of the prediction node used for inter-frame prediction.
- the second angle parameter value since the second angle parameter value is obtained after the first angle parameter value is processed by local motion, the second angle parameter value has the prior information of local motion compared with the first angle parameter value, thereby achieving a more refined prediction of the geometric information of the prediction node, thereby improving the accuracy of inter-frame prediction.
- the accuracy of the geometric reconstruction of the node to be decoded can be improved, thereby improving the accuracy of inter-frame prediction, improving the encoding and decoding efficiency of the geometric information, and thus improving the encoding and decoding performance of the point cloud.
- FIG1A is a schematic diagram of a three-dimensional point cloud image
- FIG1B is a partial enlarged view of a three-dimensional point cloud image
- FIG2A is a schematic diagram of six viewing angles of a point cloud image
- FIG2B is a schematic diagram of a data storage format corresponding to a point cloud image
- FIG3 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture for point cloud encoding and decoding
- FIG4A is a schematic diagram of a composition framework of a G-PCC encoder
- FIG4B is a schematic diagram of a composition framework of a G-PCC decoder
- FIG5A is a schematic diagram of a low plane position in the Z-axis direction
- FIG5B is a schematic diagram of a high plane position in the Z-axis direction
- FIG6 is a schematic diagram of a node encoding sequence
- FIG. 7A is a schematic diagram of a plane identification information
- FIG7B is a schematic diagram of another type of planar identification information
- FIG8 is a schematic diagram of sibling nodes of a current node
- FIG9 is a schematic diagram of the intersection of a laser radar and a node
- FIG10 is a schematic diagram of neighborhood nodes at the same partition depth and the same coordinates
- FIG11A is a schematic diagram of a current node being located at a low plane position of a parent node
- FIG11B is a second schematic diagram of a current node being located at a low plane position of a parent node
- FIG11C is a third schematic diagram of a current node being located at a low plane position of a parent node
- FIG12A is a schematic diagram of a current node being located at a high plane position of a parent node
- FIG12B is a second schematic diagram of a current node being located at a high plane position of a parent node
- FIG12C is a third schematic diagram of a high plane position of a current node located at a parent node
- FIG13 is a schematic diagram of predictive coding of planar position information of a laser radar point cloud
- FIG14 is a schematic diagram of IDCM encoding
- FIG15 is a schematic diagram of coordinate transformation of a rotating laser radar to obtain a point cloud
- FIG16 is a schematic diagram of predictive coding in the X-axis or Y-axis direction
- FIG17A is a schematic diagram showing an angle of predicting an X-plane by using a horizontal azimuth angle
- FIG17B is a schematic diagram showing an angle of the Y plane predicted by the horizontal azimuth angle
- FIG18 is another schematic diagram of predictive coding in the X-axis or Y-axis direction
- FIG19A is a schematic diagram of three intersection points included in a sub-block
- FIG19B is a schematic diagram of a triangular facet set fitted using three intersection points
- FIG19C is a schematic diagram of upsampling of a triangular face set
- FIG20 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a geometric prediction tree inter-frame encoding and decoding
- FIG21 is a schematic diagram of a flow chart of a decoding method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG22 is a schematic diagram of a flow chart of an encoding method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG23 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a geometric information inter-frame encoding and decoding provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG24 is a schematic diagram of the structure of another geometric information inter-frame encoding and decoding provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG25 is a schematic diagram of the composition structure of a decoder provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG27 is a schematic diagram of the structure of an encoder provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG28 is a schematic diagram of a specific hardware structure of an encoder provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 29 is a schematic diagram of the composition structure of a coding and decoding system provided in an embodiment of the present application.
- first ⁇ second ⁇ third involved in the embodiments of the present application are only used to distinguish similar objects and do not represent a specific ordering of the objects. It can be understood that “first ⁇ second ⁇ third” can be interchanged in a specific order or sequence where permitted, so that the embodiments of the present application described here can be implemented in an order other than that illustrated or described here.
- Point Cloud is a three-dimensional representation of the surface of an object.
- Point cloud (data) on the surface of an object can be collected through acquisition equipment such as photoelectric radar, lidar, laser scanner, and multi-view camera.
- a point cloud is a set of irregularly distributed discrete points in space that express the spatial structure and surface properties of a three-dimensional object or scene.
- FIG1A shows a three-dimensional point cloud image
- FIG1B shows a partial magnified view of the three-dimensional point cloud image. It can be seen that the point cloud surface is composed of densely distributed points.
- each pixel In a two-dimensional image, each pixel has information and is distributed regularly, so there is no need to record its position information. However, the distribution of points in a point cloud in three-dimensional space is random and irregular, so it is necessary to record the position of each point in space. It can fully express a point cloud. Similar to a two-dimensional image, each position in the acquisition process has corresponding attribute information, usually RGB color value, which reflects the color of the object; for point clouds, in addition to color information, the attribute information corresponding to each point is also commonly the reflectance value, which reflects the surface material of the object. Therefore, point cloud data usually includes the position information of the point and the attribute information of the point. Among them, the position information of the point can also be called the geometric information of the point.
- the geometric information of the point can be the three-dimensional coordinate information of the point (x, y, z).
- the attribute information of the point can include color information and/or reflectivity, etc.
- reflectivity can be one-dimensional reflectivity information (r); color information can be information on any color space, or color information can also be three-dimensional color information, such as RGB information.
- R represents red (Red, R)
- G represents green (Green, G)
- B blue (Blue, B).
- color information can be brightness and chromaticity (YCbCr, YUV) information. Among them, Y represents brightness (Luma), Cb (U) represents blue color difference, and Cr (V) represents red color difference.
- the points in the point cloud may include the three-dimensional coordinate information of the points and the reflectivity value of the points.
- the points in the point cloud may include the three-dimensional coordinate information of the points and the three-dimensional color information of the points.
- a point cloud obtained by combining the principles of laser measurement and photogrammetry may include the three-dimensional coordinate information of the points, the reflectivity value of the points and the three-dimensional color information of the points.
- Figure 2A and 2B a point cloud image and its corresponding data storage format are shown.
- Figure 2A provides six viewing angles of the point cloud image
- Figure 2B consists of a file header information part and a data part.
- the header information includes the data format, data representation type, the total number of point cloud points, and the content represented by the point cloud.
- the point cloud is in the ".ply" format, represented by ASCII code, with a total number of 207242 points, and each point has three-dimensional coordinate information (x, y, z) and three-dimensional color information (r, g, b).
- Point clouds can be divided into the following categories according to the way they are obtained:
- Static point cloud the object is stationary, and the device that obtains the point cloud is also stationary;
- Dynamic point cloud The object is moving, but the device that obtains the point cloud is stationary;
- Dynamic point cloud acquisition The device used to acquire the point cloud is in motion.
- point clouds can be divided into two categories according to their usage:
- Category 1 Machine perception point cloud, which can be used in autonomous navigation systems, real-time inspection systems, geographic information systems, visual sorting robots, disaster relief robots, etc.
- Category 2 Point cloud perceived by the human eye, which can be used in point cloud application scenarios such as digital cultural heritage, free viewpoint broadcasting, 3D immersive communication, and 3D immersive interaction.
- Point clouds can flexibly and conveniently express the spatial structure and surface properties of three-dimensional objects or scenes. Point clouds are obtained by directly sampling real objects, so they can provide a strong sense of reality while ensuring accuracy. Therefore, they are widely used, including virtual reality games, computer-aided design, geographic information systems, automatic navigation systems, digital cultural heritage, free viewpoint broadcasting, three-dimensional immersive remote presentation, and three-dimensional reconstruction of biological tissues and organs.
- Point clouds can be collected mainly through the following methods: computer generation, 3D laser scanning, 3D photogrammetry, etc.
- Computers can generate point clouds of virtual three-dimensional objects and scenes; 3D laser scanning can obtain point clouds of static real-world three-dimensional objects or scenes, and can obtain millions of point clouds per second; 3D photogrammetry can obtain point clouds of dynamic real-world three-dimensional objects or scenes, and can obtain tens of millions of point clouds per second.
- 3D photogrammetry can obtain point clouds of dynamic real-world three-dimensional objects or scenes, and can obtain tens of millions of point clouds per second.
- the number of points in each point cloud frame is 700,000, and each point has coordinate information xyz (float) and color information RGB (uchar).
- point cloud compression has become a key issue in promoting the development of the point cloud industry.
- the point cloud is a collection of massive points, storing the point cloud will not only consume a lot of memory, but also is not conducive to transmission. There is also not enough bandwidth to support direct transmission of the point cloud at the network layer without compression. Therefore, the point cloud needs to be compressed.
- the point cloud coding framework that can compress point clouds can be the geometry-based point cloud compression (G-PCC) codec framework or the video-based point cloud compression (V-PCC) codec framework provided by the Moving Picture Experts Group (MPEG), or the AVS-PCC codec framework provided by AVS.
- the G-PCC codec framework can be used to compress the first type of static point clouds and the third type of dynamically acquired point clouds, which can be based on the point cloud compression test platform (Test Model Compression 13, TMC13), and the V-PCC codec framework can be used to compress the second type of dynamic point clouds, which can be based on the point cloud compression test platform (Test Model Compression 2, TMC2). Therefore, the G-PCC codec framework is also called point cloud codec TMC13, and the V-PCC codec framework is also called point cloud codec TMC2.
- FIG3 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture of a point cloud encoding and decoding provided by the embodiment of the present application.
- the network architecture includes one or more electronic devices 13 to 1N and a communication network 01, wherein the electronic devices 13 to 1N can perform video interaction through the communication network 01.
- the electronic device can be various types of devices with point cloud encoding and decoding functions.
- the electronic device can include a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a personal computer, a personal digital assistant, a navigator, a digital phone, a video phone, a television, a sensor device, a server, etc., which is not limited by the embodiment of the present application.
- the decoder or encoder in the embodiment of the present application can be the above-mentioned electronic device.
- the electronic device in the embodiment of the present application has a point cloud encoding and decoding function, generally including a point cloud encoder (ie, encoder) and a point cloud decoder (ie, decoder).
- a point cloud encoder ie, encoder
- a point cloud decoder ie, decoder
- the point cloud data is first divided into multiple slices by slice division.
- the geometric information of the point cloud and the attribute information corresponding to each point are encoded separately.
- FIG4A shows a schematic diagram of the composition framework of a G-PCC encoder.
- the geometric information is transformed so that all point clouds are contained in a bounding box (Bounding Box), and then quantized.
- This step of quantization mainly plays a role in scaling. Due to the quantization rounding, the geometric information of a part of the point cloud is the same, so whether to remove duplicate points is determined based on parameters.
- the process of quantization and removal of duplicate points is also called voxelization.
- the Bounding Box is divided into octrees or a prediction tree is constructed.
- arithmetic coding is performed on the points in the leaf nodes of the division to generate a binary geometric bit stream; or, arithmetic coding is performed on the intersection points (Vertex) generated by the division (surface fitting is performed based on the intersection points) to generate a binary geometric bit stream.
- color conversion is required first to convert the color information (i.e., attribute information) from the RGB color space to the YUV color space. Then, the point cloud is recolored using the reconstructed geometric information so that the uncoded attribute information corresponds to the reconstructed geometric information. Attribute encoding is mainly performed on color information.
- FIG4B shows a schematic diagram of the composition framework of a G-PCC decoder.
- the geometric bit stream and the attribute bit stream in the binary bit stream are first decoded independently.
- the geometric information of the point cloud is obtained through arithmetic decoding-reconstruction of the octree/reconstruction of the prediction tree-reconstruction of the geometry-coordinate inverse conversion;
- the attribute information of the point cloud is obtained through arithmetic decoding-inverse quantization-LOD partitioning/RAHT-color inverse conversion, and the point cloud data to be encoded (i.e., the output point cloud) is restored based on the geometric information and attribute information.
- the current geometric coding of G-PCC can be divided into octree-based geometric coding (marked by a dotted box) and prediction tree-based geometric coding (marked by a dotted box).
- the octree-based geometry encoding includes: first, coordinate transformation of the geometric information so that all point clouds are contained in a Bounding Box. Then quantization is performed. This step of quantization mainly plays a role of scaling. Due to the quantization rounding, the geometric information of some points is the same. Whether to remove duplicate points is determined based on parameters. The process of quantization and removal of duplicate points is also called voxelization. Next, the Bounding Box is continuously divided into trees (such as octrees, quadtrees, binary trees, etc.) in the order of breadth-first traversal, and the placeholder code of each node is encoded.
- trees such as octrees, quadtrees, binary trees, etc.
- the bounding box of the point cloud is calculated. Assume that dx > dy > dz , the bounding box corresponds to a cuboid.
- binary tree partitioning will be performed based on the x-axis to obtain two child nodes.
- quadtree partitioning will be performed based on the x- and y-axes to obtain four child nodes.
- octree partitioning will be performed until the leaf node obtained by partitioning is a 1 ⁇ 1 ⁇ 1 unit cube.
- K indicates the maximum number of binary tree/quadtree partitions before octree partitioning
- M is used to indicate that the minimum block side length corresponding to binary tree/quadtree partitioning is 2M.
- the reason why parameters K and M meet the above conditions is that in the current process of geometric implicit partitioning in G-PCC, the priority of partitioning is binary tree, quadtree and octree.
- the octree-based geometric information coding mode can effectively encode the geometric information of the point cloud by utilizing the correlation between adjacent points in space. However, for some relatively flat nodes or nodes with planar characteristics, the coding efficiency of the point cloud geometric information can be further improved by using plane coding.
- Fig. 5A and Fig. 5B provide a kind of plane position schematic diagram.
- Fig. 5A shows a kind of low plane position schematic diagram in the Z-axis direction
- Fig. 5B shows a kind of high plane position schematic diagram in the Z-axis direction.
- (a), (a0), (a1), (a2), (a3) here all belong to the low plane position in the Z-axis direction.
- the four subnodes occupied in the current node are located at the high plane position of the current node in the Z-axis direction, so it can be considered that the current node belongs to a Z plane and is a high plane in the Z-axis direction.
- FIG. 6 provides a schematic diagram of the node coding order, that is, the node coding is performed in the order of 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 as shown in FIG. 6.
- the octree coding method is used for (a) in FIG. 5A, the placeholder information of the current node is represented as: 11001100.
- the plane coding method is used, first, an identifier needs to be encoded to indicate that the current node is a plane in the Z-axis direction.
- the plane position of the current node needs to be represented; secondly, only the placeholder information of the low plane node in the Z-axis direction needs to be encoded (that is, the placeholder information of the four subnodes 0, 2, 4, and 6). Therefore, based on the plane coding method, only 6 bits need to be encoded to encode the current node, which can reduce the representation of 2 bits compared with the octree coding of the related art. Based on this analysis, plane coding has a more obvious coding efficiency than octree coding.
- PlaneMode_ i 0 means that the current node is not a plane in the i-axis direction, and 1 means that the current node is a plane in the i-axis direction. If the current node is a plane in the i-axis direction, then for PlanePosition_ i : 0 means that the current node is a plane in the i-axis direction, and the plane position is a low plane, and 1 means that the current node is a high plane in the i-axis direction.
- Prob(i) new (L ⁇ Prob(i)+ ⁇ (coded node))/L+1 (3)
- local_node_density new local_node_density+4*numSiblings (4)
- FIG8 shows a schematic diagram of the sibling nodes of the current node. As shown in FIG8, the current node is a node filled with slashes, and the nodes filled with grids are sibling nodes, then the number of sibling nodes of the current node is 5 (including the current node itself).
- planarEligibleK OctreeDepth if (pointCount-numPointCountRecon) is less than nodeCount ⁇ 1.3, then planarEligibleK OctreeDepth is true; if (pointCount-numPointCountRecon) is not less than nodeCount ⁇ 1.3, then planarEligibleKOctreeDepth is false. In this way, when planarEligibleKOctreeDepth is true, all nodes in the current layer are plane-encoded; otherwise, all nodes in the current layer are not plane-encoded, and only octree coding is used.
- Figure 9 shows a schematic diagram of the intersection of a laser radar and a node.
- a node filled with a grid is simultaneously passed through by two laser beams (Laser), so the current node is not a plane in the vertical direction of the Z axis;
- a node filled with a slash is small enough that it cannot be passed through by two lasers at the same time, so the node filled with a slash may be a plane in the vertical direction of the Z axis.
- the plane identification information and the plane position information may be predictively coded.
- the predictive encoding of the plane position information may include:
- the plane position information is divided into three elements: predicted as a low plane, predicted as a high plane, and unpredictable;
- the spatial distance after determining the spatial distance between the node at the same division depth and the same coordinates as the current node and the current node, if the spatial distance is less than a preset distance threshold, then the spatial distance can be determined to be "near”; or, if the spatial distance is greater than the preset distance threshold, then the spatial distance can be determined to be "far”.
- FIG10 shows a schematic diagram of neighborhood nodes at the same division depth and the same coordinates.
- the bold large cube represents the parent node (Parent node), the small cube filled with a grid inside it represents the current node (Current node), and the intersection position (Vertex position) of the current node is shown;
- the small cube filled with white represents the neighborhood nodes at the same division depth and the same coordinates, and the distance between the current node and the neighborhood node is the spatial distance, which can be judged as "near” or "far”; in addition, if the neighborhood node is a plane, then the plane position (Planar position) of the neighborhood node is also required.
- the current node is a small cube filled with a grid
- the neighboring node is searched for a small cube filled with white at the same octree partition depth level and the same vertical coordinate, and the distance between the two nodes is judged as "near" and "far", and the plane position of the reference node is referenced.
- Figures 11A to 11C show a schematic diagram of a current node being located at a low plane position of a parent node. As shown in Figures 11A to 11C, Figures 11A, 11B, and 11C show three examples of the current node being located at a low plane position of a parent node. The specific description is as follows:
- Figures 12A to 12C show a schematic diagram of a current node being located at a high plane position of a parent node. As shown in Figures 12A to 12C, Figures 12A, 12B, and 12C show three examples of the current node being located at a high plane position of a parent node. The specific description is as follows:
- Figure 13 shows a schematic diagram of predictive encoding of the laser radar point cloud plane position information.
- the laser radar emission angle is ⁇ bottom
- it can be mapped to the bottom plane (Bottom virtual plane)
- the laser radar emission angle is ⁇ top
- it can be mapped to the top plane (Top virtual plane).
- the plane position of the current node is predicted by using the laser radar acquisition parameters, and the position of the current node intersecting with the laser ray is used to quantify the position into multiple intervals, which is finally used as the context information of the plane position of the current node.
- the specific calculation process is as follows: Assuming that the coordinates of the laser radar are (xLidar, yLidar, zLidar), and the geometric coordinates of the current node are (x, y, z), then first calculate the vertical tangent value tan ⁇ of the current node relative to the laser radar, and the calculation formula is as follows:
- each Laser has a certain offset angle relative to the LiDAR, it is also necessary to calculate the relative tangent value tan ⁇ corr,L of the current node relative to the Laser.
- the specific calculation is as follows:
- the relative tangent value tan ⁇ corr,L of the current node is used to predict the plane position of the current node. Specifically, assuming that the tangent value of the lower boundary of the current node is tan( ⁇ bottom ), and the tangent value of the upper boundary is tan( ⁇ top ), the plane position is quantized into 4 quantization intervals according to tan ⁇ corr,L , that is, the context information of the plane position is determined.
- the octree-based geometric information coding mode only has an efficient compression rate for points with correlation in space.
- the use of the direct coding model (DCM) can greatly reduce the complexity.
- DCM direct coding model
- the use of DCM is not represented by flag information, but is inferred from the parent node and neighbor information of the current node. There are three ways to determine whether the current node is eligible for DCM encoding, as follows:
- the current node has no sibling child nodes, that is, the parent node of the current node has only one child node, and the parent node of the parent node of the current node has only two occupied child nodes, that is, the current node has at most one neighbor node.
- the parent node of the current node has only one child node, the current node.
- the six neighbor nodes that share a face with the current node are also empty nodes.
- FIG14 provides a schematic diagram of IDCM coding. If the current node does not have the DCM coding qualification, it will be divided into octrees. If it has the DCM coding qualification, the number of points contained in the node will be further determined. When the number of points is less than a threshold value (for example, 2), the node will be DCM-encoded, otherwise the octree division will continue.
- a threshold value for example, 2
- IDCM_flag the current node is encoded using DCM, otherwise octree coding is still used.
- the DCM coding mode of the current node needs to be encoded.
- DCM modes There are currently two DCM modes, namely: (a) only one point exists (or multiple points, but they are repeated points); (b) contains two points.
- the geometric information of each point needs to be encoded. Assuming that the side length of the node is 2d , d bits are required to encode each component of the geometric coordinates of the node, and the bit information is directly encoded into the bit stream. It should be noted here that when encoding the LiDAR point cloud, the coordinate information of the three dimensions is predicted by using the LiDAR acquisition parameters. Measurement coding can further improve the coding efficiency of geometric information.
- the current node does not meet the requirements of the DCM node, it will exit directly (that is, the number of points is greater than 2 points and it is not a duplicate point).
- the second point of the current node is a repeated point, and then it is encoded whether the number of repeated points of the current node is greater than 1. When the number of repeated points is greater than 1, it is necessary to perform exponential Golomb decoding on the remaining number of repeated points.
- the coordinate information of the points contained in the current node is encoded.
- the following will introduce the lidar point cloud and the human eye point cloud in detail.
- the axis with the smaller node coordinate geometry position will be used as the priority coded axis dirextAxis, and then the geometry information of the priority coded axis dirextAxis will be encoded as follows. Assume that the bit depth of the coded geometry corresponding to the priority coded axis is nodeSizeLog2, and assume that the coordinates of the two points are pointPos[0] and pointPos[1].
- the specific encoding process is as follows:
- the priority coded coordinate axis dirextAxis geometry information is first encoded as follows, assuming that the priority coded axis corresponds to the coded geometry bit depth of nodeSizeLog2, and assuming that the coordinates of the two points are pointPos[0] and pointPos[1].
- the specific encoding process is as follows:
- the geometric coordinate information of the current node can be predicted, so as to further improve the efficiency of the geometric information encoding of the point cloud.
- the geometric information nodePos of the current node is first used to obtain a directly encoded main axis direction, and then the geometric information of the encoded direction is used to predict the geometric information of another dimension.
- FIG15 provides a schematic diagram of coordinate transformation for obtaining point clouds using a rotating laser radar.
- the (x, y, z) coordinates of each node can be converted to (R, ⁇ , i).
- the laser scanner can perform laser scanning at a preset angle, and different ⁇ (i) can be obtained under different values of i.
- ⁇ (1) can be obtained, and the corresponding scanning angle is -15°; when i is equal to 2, ⁇ (2) can be obtained, and the corresponding scanning angle is -13°; when i is equal to 10, ⁇ (10) can be obtained, and the corresponding scanning angle is +13°; when i is equal to 9, ⁇ (19) can be obtained, and the corresponding scanning angle is +15°.
- the LaserIdx corresponding to the current point i.e., the pointLaserIdx number in Figure 15, will be calculated first, and the LaserIdx of the current node, i.e., nodeLaserIdx, will be calculated; secondly, the LaserIdx of the node, i.e., nodeLaserIdx, will be used to predictively encode the LaserIdx of the point, i.e., pointLaserIdx, where the calculation method of the LaserIdx of the node or point is as follows.
- the LaserIdx of the current node is first used to predict the pointLaserIdx of the point. After the LaserIdx of the current point is encoded, the three-dimensional geometric information of the current point is predicted and encoded using the acquisition parameters of the laser radar.
- FIG16 shows a schematic diagram of predictive coding in the X-axis or Y-axis direction.
- a box filled with a grid represents a current node
- a box filled with a slash represents an already coded node.
- the LaserIdx corresponding to the current node is first used to obtain the corresponding predicted value of the horizontal azimuth, that is, Secondly, the node geometry information corresponding to the current point is used to obtain the horizontal azimuth angle corresponding to the node Assuming the geometric coordinates of the node are nodePos, the horizontal azimuth
- the calculation method between the node geometry information is as follows:
- Figure 17A shows a schematic diagram of predicting the angle of the Y plane through the horizontal azimuth angle
- Figure 17B shows a schematic diagram of predicting the angle of the X plane through the horizontal azimuth angle.
- the predicted value of the horizontal azimuth angle corresponding to the current point The calculation is as follows:
- FIG18 shows another schematic diagram of predictive coding in the X-axis or Y-axis direction.
- the portion filled with a grid represents the low plane
- the portion filled with dots represents the high plane.
- Indicates the horizontal azimuth of the low plane of the current node Indicates the horizontal azimuth of the high plane of the current node, Indicates the predicted horizontal azimuth angle corresponding to the current node.
- int context (angLel ⁇ 0&&angLeR ⁇ 0)
- the LaserIdx corresponding to the current point will be used to predict the Z-axis direction of the current point. That is, the radius information radius of the radar coordinate system is calculated by using the x and y information of the current point. Then, the tangent value of the current point and the vertical offset are obtained by using the laser LaserIdx of the current point, and the predicted value of the Z-axis direction of the current point, namely Z_pred, can be obtained.
- Z_pred is used to perform predictive coding on the geometric information of the current point in the Z-axis direction to obtain the prediction residual Z_res, and finally Z_res is encoded.
- G-PCC currently introduces a plane coding mode. In the process of geometric division, it will determine whether the child nodes of the current node are in the same plane. If the child nodes of the current node meet the conditions of the same plane, the child nodes of the current node will be represented by the plane.
- the decoding end follows the order of breadth-first traversal. Before decoding the placeholder information of each node, it will first use the reconstructed geometric information to determine whether the current node is to be plane decoded or IDCM decoded. If the current node meets the conditions for plane decoding, the plane identification and plane position information of the current node will be decoded first, and then the placeholder information of the current node will be decoded based on the plane information; if the current node meets the conditions for IDCM decoding, it will first decode whether the current node is a true IDCM node.
- IDCM decoding If it is a true IDCM decoding, it will continue to parse the DCM decoding mode of the current node, and then the number of points in the current DCM node can be obtained, and finally the geometric information of each point will be decoded.
- the placeholder information of the current node will be decoded.
- the prior information is first used to determine whether the node starts IDCM. That is, the starting conditions of IDCM are as follows:
- the current node has no sibling child nodes, that is, the parent node of the current node has only one child node, and the parent node of the parent node of the current node has only two occupied child nodes, that is, the current node has at most one neighbor node.
- the parent node of the current node has only one child node, the current node.
- the six neighbor nodes that share a face with the current node are also empty nodes.
- a node meets the conditions for DCM coding, first decode whether the current node is a real DCM node, that is, IDCM_flag; when IDCM_flag is true, the current node adopts DCM coding, otherwise it still adopts octree coding.
- numPonts of the current node obtained by decoding is less than or equal to 1, continue decoding to see if the second point is a repeated point; if the second point is not a repeated point, it can be implicitly inferred that the second type that satisfies the DCM mode contains only one point; if the second point obtained by decoding is a repeated point, it can be inferred that the third type that satisfies the DCM mode contains multiple points, but they are all repeated points, then continue decoding to see if the number of repeated points is greater than 1 (entropy decoding), and if it is greater than 1, continue decoding the number of remaining repeated points (decoding using exponential Columbus).
- the current node does not meet the requirements of the DCM node, it will exit directly (that is, the number of points is greater than 2 points and it is not a duplicate point).
- the coordinate information of the points contained in the current node is decoded.
- the following will introduce the lidar point cloud and the human eye point cloud in detail.
- the axis with the smaller node coordinate geometry position will be used as the priority decoding axis dirextAxis, and then the priority decoding axis dirextAxis geometry information will be decoded first in the following way.
- the geometry bit depth to be decoded corresponding to the priority decoding axis is nodeSizeLog2
- the coordinates of the two points are pointPos[0] and pointPos[1] respectively.
- the specific encoding process is as follows:
- the priority encoded coordinate axis dirextAxis geometry information is first decoded as follows, assuming that the priority decoded axis corresponds to the code geometry bit depth of nodeSizeLog2, and assuming that the coordinates of the two points are pointPos[0] and pointPos[1].
- the specific encoding process is as follows:
- the LaserIdx of the current node i.e., nodeLaserIdx
- the LaserIdx of the node i.e., nodeLaserIdx
- the calculation method of the LaserIdx of the node or point is the same as that of the encoder.
- the LaserIdx of the current point and the predicted residual information of the LaserIdx of the node are decoded to obtain ResLaserIdx.
- the three-dimensional geometric information of the current point is predicted and decoded using the acquisition parameters of the laser radar.
- the specific algorithm is as follows:
- the node geometry information corresponding to the current point is used to obtain the horizontal azimuth angle corresponding to the node Assuming the geometric coordinates of the node are nodePos, the horizontal azimuth
- the calculation method between the node geometry information is as follows:
- int context (angLel ⁇ 0&&angLeR ⁇ 0)
- the Z-axis direction of the current point will be predicted and decoded using the LaserIdx corresponding to the current point, that is, the radius information radius of the radar coordinate system is calculated by using the x and y information of the current point, and then the tangent value of the current point and the vertical offset are obtained using the laser LaserIdx of the current point, so that the predicted value of the Z-axis direction of the current point, namely Z_pred, can be obtained.
- the decoded Z_res and Z_pred are used to reconstruct and restore the geometric information of the current point in the Z-axis direction.
- geometric information coding based on triangle soup (trisoup)
- geometric division must also be performed first, but different from geometric information coding based on binary tree/quadtree/octree, this method does not need to divide the point cloud into unit cubes with a side length of 1 ⁇ 1 ⁇ 1 step by step, but stops dividing when the side length of the sub-block is W.
- the surface and the twelve edges of the block are obtained.
- the vertex coordinates of each block are encoded in turn to generate a binary code stream.
- the Predictive geometry coding includes: first, sorting the input point cloud.
- the currently used sorting methods include unordered, Morton order, azimuth order, and radial distance order.
- the prediction tree structure is established by using two different methods, including: KD-Tree (high-latency slow mode) and low-latency fast mode (using laser radar calibration information).
- KD-Tree high-latency slow mode
- low-latency fast mode using laser radar calibration information.
- each node in the prediction tree is traversed, and the geometric position information of the node is predicted by selecting different prediction modes to obtain the prediction residual, and the geometric prediction residual is quantized using the quantization parameter.
- the prediction residual of the prediction tree node position information, the prediction tree structure, and the quantization parameters are encoded to generate a binary code stream.
- the decoding end reconstructs the prediction tree structure by continuously parsing the bit stream, and then obtains the geometric position prediction residual information and quantization parameters of each prediction node through parsing, and dequantizes the prediction residual to recover the reconstructed geometric position information of each node, and finally completes the geometric reconstruction of the decoding end.
- attribute encoding is mainly performed on color information.
- the color information is converted from the RGB color space to the YUV color space.
- the point cloud is recolored using the reconstructed geometric information so that the unencoded attribute information corresponds to the reconstructed geometric information.
- color information encoding there are two main transformation methods, one is the distance-based lifting transformation that relies on LOD division, and the other is to directly perform RAHT transformation. Both methods will convert color information from the spatial domain to the frequency domain, and obtain high-frequency coefficients and low-frequency coefficients through transformation.
- the coefficients are quantized and encoded to generate a binary code stream, as shown in Figures 4A and 4B.
- the Morton code can be used to search for the nearest neighbor.
- the Morton code corresponding to each point in the point cloud can be obtained from the geometric coordinates of the point.
- the specific method for calculating the Morton code is described as follows. For each component of the three-dimensional coordinate represented by a d-bit binary number, its three components can be expressed as:
- the Morton code M is x, y, z starting from the highest bit, and then arranged in sequence from x l ,y l ,z l to the lowest bit.
- the calculation formula of M is as follows:
- the points in the point cloud are arranged in ascending order according to the Morton code, and the weight value w of each point is set to 1.
- Condition 3 The geometric position is lossless, and the attributes are limitedly lossy
- Condition 4 The geometric position and attributes are lossless.
- the bounding box is divided into sub-cubes in sequence, and the non-empty sub-cubes (containing points in the point cloud) are divided again until the leaf node obtained by division is a 1 ⁇ 1 ⁇ 1 unit cube.
- the number of points contained in the leaf node needs to be encoded, and finally the encoding of the geometric octree is completed to generate a binary code stream.
- the decoding end obtains the placeholder code of each node by continuously parsing in the order of breadth-first traversal, and continuously divides the nodes in turn until a 1 ⁇ 1 ⁇ 1 unit cube is obtained.
- geometric lossless decoding it is necessary to parse the number of points contained in each leaf node and finally restore the geometrically reconstructed point cloud information.
- the prediction tree structure is established by using two different methods, including: based on KD-Tree (high-latency slow mode) and using lidar calibration information (low-latency fast mode).
- lidar calibration information each point can be divided into different Lasers, and the prediction tree structure is established according to different Lasers.
- each node in the prediction tree is traversed, and the geometric position information of the node is predicted by selecting different prediction modes to obtain the prediction residual, and the geometric prediction residual is quantized using the quantization parameter.
- the prediction residual of the prediction tree node position information, the prediction tree structure, and the quantization parameters are encoded to generate a binary code stream.
- the decoding end reconstructs the prediction tree structure by continuously parsing the bit stream, and then obtains the geometric position prediction residual information and quantization parameters of each prediction node through parsing, and dequantizes the prediction residual to restore the reconstructed geometric position information of each node, and finally completes the geometric reconstruction at the decoding end.
- the point coordinates of the point cloud input are (x, y, z).
- the position information of the point cloud is converted into the radar coordinate system (radius, laserIdx).
- the geometric coordinates of the point are pointPos
- the starting coordinates of the laser ray are LidarOrigin
- the number of lasers is LaserNum
- the tangent value of each Laser is tan ⁇ i
- the offset position of each Laser in the vertical direction is Zi
- the calculation method of the node or point LaserIdx is as follows:
- the depth information radius is calculated as follows:
- LidarOrigin is generally 0.
- FIG20 shows a schematic diagram of a geometric information inter-frame coding and decoding structure.
- the current point to be coded in the current frame is filled with a grid, and the current point is represented by a at the previous coded node; there is a first reference frame and a second reference frame.
- GMC Global Motion Compensation
- the first reference frame i.e., the previous reference frame
- the second reference frame i.e., the reference frame of the previous frame after global motion
- find the node a that has the same and laserID point g and use the points e and f encoded or decoded after point g in the second reference frame as inter-frame candidate points; at the same time, point e and point f Replaced by the parent node of the current point to be encoded
- different prediction points including several intra-frame candidate points and up to 4 inter-frame candidate points
- RDO rate distortion optimization
- the geometric prediction residual is quantized using the quantization parameter.
- the prediction mode, prediction residual, prediction tree structure, quantization parameter and other parameters of the prediction tree node position information are encoded to generate a binary code stream.
- the prediction mode is decoded; if the prediction mode is inter-frame prediction mode, the prediction point is selected from the following at most four candidate points using the decoded prediction mode:
- the first reference frame i.e., the previous reference frame
- the second reference frame i.e., the reference frame of the previous frame after global motion
- find the node a that has the same and laserID point g and use the points e and f encoded or decoded after point g in the second reference frame as inter-frame candidate points; at the same time, point e and point f Replaced by the parent node of the current point to be decoded
- the geometric position prediction residual information and quantization parameters of different prediction points are obtained by analysis, and the prediction residual is dequantized, so that the reconstructed geometric position information of each node can be restored, and finally the geometric reconstruction at the decoding end is completed.
- a decoding method is provided in an embodiment of the present application. Referring to FIG. 21 , a flowchart of an optional decoding method provided in an embodiment of the present application is shown. As shown in FIG. 21 , the method may include:
- the decoder after receiving the code stream transmitted by the encoder, parses the code stream to obtain the node index value of the node to be decoded.
- the decoding method of the embodiment of the present application is applied to a decoder.
- the decoding method may refer to a point cloud inter-frame prediction method; or a method for decoding geometric information between point cloud frames, which mainly improves the inter-frame prediction algorithm in the relevant technology, and can perform local motion processing on the angle parameter value of the prediction node, so as to achieve a better inter-frame prediction effect.
- the node to be decoded is one of the points in the current frame.
- the point in the point cloud, can be all points in the point cloud, or it can be part of the points in the point cloud, and these points are relatively concentrated in space.
- the node to be decoded can specifically refer to the node currently to be decoded in the point cloud.
- the node to be decoded is also referred to as a point to be decoded, a current node, a current point, a current node to be decoded, a current point to be decoded, etc., and the present application does not limit this.
- the node to be decoded may be a point in the point cloud currently to be decoded, or the node to be decoded may include multiple points in the point cloud currently to be decoded, which is not limited in the present application.
- the node to be decoded includes multiple points in the point cloud to be decoded currently, the multiple points included in the node to be decoded are repeated points. In this case, the node to be decoded includes multiple points having the same geometric prediction information.
- the predicted node index value may be a unique identifier of the node to be decoded.
- the preset node index value is a pre-set node index value, that is, the preset node index value is an index value specified or agreed upon by both the encoder and the decoder.
- the preset node index value includes at least one node index value corresponding to at least one reference frame.
- the preset node index value specifies which reference frame the node index value belongs to.
- the decoder can determine the node to be decoded from multiple decoded nodes in the reference frame according to the predicted node index value of the node to be decoded, wherein the multiple decoded nodes in the reference frame are candidate nodes for the predicted node.
- the multiple decoded nodes in the reference frame are: decoded node c, decoded node d, decoded node e, decoded node f, decoded node m, decoded node n, decoded node o, decoded node p, etc.
- decoded node c The index value of is 0, the index value of the decoded node d is 1, the index value of the decoded node e is 2, the index value of the decoded node f is 3, the index value of the decoded node m is 4, the index value of the decoded node n is 5, the index value of the decoded node o is 6, and the index value of the decoded node p is 7.
- the decoder determines that the predicted node index value corresponding to the node to be decoded is 3 by parsing the bitstream, the decoder can determine that the node to be decoded is the decoded node f.
- the predicted node index value may be a parameter written in a profile, or may be the value of a flag, which is not specifically limited here.
- flag can be set to a digital form. For example, when the value of flag is 0, it indicates that the node to be decoded is the decoding point corresponding to the predicted node index value 0 (such as node c). When the value of flag is 2, it indicates that the node to be decoded is the decoding point corresponding to the predicted node index value 2 (such as node e).
- the node index value can be represented in binary form.
- the node index value 2 can be represented as 10
- the node index value 3 can be represented as 11.
- the node index value can also be represented in other base forms, which is not limited in the present application.
- S102 Determine the first decoded node before the node to be decoded in the current frame.
- the geometric information (geometric position information) of the first decoded node is determined.
- the first decoded node here refers to the geometric information of the first decoded node. That is to say, after determining the first decoded node before the node to be decoded in the current frame, the geometric information of the first decoded node in the point cloud is determined.
- the geometric information here can be understood as the position information of the first decoded node in the point cloud.
- the geometric information of the first decoded node can be radar coordinate information or Cartesian coordinate information, etc., and this application does not impose any limitation on this.
- the geometric parameters here refer to the parameters in the radar coordinate system.
- the geometric parameters may include: horizontal azimuth Radar laser index value laserID and depth information radius.
- the geometric information of the first decoded node when the geometric information of the first decoded node is radar coordinate information, the geometric information of the first decoded node at least includes an angle parameter corresponding to the first decoded node, that is, a third angle parameter value.
- the angle parameter value is the angle information of the horizontal position of the horizontal plane, that is,
- the third angle parameter value of the first decoded node is the angle information of the horizontal position of the first decoded node on the horizontal plane.
- the current frame is a frame where the current node to be decoded is located, and the current frame includes at least one point.
- the current frame is obtained by scanning a circle of the laser radar along the XY plane (horizontal plane), and the current frame may include multiple points.
- each point contained in the current frame corresponds to the same radar index value, that is, corresponds to the same laser radar.
- the radar index value is the unique identification information of the laser radar.
- the first decoded node is a node that has been decoded before the node to be decoded in the current frame.
- the first decoded node may also be any H decoded nodes before the node to be decoded in the current frame, where H is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
- the first decoded node may be the two decoded nodes before the node to be decoded in the current frame, the first decoded node may also be the four decoded nodes before the node to be decoded in the current frame, etc., and the present application does not limit this.
- determining a first decoded node before a node to be decoded in a current frame may include:
- a previous decoded node of the node to be decoded is determined, and the previous decoded node is used as the first decoded node.
- the previous decoded node of the node to be decoded is used as the first decoded node.
- a predicted node is determined based on a predicted node index value corresponding to the node to be decoded and the first decoded node. It should be noted that after the predicted node is determined, the geometric information (i.e., geometric parameters) of the predicted node is determined.
- a decoded node corresponding to the predicted node index value is determined in at least one decoded node in the reference frame, and the decoded node corresponding to the predicted node index value is used as the predicted node.
- the predicted node is determined by the third angle parameter value of the first decoded node and the predicted node index value.
- the prediction node is also called a prediction node, a target node, a target point, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the prediction node may be a node in a reference frame other than the current frame, or a node in the current frame. Node.
- whether the predicted node is a node in a reference frame other than the current frame or a node in the current frame depends on the prediction mode of the node to be decoded, wherein the prediction mode may include an inter-frame prediction mode and an intra-frame prediction mode.
- the prediction node when the prediction mode of the node to be decoded is the inter-frame prediction mode, the prediction node is a node in a reference frame other than the current frame; when the prediction mode of the node to be decoded is the intra-frame prediction mode, the prediction node is a node in a reference frame of the current frame.
- local motion processing is performed on the first angle parameter value of the predicted node according to the third angle parameter value of the first decoded node, so as to obtain the second angle parameter value of the predicted node.
- the first angle parameter value is an angle parameter value of the predicted node obtained according to the third angle parameter value of the first decoded node.
- the second angle parameter value is an angle parameter value obtained by performing local motion processing on the first angle parameter value.
- the geometric parameters of the predicted node include first geometric parameters and second geometric parameters; wherein the first geometric parameters include: depth information of the predicted node, radar index value of the predicted node and first angle parameter value; the second geometric parameters include: depth information of the predicted node, radar index value of the predicted node and second angle parameter value.
- S105 may include:
- the depth information of the prediction node, the radar index value of the prediction node, and the second angle parameter value are determined as the geometric parameters of the prediction node.
- the geometric parameter eg, geometric position information
- the geometric parameter may be used as the geometric prediction value of the node to be decoded.
- the geometric parameters here refer to the parameters in the radar coordinate system.
- the geometric parameters may include: horizontal azimuth (i.e. angle parameter value), radar laser index value laserID and depth information radius of the predicted node.
- the geometric prediction value may be: depth information of the prediction node, radar index value of the prediction node, and a first angle parameter value; the geometric prediction value may also be: depth information of the prediction node, radar index value of the prediction node, and a second angle parameter value.
- the second angle parameter value since the first angle parameter value is obtained after local motion processing to obtain the second angle parameter value, the second angle parameter value has the prior information of local motion compared to the first angle parameter value, thereby achieving a more refined prediction of the geometric information of the prediction node, thereby improving the accuracy of inter-frame prediction.
- the second angle parameter value takes into account the prior information of local motion
- the accuracy of the geometric reconstruction of the node to be decoded can be improved.
- the second angle parameter value Since the decoder performs local motion processing on the first angle parameter value of the predicted node to obtain the second angle parameter value, the second angle parameter value has prior information related to the local motion, which can improve the accuracy of inter-frame prediction, thereby improving the decoding efficiency of the geometric information of the point cloud and improving the decoding performance of the point cloud.
- S104 includes S1041 to S1042:
- the prediction node index value represents that the prediction node is a preset node
- local motion information is determined based on the fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node and the first angle parameter value of the prediction node; the fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node is less than or equal to and closest to the third angle parameter value of the first decoded node; the second decoded node is determined based on the first decoded node in the reference frame where the prediction node is located.
- the predicted node index value represents that the predicted node is a preset node
- the predicted node index value indicates that the predicted node is not a preset node
- determining the predicted node The first angle parameter value of the prediction node corresponding to the index value is not subjected to local motion processing, and the first angle parameter value of the prediction node is directly used as the angle parameter value of the prediction node.
- the decoder only when the prediction node index value represents that the prediction node is a preset node, the decoder will perform local motion processing on the first angle parameter value of the prediction node to obtain the second angle parameter value; when the prediction node index value represents that the prediction node is not a preset node, the decoder does not need to perform local motion processing on the first angle parameter value of the prediction node, and can use the first angle parameter value as the second angle parameter value.
- the preset nodes are nodes specified or negotiated by both the decoder and the encoder.
- the preset nodes are pre-specified nodes for which local motion processing is performed.
- the decoder and the encoder agree to perform local motion processing on node e (index value is 2), node f (index value is 3), node o (index value is 6), and node p (index value is 7) in the first reference frame, that is, the preset nodes are node e, node f, node o, and node p.
- the prediction node index value of the prediction node is 6.
- the prediction node index value represents that the prediction node is node o in the preset nodes.
- the decoder performs local motion processing on the first angle parameter value of the prediction node (node o). Assume that the prediction node index value of the prediction node is 0.
- the prediction node index value represents that the prediction node is not a node in the preset nodes.
- the decoder does not perform local motion processing on the first angle parameter value of the prediction node (node c), and directly uses the first angle parameter value of the prediction node (node c) as the second angle parameter value of the prediction node.
- the decoder may perform local motion processing on the first angle parameter value of the predicted node to obtain the second angle parameter value only when the predicted node index value matches the preset node index value.
- the predicted node index value matches the preset node index value, it is possible to not only know to which reference frame the predicted node corresponding to the predicted node index value belongs, but also to determine whether local motion processing is required for the first angle parameter value of the predicted node.
- the second decoded node is a decoded node in the reference frame.
- the fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node is less than or equal to the third angle parameter value of the first decoded node.
- the second decoded node is a decoded node in the reference frame that has the same radar index as the first decoded node and whose angle parameter value of the first point is less than or equal to and closest to the angle parameter value of the first decoded node.
- the second decoded node is the first decoded node in the reference frame whose angle parameter value is less than or equal to the angle parameter value of the first decoded node.
- the reference frame includes a decoded node c, a decoded node b, and a decoded node h
- the angle parameter value of the decoded node c is greater than the angle parameter value of the first decoded node
- the angle parameter value of the decoded node b and the angle parameter value of the decoded node h are both less than or equal to the angle parameter value of the first decoded node.
- the angle parameter value of the decoded node b is greater than the angle parameter value of the decoded node h.
- the decoded node b is the first decoded node whose angle parameter value is less than or equal to the angle parameter value of the first decoded node. In this way, the decoded node b is determined to be the second decoded node.
- the second decoded node and the first decoded node may have the same radar index, or the second decoded node and the first decoded node may have different radar indexes; the second decoded node and the first decoded node may have the same depth information, or the second decoded node and the first decoded node may have different depth information; the second decoded node and the first decoded node may have the same angle parameter value, or the second decoded node and the first decoded node may have different angle parameter values, and the present application does not limit this.
- the second decoded node is determined based on the angle parameter value of the first decoded node in the reference frame where the prediction node is located. In other words, the second decoded node is related to the third angle parameter value of the first decoded node.
- the fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node has been determined.
- the local motion information corresponding to the predicted node is determined according to the obtained target angle parameter value of the second decoded node and the first angle parameter value of the predicted node, wherein the local motion information represents the prior information after the first angle parameter value is locally moved.
- a difference value between a fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node and a first angle parameter value of the predicted node is determined as local motion information.
- the difference between the fourth angle parameter value and the first angle parameter value may be used as local motion information.
- the difference between the fourth angle parameter value after being multiplied by the first weight and the first angle parameter value after being multiplied by the second weight may also be used as local motion information.
- deltaPhi represents the difference (difference value) between the fourth angle parameter value and the first angle parameter value
- interPred.second[1] represents the first angle parameter value of the predicted node
- interPredPrev.second[1] represents the fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node
- the reference frame where the prediction node is located includes: a first reference frame and a second reference frame.
- the first reference frame is at least one frame obtained by performing global motion on the second reference frame.
- the second reference frame is a decoded frame that is K frames before the current frame, where K is an integer greater than 0.
- the preset node is at least one decoded node in the first reference frame except the second decoded node.
- the second decoded node in the first reference frame is node g
- the first reference frame in addition to the second decoded node, also includes: node e, node f, node o, and node p.
- the preset node may be at least one of node e, node f, node o, and node p.
- the second reference frame may be a previous frame of the current frame; the first reference frame may be a previous frame of the previous frame of the current frame.
- the current frame is Frame t
- the first reference frame may be Frame t-1
- the second reference frame may be Frame t-2
- t is an integer.
- a third reference frame may also be included, and the number of reference frames and the number of candidate nodes are not specifically limited.
- the first reference frame and the second reference frame are used as examples for detailed description.
- the first angle parameter value is updated according to the local motion information of the prediction node to determine the second angle parameter value of the prediction node.
- the first angle parameter value of the predicted node is used as the second angle parameter value.
- the decoder does not need to perform local motion processing on the first angle parameter value of the predicted node, and the first angle parameter value can be used as the second angle parameter value.
- the predicted node index value represents that when the predicted node is not a preset node, the first angle parameter value of the predicted node is used as the second angle parameter value.
- the prediction node index value indicates that the prediction node is not a preset node
- directly using the first angle parameter value as the second angle parameter value of the prediction node is a parallel solution with S104 and S105.
- the specific execution order needs to be determined according to the prediction node.
- the first angle parameter value of the predicted node is used as the second angle parameter value, and the geometric parameter of the predicted node is determined according to the second angle parameter value.
- the decoder and the encoder agree to perform local motion processing on node e (index value 2), node f (index value 3), node o (index value 6), and node p (index value 7) in the first reference frame, that is, the preset nodes are node e, node f, node o, and node p.
- the predicted node index value of the predicted node is 0.
- the predicted node index value indicates that the predicted node is not a node in the preset nodes.
- the decoder does not perform local motion processing on the first angle parameter value of the predicted node (node c), and directly uses the first angle parameter value of the predicted node (node c) as the second angle parameter value of the predicted node.
- the second angle parameter value since the second angle parameter value is obtained by updating the first angle parameter value according to the local motion information of the prediction node, the second angle parameter value has the prior information of local motion compared to the first angle parameter value, thereby achieving a more refined prediction of the geometric information of the prediction node, thereby improving the accuracy of inter-frame prediction.
- the second angle parameter value since the second angle parameter value has the prior information of local motion, when the second angle parameter value of the prediction node is used to determine the reconstructed geometric information of the node to be decoded, the accuracy of the geometric reconstruction of the node to be decoded can be improved, thereby improving the decoding efficiency and accuracy of the geometric information of the point cloud.
- S1042 includes S201 to S202:
- the angular velocity of rotation of the laser radar is the angular velocity of rotation of the laser radar corresponding to the current frame; or, the angular velocity of rotation of the laser radar is the angular velocity of rotation of the laser radar corresponding to the first reference frame; or, the angular velocity of rotation of the laser radar is the angular velocity of rotation of the laser radar corresponding to the second reference frame.
- the current frame, the first reference frame and the second reference frame may correspond to the same rotation angular velocity.
- the rotational angular velocity of the laser radar is related to the number of points (nodes) obtained by rotating the laser radar one circle.
- the rotational angular velocity of the laser radar can be 2 ⁇ /pointnums, where pointnums represents the number of points obtained by rotating the laser radar one circle.
- the rotational angular velocity of the laser radar can be a value specified or agreed upon by both the decoder and the encoder.
- the decoder can directly determine the rotational angular velocity of the laser radar.
- the rotation angular velocity of the laser radar can be directly obtained by parsing the code stream.
- the rotation angular velocity of the laser radar is encoded and the obtained coded bits are written into the bit stream.
- the decoder decodes the rotation angular velocity of the laser radar by parsing the bit stream to obtain the rotation angular velocity.
- the rotational angular velocity of the laser radar can also be determined based on the number of laser radar points obtained by parsing the code stream.
- the encoder encodes the number of laser radar points and writes the obtained coded bits into the code stream.
- the decoder decodes the number of laser radar points by parsing the code stream to obtain the number of laser radar points. Subsequently, the decoder determines the rotational angular velocity of the laser radar (2 ⁇ /pointnums) based on the number of laser radar points.
- the rotational angular velocity of the laser radar can be a value specified or agreed upon by both the decoder and the encoder.
- the decoder can directly determine the rotational angular velocity of the laser radar.
- S202 Determine a second angle parameter value based on the local motion information, the third angle parameter value and the rotation angular velocity.
- the decoder determines the second angle parameter value of the predicted node through the local motion information of the predicted node, the third angle parameter value of the first decoded node and the rotation angular velocity of the lidar.
- S202 includes S2021 to S2024:
- the decoder determines the first intermediate value according to the ratio of the local motion information of the prediction node to the rotation angular velocity of the laser radar, wherein the above process can be expressed as: in, It represents the local motion information of the prediction node, and angular azimuth speed represents the angular velocity of the lidar.
- the decoder after determining the first intermediate value, performs a rounding operation on the first intermediate value to obtain a second intermediate value. That is, the second intermediate value is a positive integer, and qphi0 is used to represent the second intermediate value.
- the decoder multiplies the second intermediate value by the angular velocity of rotation to obtain a third intermediate value; wherein, the above process can be expressed as: qphi0*_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed; wherein, qphi0 represents the second intermediate value, and _geomAngularAzimuthSpeed represents the angular velocity of rotation of the lidar.
- the decoder after obtaining the third intermediate value, adds the third intermediate value to the third angle parameter value of the first decoded node to obtain the second angle parameter value of the predicted node; wherein the above process can be expressed as:
- prevPos[1] represents the third angle parameter value of the first decoded node
- interPred.second[1] represents the second angle parameter value of the predicted node
- the second angle parameter value of the prediction node is determined based on the local motion information; the first preset threshold is greater than the second preset threshold.
- the first angle parameter value is determined as the second angle parameter value; the first preset threshold is greater than the second preset threshold.
- the decoder determines the second angle parameter value of the prediction node based on the local motion information of the prediction node; when the local motion information of the prediction node is less than the first preset threshold and the local motion information is greater than the second preset threshold, the decoder uses the first angle parameter value of the prediction node as the second angle parameter value.
- deltaPhi ⁇ -(_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed>> 1));
- _geomAngularAzimuthSpeed>>1 means shifting right by one bit, that is, _geomAngularAzimuthSpeed multiplied by 0.5.
- the first preset threshold and the second preset value are pre-set, and the first preset threshold is greater than the second preset threshold.
- the first preset threshold is Q times the rotation angular velocity, where Q is a positive number; and the second preset threshold is negative Q times the rotation angular velocity.
- Q is preset.
- Q is 0.5.
- the preset nodes are nodes e, f, o, and p in the first reference frame.
- the decoder performs local motion processing on the first angle parameter value of the predicted node to obtain the second angle parameter value of the predicted node. That is, the predicted node (one of the nodes e, f, o, and p) is The first angle parameter value Replace it with the following local motion:
- step 3 If the local motion information of the predicted node Greater than or equal to the first preset threshold (k times the rotation angle value angular azimuth speed), or, predict the local motion information of the node is less than or equal to a second preset threshold (minus k times the rotation angle value angular azimuth speed), proceed to step 3);
- the k times here are the Q times mentioned above, and the two have the same meaning.
- the local motion information of the predicted node is smaller than the first preset threshold (k times the rotation angle value angular azimuth speed) If it is greater than a second preset threshold (minus k times the rotation angle value angular azimuth speed), proceed to step 5);
- qphi0 represents the second intermediate value. It means rounding up, that is, qphi0 is an integer.
- the decoder calculates the local motion information of the motion between the first angle parameter value of the prediction node (such as e) and the third angle parameter value of the first decoded node (such as a).
- the decoder calculates the local motion information of the motion between the first angle parameter value of the prediction node (such as e) and the third angle parameter value of the first decoded node (such as a).
- S103 includes S1031 to S1032:
- the first decoded node determines a second decoded node in a reference frame where the predicted node represented by the predicted node index value is located; the fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node is less than or equal to and closest to the third angle parameter value of the first decoded node, and the second decoded node has the same radar index as the first decoded node.
- a second decoded node is determined in a reference frame where the prediction node is located according to the third angle parameter value of the first decoded node.
- the second decoded node is determined according to the third angle parameter value.
- the reference frame where the second decoded node is located has the same radar index as the current frame. Therefore, the second decoded node has the same radar index as the first decoded node, that is, it corresponds to the same laser radar.
- the second decoded node in the first reference frame, is node g, and in the second reference frame, the second decoded node is node b.
- node g is a decoded node in the first reference frame that has the same radar index as the first decoded node (a) and whose first angle parameter value is less than or equal to the third angle parameter value of the first decoded node.
- Node b is a decoded node in the second reference frame that has the same radar index as the first decoded node (a) and whose first angle parameter value is less than or equal to the third angle parameter value of the first decoded node.
- the predicted node index value includes at least one node index value corresponding to at least one reference frame. That is, the predicted node index value corresponds to which reference frame the node index value belongs to. That is, the predicted node index value can be used to know the predicted node index value.
- the determination order corresponding to the prediction node can be determined according to the prediction node index value of the prediction node.
- the prediction node index value of the prediction node (node e) 2
- the determination order of the prediction node is ge, that is, first determine node g, and then determine node e based on node g.
- the prediction node index value of the prediction node (node f) 3
- the determination order of the prediction node is gef, that is, first determine node g, then determine node e based on node g, and finally determine node f based on node e.
- the prediction node index value is 0 (corresponding to node c)
- the reference frame where the prediction node represented by the prediction node index value 0 is located is the second reference frame
- the prediction node index value is 2 (corresponding to node e)
- the reference frame where the prediction node represented by the prediction node index value 2 is located is the first reference frame.
- a predicted node is determined in a reference frame where the second decoded node is located according to the fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node.
- the predicted node is determined according to the fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node.
- the predicted node is determined in the first reference frame according to the angle parameter value of node g.
- the predicted node is determined in the second reference frame according to the angle parameter value of node b.
- the predicted node and the second decoded node belong to the same reference frame, the predicted node and the second decoded node have the same radar index.
- S1032 includes S10321 to S10322:
- the second decoded node is used as the predicted node
- the fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node is used as the first angle parameter value of the predicted node
- node g is used as the prediction node.
- the index value of the prediction node is 8 (corresponding to node b)
- the second decoded node in the second reference frame is node b
- the next decoded node in a reference frame where the predicted node is located, can be determined according to the predicted node index value and the second decoded node; and the next decoded node of the next decoded node can be determined according to the next decoded node to obtain at least one next decoded node.
- the at least one next decoded node includes the predicted node, and the radar indexes of the at least one next decoded node are the same.
- the predicted node index value indicates that the predicted node is not the second decoded node
- at least one next decoded node is determined based on the second decoded node and the predicted node index value.
- a preset number of at least one next decoded node is determined in the reference frame where the prediction node is located; at this time, the prediction node is one of the at least one next decoded nodes; or, based on the second decoded node, the next decoded node is determined in the reference frame where the prediction node is located, until the prediction node corresponding to the prediction node index value is determined, at this time, the last decoded node is the prediction node, and the present application does not limit this.
- the predicted node index value is 2.
- the next decoded node can be determined based on the second decoded node, and two decoded nodes are obtained.
- the predicted node is the next decoded node.
- the next decoded node can also be determined based on the second decoded node; the next decoded node of the next decoded node is determined based on the next decoded node, and three decoded nodes are obtained.
- the predicted node is the next decoded node.
- the preset number is 4 and the predicted node index value is 6 (corresponding to node o)
- the predicted node index value (6) among the obtained 4 next decoded nodes, the third decoded node (node o) corresponding to the predicted node index value is determined, and the third decoded node (node o) is used as the predicted node.
- the next decoded node is determined based on the second decoded node until the predicted node is determined.
- the predicted node and the second decoded node correspond to the same reference frame.
- the i-th decoded node is determined in the reference frame where the predicted node is located based on the second decoded node; wherein i is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than M; the i-th angle parameter value of the i-th decoded node is greater than the fourth angle parameter value; when the i-th decoded node is not the predicted node, continue to determine the i+1-th decoded node based on the i-th decoded node until the i+1-th decoded node is the predicted node; wherein, the i+1-th angle parameter value of the i+1-th decoded node is greater than the i-th angle parameter value of the i-th decoded node.
- the i+1th decoded node is a predicted node, and the i+1th decoded node is the last decoded node.
- Example 1 Based on Figure 23, the second decoded node in the first reference frame (the reference frame after the second reference frame undergoes global motion) is node g, and the first reference frame includes, in addition to the second decoded node: the first decoded node (node e), the second decoded node (node f), the third decoded node (node o) and the fourth decoded node (node p).
- the second decoded node in the second reference frame (the first decoded frame before the current frame) is node b
- the second reference frame includes, in addition to the second decoded node: the first decoded node (node c), the second decoded node (node d), the third decoded node (node m) and the fourth decoded node (node n).
- the predicted node can be determined by the following steps:
- Example 4 Based on Figure 23 and Example 1, if the predicted node index value represents that the predicted node is the second decoded node (node g), then node g in the first reference frame where the predicted node is located is used as the predicted node, where the fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node (node g) is less than or equal to the third angle parameter value of the first decoded node (node a).
- Example 5 Based on Example 3, if the predicted node index value represents that the predicted node is the second decoded node (node b), then node b in the second reference frame where the predicted node is located is used as the predicted node, wherein the fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node (node b) is less than or equal to the third angle parameter value of the first decoded node (node a).
- S103 includes S301 to S303:
- the first decoded node in a reference frame where the predicted node represented by the predicted node index value is located, determine a second decoded node; a fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node is less than or equal to and closest to a third angle parameter value of the first decoded node, and the second decoded node and the first decoded node have the same radar index.
- the decoded node corresponding to the third angle parameter value that is less than or equal to and closest to the first decoded node is determined as the second decoded node.
- the second decoded node when the predicted node represented by the predicted node index value is the second decoded node, the second decoded node is used as the predicted node, that is, the second angle parameter of the second decoded node is used as the first angle parameter value of the predicted node.
- the prediction node represented by the prediction node index value is not the second decoded node
- the prediction node is determined according to the order of the prediction tree.
- a prediction tree method is used to determine the prediction node.
- the predicted node represented by the predicted node index value is not the second decoded node, and the fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node is equal to the third angle parameter value of the first decoded node, and the second decoded node and the first decoded node have the same radar index, the predicted node is determined according to the order of the prediction tree.
- determining the previous decoded node of the current node may include: determining a prediction tree corresponding to the current frame; and determining the previous decoded node of the current node based on the decoding order of the prediction tree.
- the prediction tree structure can be constructed in two different ways, which can include: KD-Tree (high-latency slow mode) and low-latency fast mode (using laser radar calibration information).
- KD-Tree high-latency slow mode
- low-latency fast mode using laser radar calibration information.
- the decoding order of the prediction tree can be one of the following: unordered, Morton order, azimuth order, radial distance order, etc., which is not specifically limited here.
- the prediction tree structure is reconstructed by parsing the bitstream, and then the prediction tree is traversed to determine the previous point of the node to be decoded in the decoding order of the prediction tree, which is the previous decoded node of the node to be decoded (i.e., the first decoded node).
- the decoded nodes after the second decoded node (node b) in the second reference frame include: node c, node d, node m and node n.
- the predicted node is characterized as node d according to the predicted node index value of the predicted node
- the previous decoded node a of the node to be decoded is first determined; then the second decoded node b is determined in the second reference frame based on the angle parameter value of the decoded node a; according to the decoding order of the prediction tree, the nodes c and d after the second decoded node b are determined in the second reference frame in sequence; at this time, the last node d determined is the predicted node.
- the depth information of the predicted node, the radar index value of the predicted node, and the second angle parameter value are determined as the geometric prediction value of the node to be decoded.
- the geometric parameters (such as geometric position information) may be used as the geometric prediction value of the node to be decoded.
- the second angle parameter value is the first angle parameter value of the prediction node or the angle prediction value after local motion processing is performed on the first angle parameter value.
- the method further includes: parsing the bitstream to determine the geometric residual information and quantization parameters of the point to be decoded; performing inverse quantization processing on the geometric residual information based on the quantization parameters to determine the geometric prediction residual; The predicted value is used to determine the reconstructed geometric parameters of the point to be decoded.
- determining the reconstructed geometric parameters of the node to be decoded based on the geometric prediction residual and the geometric prediction value may include: performing an addition operation based on the geometric prediction residual and the geometric prediction value to determine the reconstructed geometric parameters of the node to be decoded.
- the geometric residual information of the node to be decoded is obtained by parsing the bit stream, and the quantization parameter is obtained by decoding the bit stream; then, the geometric residual information is inversely quantized according to the quantization parameter to obtain the geometric prediction residual; then, the geometric prediction residual and the geometric prediction value are summed to obtain the reconstructed geometric parameters of the node to be decoded, such as restoring the reconstructed geometric position information of the node to be decoded, and finally completing the geometric reconstruction at the decoding end.
- determining geometric residual information of a point to be decoded includes:
- the context model is used to decode the geometric residual information of the node to be decoded to obtain the geometric residual information.
- a context model corresponding to a node to be decoded is determined according to a predicted node index value, and the decoder uses the context model corresponding to the node to be decoded to decode the geometric residual information of the node to be decoded, thereby obtaining the geometric residual information.
- different decoded nodes in the reference frame may correspond to different context models.
- decoded nodes in different reference frames may correspond to different context models.
- at least one decoded node in different reference frames may correspond to different context models, which is not limited in the present application.
- a parameter for selecting a context model corresponds to a parameter for selecting a context model
- another parameter for selecting a context model corresponds to perform entropy decoding of the subsequent geometric residual information
- the decoding method is mainly for decoding optimization of the inter-frame prediction mode, and a flag bit can be used to determine whether the current node uses the inter-frame prediction mode. Therefore, in some embodiments of the present application, the method further includes:
- the method further includes:
- the first identification information is the first value, determining that the first identification information indicates that the node to be decoded does not use the inter-frame prediction mode;
- the first identification information is the second value, it is determined that the first identification information indicates that the node to be decoded uses the inter-frame prediction mode.
- the first value is different from the second value, and the first value and the second value can be in parameter form or in digital form.
- the first identification information can be a parameter written in the profile or a flag value, which is not specifically limited here.
- the first value can be set to 1 and the second value can be set to 0; or, the first value can be set to 0 and the second value can be set to 1; or, the first value can be set to true and the second value can be set to false; or, the first value can be set to false and the second value can be set to true; but this is not specifically limited here.
- a flag bit can be set here to determine whether to enable the decoding method of the embodiment of the present application. Therefore, in some embodiments of the present application, the method further includes: parsing the code stream to determine the second identification information; when the second identification information indicates that the node to be decoded enables the local motion processing mode, performing the step of performing local motion processing on the first angle parameter value of the predicted node based on the first decoded node to determine the second angle parameter value of the predicted node.
- the method further includes:
- the second identification information is the first value, determining that the second identification information indicates that the node to be decoded does not enable the local motion processing mode
- the second identification information is the second value, it is determined that the second identification information indicates that the node to be decoded enables a local motion processing mode.
- the first value is different from the second value, and the first value and the second value can be in parameter form or in digital form.
- the second identification information can be a parameter written in the profile or a flag value, which is not specifically limited here.
- a 1-bit flag (i.e., the second identification information) can be used here to indicate whether the decoding method of the embodiment of the present application is enabled or not.
- This flag can be placed in the header information of the high-level syntax element, such as the geometry header; and this flag can be conditionally enabled under certain conditions. If this flag does not appear in the bitstream, its default value is a fixed value. At the decoding end, if this flag does not appear in the bitstream, decoding may not be performed, and its default value is a fixed value.
- the second angle parameter value has prior information related to the local motion, so that the inter-frame prediction can better predict the node to be decoded, which can improve the accuracy of the inter-frame prediction, thereby improving the decoding efficiency of the geometric information of the point cloud and improving the decoding performance of the point cloud.
- FIG22 a schematic diagram of a flow chart of an encoding method provided in an embodiment of the present application is shown. As shown in FIG22, the method may include:
- the first encoded node corresponds to the first decoded node of the decoding end.
- determining a first encoded node preceding a node to be encoded in a current frame may include:
- a previous coded node of the node to be coded is determined, and the previous coded node is used as the first coded node.
- the previous coded node of the node to be coded is used as the first coded node.
- the first encoded node is node a; correspondingly, at the decoding end, the first decoded node is node a.
- first angle parameter of the first encoded node at the encoding end corresponds to the first angle parameter of the first decoded node at the decoding end.
- the node to be encoded is one of the points in the current frame.
- the encoding method of the embodiment of the present application is applied to an encoder.
- the encoding method may specifically refer to a point cloud inter-frame prediction method; or it may be a method for encoding geometric information between point cloud frames, which mainly improves the inter-frame prediction algorithm in the relevant technology, and can perform local motion processing on the angle parameter value of the prediction node, thereby achieving a better inter-frame prediction effect.
- the current frame is a frame where the current node to be encoded is located, and the current frame includes at least one point.
- the current frame is obtained by scanning a circle of the laser radar along the XY plane (horizontal plane), and the current frame may include multiple points.
- the node to be encoded is also referred to as a point to be encoded, a current node, a current point, a current node to be encoded, a current point to be encoded, etc., and the present application does not limit this.
- the node to be encoded may be a point in the current point cloud to be encoded, or the node to be encoded may include multiple points in the current point cloud to be encoded, which is not limited in the present application.
- the node to be encoded includes multiple points in the current point cloud to be encoded
- the multiple points included in the node to be encoded are repeated points.
- the node to be encoded includes multiple points having the same geometric prediction information.
- the geometric information (geometric position information) of the first encoded node is determined.
- the first encoded node here refers to the geometric information of the first encoded node. That is to say, after determining the first encoded node before the node to be encoded in the current frame, the geometric information of the first encoded node in the point cloud is determined.
- the geometric information here can be understood as the position information of the first encoded node in the point cloud.
- the geometric information of the first encoded node can be radar coordinate information or Cartesian coordinate information, etc., and this application does not make any limitation on this.
- the geometric parameters here refer to the parameters in the radar coordinate system.
- the geometric parameters may include: horizontal azimuth Radar laser index value laserID and depth information radius.
- the geometric information of the first encoded node when the geometric information of the first encoded node is radar coordinate information, the geometric information of the first encoded node at least includes an angle parameter corresponding to the first encoded node, that is, a third angle parameter value.
- the third angle parameter value of the first encoded node is the angle information of the horizontal position of the first encoded node on the horizontal plane.
- the first encoded node is the previous encoded node of the node to be encoded in the current frame.
- the first angle parameter of the first encoded node is smaller than the angle parameter of the node to be encoded.
- the first encoded node may also be any H encoded nodes before the node to be encoded in the current frame, where H is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
- the first encoded node may be the two encoded nodes before the node to be encoded in the current frame, the first encoded node may also be the four encoded nodes before the node to be encoded in the current frame, etc., and the present application does not limit this.
- the first candidate node corresponds to the second decoded node at the decoding end.
- the first candidate node in the first reference frame is node g
- the first candidate node in the second reference frame is node b
- the second decoded node in the first reference frame is node g
- the second decoded node in the second reference frame is node b.
- the second candidate node corresponds to a decoded node other than the second decoded node in the reference frame where the second decoded node of the decoding end is located.
- the second candidate nodes in the first reference frame are node e, node f, node o and node p
- the second candidate nodes in the second reference frame are node c, node d, node m and node n
- the decoded nodes in the first reference frame except the second decoded node (node g) are node e, node f, node o and node p
- the decoded nodes in the second reference frame except the second decoded node (node b) are node c, node d, node m and node n.
- the geometric parameters here refer to the parameters in the radar coordinate system.
- the geometric parameters may include: horizontal azimuth Radar laser index value laserID and depth information radius.
- the angle parameter value is the angle information of the horizontal position of the horizontal plane, that is,
- the fourth angle parameter value of the first candidate node is less than or equal to and closest to the third angle parameter value of the first encoded node.
- the reference frame includes: a first reference frame and a second reference frame; the first reference frame is at least one frame obtained by global motion of the second reference frame; the second reference frame is an encoded frame of the previous K frames of the current frame, where K is an integer greater than 0.
- the preset node is at least one candidate node in the first reference frame except the first candidate node.
- At least one second candidate node, the first candidate node, and the first encoded node have the same radar index.
- the fourth angle parameter value of the first candidate node is less than or equal to and closest to the third angle parameter value of the first encoded node.
- the first candidate node and the first encoded node may have the same radar index, or the first candidate node and the first encoded node may have different radar indexes; the first candidate node and the first encoded node may have the same depth information, or the first candidate node and the first encoded node may have different depth information; the first candidate node and the first encoded node may have the same angle parameter value, or the first candidate node and the first encoded node may have different angle parameter values, which is not limited in the present application.
- the reference frame includes: a first reference frame and a second reference frame; the first reference frame is at least one frame obtained by performing global motion on the second reference frame; the second reference frame is an encoded frame of the previous K frames of the current frame, where K is an integer greater than 0.
- the second reference frame may be a frame before the current frame; the first reference frame may be a frame before the frame before the current frame.
- the current frame is Frame t
- the first reference frame may be Frame t-1
- the second reference frame may be Frame t-2
- t is an integer.
- a third reference frame may also be included, and the number of reference frames and the number of candidate nodes are not specifically limited.
- the first reference frame and the second reference frame are used as examples for detailed description.
- the preset node in the decoding end is at least one candidate node other than the first candidate node in the first reference frame of the encoding end, that is, the preset node is at least one candidate node in at least one second candidate node.
- S403 Perform local motion processing on the angle parameter value of at least one candidate node among the at least one second candidate node to obtain at least one updated second candidate node.
- local motion processing is performed on the angle parameter value of at least one candidate node among at least one second candidate node according to the fourth angle parameter value of the first candidate node to obtain at least one updated second candidate node.
- the fourth angle parameter value of the first candidate node corresponds to the fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node at the decoding end. Parameter value.
- the updated at least one second candidate node since at least one of the at least one second candidate nodes is subjected to local motion processing to obtain at least one updated second candidate node, the updated at least one second candidate node has the prior information of local motion compared to the non-updated second candidate node, thereby achieving a more refined prediction of the geometric information of the predicted node, thereby improving the accuracy of inter-frame prediction.
- S404 Determine a geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded based on the first candidate node and at least one updated second candidate node.
- the geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded corresponds to the geometric prediction value of the prediction node at the decoding end.
- the geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded is determined based on the geometric information of the first candidate node (such as node g and/or node b) and at least one updated second candidate node (such as at least one of nodes c, d, m, n, e, f, o, p).
- At least one of the at least one second candidate node after update has been processed with local motion, at least one of the at least one second candidate node after update has the prior information of local motion, thereby more accurately determining the geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded.
- the encoder first determines the first encoded node preceding the node to be encoded in the current frame; then, the encoder determines a first candidate node having at least one geometric parameter identical to the first encoded node in the reference frame, and determines at least one second candidate node in the reference frame based on the first candidate node; then, the encoder performs local motion processing on the angle parameter value of at least one candidate node in the at least one second candidate node to obtain at least one updated second candidate node; finally, the encoder determines the geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded based on the first candidate node and the at least one updated second candidate node.
- the encoder Since the encoder performs local motion processing on the angle parameter value of at least one candidate node in the at least one second candidate node, at least one candidate node in the at least one second candidate node has prior information related to local motion, the accuracy of inter-frame prediction can be improved, thereby improving the coding efficiency of the geometric information of the point cloud and improving the coding performance of the point cloud.
- determining the first encoded node of the node to be encoded in the current frame may include:
- the first coded node of the node to be coded is determined.
- the prediction tree structure can be constructed in two different ways, which can include: KD-Tree (high-latency slow mode) and low-latency fast mode (using laser radar calibration information).
- KD-Tree high-latency slow mode
- low-latency fast mode using laser radar calibration information.
- the encoding order of the prediction tree can be one of the following: unordered, Morton order, azimuth order, radial distance order, etc., which is not specifically limited here.
- a prediction tree structure is first constructed, and then the prediction tree is traversed to determine the point before the node to be encoded in the encoding order of the prediction tree, that is, the first encoded node (such as node a) of the node to be encoded.
- S403 includes S4031 to S4033:
- the fourth angle parameter value of the first candidate node at the encoding end corresponds to the angle parameter value of the second decoded node at the decoding end.
- the second candidate node at the encoding end is a decoded node other than the second decoded node in the reference frame where the second decoded node at the decoding end is located.
- the decoder and the encoder agree to perform local motion processing on nodes e, f, o, and p in the first reference frame, that is, the preset nodes are nodes e, f, o, and p.
- the third candidate node is at least one candidate node among the preset nodes.
- the preset nodes are node e, node f, node o and node p
- the third candidate node is at least one of node e, node f, node o and node p.
- S4031 may include S501 to S502:
- S501 Determine at least one third candidate node matching a preset node from at least one second candidate node.
- At least one second candidate node may include: node e, node f, node o and node p, and node c, node d, node m and node n in the second reference frame.
- the preset nodes may be node e, node p, node c, node d.
- the third candidate node may be at least one of node e, node p, node c, node d.
- S502 Determine the difference between the fourth angle parameter value of the first candidate node and the fifth angle parameter value of each third candidate node as the local motion information of each third candidate node.
- the difference between the fourth angle parameter value and the fifth angle parameter value of each third candidate node may be used as the local motion information of each third candidate node.
- the difference between the fourth angle parameter value multiplied by the first weight and the fifth angle parameter value of each third candidate node multiplied by the second weight may be used as local motion information.
- deltaPhi represents the difference (difference value) between the fourth angle parameter value and the fifth angle parameter value of each third candidate node
- interPred.second[1] represents the fifth angle parameter value of each third candidate node
- interPredPrev.second[1] represents the fourth angle parameter value of the first candidate node.
- the updated at least one third candidate node has the prior information of local motion compared to the at least one third candidate node that has not been updated, a more refined prediction of the geometric information of the node to be encoded can be achieved, thereby improving the accuracy of inter-frame prediction, thereby improving the encoding efficiency and accuracy of the geometric information of the point cloud.
- S4033 Use the candidate nodes other than the at least one third candidate node among the at least one updated third candidate node and the at least one second candidate node as the at least one updated second candidate node.
- S4032 may include S601 to S602:
- the angular velocity of rotation of the laser radar is the angular velocity of rotation of the laser radar corresponding to the current frame; or, the angular velocity of rotation of the laser radar is the angular velocity of rotation of the laser radar corresponding to the first reference frame; or, the angular velocity of rotation of the laser radar is the angular velocity of rotation of the laser radar corresponding to the second reference frame.
- the rotational angular velocity of the laser radar is related to the number of points (nodes) obtained by rotating the laser radar one circle.
- the rotational angular velocity of the laser radar can be 2 ⁇ /pointnums, where pointnums represents the number of points obtained by rotating the laser radar one circle.
- the rotational angular velocity of the laser radar can be a value specified or agreed upon by both the decoder and the encoder.
- the encoder can directly determine the rotational angular velocity of the laser radar.
- S602 Determine an updated fifth angle parameter value of at least one third candidate node based on the local motion information, the third angle parameter value, and the rotation angular velocity of each third candidate node.
- S602 may include S6021 to S6024:
- the encoder determines the first intermediate value of each third candidate node according to the ratio of the local motion information of each third candidate node to the rotation angular velocity of the laser radar, wherein the above process can be expressed as: in, Characterizes the local motion information of each third candidate node, and angular azimuth speed characterizes the rotation angular speed of the lidar.
- the encoder after determining the first intermediate value of each third candidate node, performs a rounding operation on the first intermediate value of each third candidate node to obtain the second intermediate value of each third candidate node. That is, the second intermediate value of each third candidate node is a positive integer, and qphi0 is used to represent the second intermediate value; the above process can be expressed as: It means rounding up, that is, qphi0 is an integer.
- the encoder multiplies the second intermediate value of each third candidate node by the rotation angular velocity to obtain the third intermediate value of each third candidate node; the above process can be expressed as: qphi0*_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed; wherein qphi0 represents the second intermediate value of each third candidate node, and _geomAngularAzimuthSpeed represents the rotation angular velocity of the lidar.
- prevPos[1] represents the third angle parameter value of the first encoded node
- interPred.second[1] represents the updated fifth angle parameter value of each third candidate node.
- the fifth angle parameter value of any third candidate node is updated based on the local motion information of any third candidate node, and the updated fifth angle parameter value of any third candidate node is determined; the first preset threshold is greater than the second preset threshold.
- the fifth angle parameter value of any third candidate node is not updated; the first preset threshold is greater than the second preset threshold.
- the encoder determines the updated fifth angle parameter value of any third candidate node based on the local motion information of any third candidate node; when the local motion information of any third candidate node is less than the first preset threshold and the local motion information is greater than the second preset threshold, the encoder uses the fifth angle parameter value of any third candidate node as the updated fifth angle parameter value of any third candidate node.
- deltaPhi ⁇ -(_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed>> 1));
- _geomAngularAzimuthSpeed>>1 means shifting right by one bit, that is, _geomAngularAzimuthSpeed multiplied by 0.5.
- the first preset threshold is Q times the rotation angular velocity, where Q is a positive number; and the second preset threshold is negative Q times the rotation angular velocity.
- Q is preset.
- Q is 0.5.
- the first candidate node includes a first reference node and a second reference node; the second candidate node includes a third reference node and a fourth reference node; the first reference node and the third reference node belong to a first reference frame; the second reference node and the fourth reference node belong to a second reference frame.
- the reference frame where the first reference node (node g) is located is the first reference frame; the reference frame where the second reference node (node b) is located is the second reference frame.
- the third reference node may be at least one reference node other than the first reference node in the first reference frame, and the third reference node may be node e, node f, node o, and node p, and correspondingly, the preset node may be at least one of node e, node f, node o, and node p.
- the fourth reference node may be at least one reference node other than the second reference node in the second reference frame, and the fourth reference node may be node c, node d, node m, and node n, and correspondingly, the preset node may be at least one of node c, node d, node m, and node n. Alternatively, the preset node may be at least one of node c, node d, node m, node n, node e, node f, node o, and node p.
- determining at least one second candidate node in a reference frame according to the first candidate node may include:
- At least one fourth reference node is determined in the second reference frame according to the second reference candidate node.
- the fourth angle parameter value of the first reference node is less than or equal to and closest to the third angle parameter value of the first encoded node; the sixth angle parameter value of at least one third reference node is greater than the fourth angle parameter value of the first reference node, and at least one third reference node has the same radar index as the first reference node; the fourth angle parameter value of the second reference node is less than or equal to and closest to the third angle parameter value of the first encoded node; the seventh angle parameter value of at least one fourth reference node is greater than the fourth angle parameter value of the second reference node, and at least one fourth reference node has the same radar index as the second reference node.
- determining at least one third reference node in the first reference frame according to the first reference node may include:
- At least one third reference node that is sequentially encoded after the first reference node is determined according to the order of the prediction tree.
- the third reference node may include: node e, node f, node o, and node p.
- the first reference node may be node g.
- determining at least one fourth reference node in the second reference frame according to the second reference candidate node may include:
- At least one fourth reference node that is sequentially encoded after the second reference node is determined according to the order of the prediction tree.
- the fourth reference node may include: node c, node d, node m and node n.
- the second reference node may be node b.
- At least one of the nodes c, d, m and n that are encoded sequentially after the second reference node (node b) is determined in the order of the prediction tree.
- performing local motion processing on the angle parameter value of at least one candidate node in the at least one second candidate node to obtain the updated at least one second candidate node may include:
- the fifth angle parameter value of the corresponding third candidate node is updated to determine the updated fifth angle parameter value of at least one third candidate node, thereby determining the updated at least one third candidate node;
- the updated at least one third reference node and the at least one fourth reference node are used as the updated at least one second candidate node.
- the fifth angle parameter value of at least one third candidate node that matches the preset node (such as node e, node f) in at least one third reference node is subjected to local motion processing to determine the local motion information of each third candidate node.
- at least one third reference node may include: the first third reference node (node e), the second third reference node (node f), the third third reference node (node o) and the fourth third reference node (node p).
- At least one fourth reference node in the second reference frame may include: the first fourth reference node (node c), the second fourth reference node (node d), the third fourth reference node (node m) and the fourth fourth reference node (node n).
- At this time, at least one third candidate node is: the first third reference node (node e) and the second third reference node (node f).
- the updated at least one third candidate node includes: the updated first third reference node (node e) and the updated second third reference node (node f).
- the updated at least one third reference node includes: the updated first third reference node (node e), the updated second third reference node (node f), the third third reference node (node o) and the fourth third reference node (node p).
- the updated at least one second candidate node may include: the updated first third reference node (node e), the updated second third reference node (node f), the third third reference node (node o), the fourth third reference node (node p), the first fourth reference node (node c), the second fourth reference node (node d), the third fourth reference node (node m) and the fourth fourth reference node (node n).
- At least one third reference node, at least one updated fourth reference node, the second reference node, and the first reference node have a preset order.
- the preset order is not limited to this order, and may also be other orders, which are not specifically limited here.
- the order described here can be used as an optimal order to achieve the best encoding performance.
- determining at least one second candidate node in a reference frame according to the first candidate node may include:
- At least one third reference node is determined according to the first third reference node, the second third reference node, the third third reference node, and the fourth third reference node.
- the second reference frame sequentially determine the first fourth reference node, the second fourth reference node, the third fourth reference node, and the fourth fourth reference node that are coded after the second reference node;
- At least one fourth reference node is determined according to the first fourth reference node, the second fourth reference node, the third fourth reference node, and the fourth fourth reference node.
- the first candidate node b i.e., the second reference node
- the first fourth reference node c, the second fourth reference node d, the second fourth reference node m and the fourth fourth reference node n encoded after the first candidate node b in the second reference frame are determined in sequence; among them, the first fourth reference node c, the second fourth reference node d, the second fourth reference node m and the fourth fourth reference node n are at least one second candidate node here (i.e., at least one fourth reference node).
- the first candidate node g (i.e., the first reference node) having at least one identical geometric parameter (angle parameter value) with the previous encoded node a of the node to be encoded can be found in the first reference frame; then, according to the encoding order of the prediction tree, the first third reference node e, the second third reference node f, the third third reference node o, and the fourth third reference node p encoded after the first candidate node g in the first reference frame are determined in sequence; wherein, the first third reference node e, the second third reference node f, the third third reference node o, and the fourth third reference node p are at least one second candidate node (i.e., the third reference node) here.
- the horizontal azimuth angles of the first third reference node e, the second third reference node f, the third third reference node o, and the fourth third reference node p may not be replaced or may also be replaced, wherein, here, it may be replaced with the horizontal azimuth angle of the father node of the node to be encoded, or it may also be replaced with the horizontal azimuth angle after local motion processing.
- determining at least one second candidate node in a reference frame according to the first candidate node may include:
- the first fourth reference node whose horizontal azimuth angle is greater than and closest to the horizontal azimuth angle of the second reference node determines in the second reference frame in sequence the first fourth reference node whose horizontal azimuth angle is greater than and closest to the horizontal azimuth angle of the second reference node, the second fourth reference node whose horizontal azimuth angle is greater than and closest to the horizontal azimuth angle of the first fourth reference node, the third fourth reference node whose horizontal azimuth angle is greater than and closest to the horizontal azimuth angle of the second fourth reference node, and the fourth fourth reference node whose horizontal azimuth angle is greater than and closest to the horizontal azimuth angle of the third fourth reference node;
- At least one second candidate node (i.e., fourth reference node) is determined based on the first fourth reference node, the second fourth reference node, the third fourth reference node, and the fourth fourth reference node; wherein the radar laser index values of the first fourth reference node, the second fourth reference node, the third fourth reference node, and the fourth fourth reference node are all the same as the radar laser index value of the previous encoded node.
- At least one second candidate node includes the first fourth reference node c, the second fourth reference node d, the third fourth reference node m, and the fourth fourth reference node n.
- the fourth reference node When performing inter-frame prediction coding on the node to be coded, first determine the previous coded node a of the current point; then determine the second reference node b having the same angle parameter value as the previous coded node a; and then determine the second reference node b according to the horizontal azimuth angle.
- the order of size is determined as follows:
- the fourth reference node n is at least one second candidate node (ie, the fourth reference node) here.
- determining at least one second candidate node in a reference frame according to the first candidate node may include:
- the first third reference node whose horizontal azimuth angle is greater than and closest to the horizontal azimuth angle of the first candidate node (i.e., the first reference node), the second third reference node whose horizontal azimuth angle is greater than and closest to the horizontal azimuth angle of the first third reference node, the third third reference node whose horizontal azimuth angle is greater than and closest to the horizontal azimuth angle of the second third reference node, and the fourth third reference node whose horizontal azimuth angle is greater than and closest to the horizontal azimuth angle of the third third reference node;
- At least one second candidate node i.e., at least one third reference node
- At least one second candidate node is determined based on the first third reference node, the second third reference node, the third third reference node, and the fourth third reference node; wherein the radar laser index numbers of the first third reference node, the second third reference node, the third third reference node, and the fourth third reference node are all the same as the radar laser index number of the previous encoded node.
- At least one second candidate node includes the first third reference node e, the second third reference node f, the third third reference node o and the fourth third reference node p.
- first determine the previous coded node a of the node to be coded first determines the third candidate node g (first reference node) having the same angle parameter value as the previous coded node a; and then determine the third candidate node g (first reference node) according to the horizontal azimuth angle.
- the order of size is as follows:
- the first third reference node e having the same radar laser index number and a first horizontal azimuth angle greater than the horizontal azimuth angle of the first candidate node g (i.e., the first reference node);
- the obtained first third reference node e, second third reference node f, third third reference node o and fourth third reference node p are at least one second candidate node (ie, third reference node) here.
- the preset order can be: the 1st fourth reference node c, the 2nd fourth reference node d, the 1st third reference node e, the 2nd third reference node f, the 3rd fourth reference node m, the 4th fourth reference node n, the 3rd third reference node o and the 3rd third reference node p.
- the preset order can also be: the first fourth reference node c, the second fourth reference node d, the first third reference node e, the second third reference node f, the third fourth reference node m and the fourth fourth reference node n.
- the preset order can also be: the first fourth reference node c, the second fourth reference node d, the first third reference node e, the second third reference node f, the third fourth reference node m, the fourth fourth reference node n, the second reference node b and the first reference node g.
- cost values are calculated for the first candidate node and each updated second candidate node, respectively, to obtain multiple rate-distortion cost results; the candidate node corresponding to the minimum rate-distortion cost among the multiple rate-distortion cost results is determined as the prediction node; based on the prediction node, the geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded is determined.
- the method may further include: determining a predicted node index value corresponding to the node to be encoded in a preset order; encoding the predicted node index value, and writing the obtained encoded bits into a bitstream.
- the method may further include: determining geometric residual information of the node to be encoded based on the geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded; encoding the geometric residual information of the node to be encoded, and writing the obtained encoded bits into the bitstream.
- determining the geometric residual information of the node to be encoded based on the geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded may include: determining the initial residual value of the node to be encoded based on the geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded; quantizing the initial residual value of the node to be encoded based on a quantization parameter to obtain the geometric residual information of the node to be encoded.
- determining an initial residual value of a node to be encoded based on a geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded may include: determining the original value of the node to be encoded; and determining the initial residual value of the node to be encoded by performing a subtraction operation between the original value of the node to be encoded and the geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded.
- the method may further include: encoding the quantization parameter, and writing the obtained encoded bits into a bit stream.
- the geometric position information For example, taking the geometric position information as an example, first determine the geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded; then perform a difference operation based on the geometric position information of the current node and the geometric prediction value to obtain an initial residual value; and use the quantization parameter to quantize the initial residual value. Finally, through continuous iteration, the inter-frame prediction mode value, geometric prediction residual value, prediction tree structure, quantization parameter and other parameters of each node position information in the prediction tree are encoded, and the obtained coded bits are written into the bitstream.
- the encoding method is mainly for encoding optimization of the inter-frame prediction mode.
- it can also be determined whether the node to be encoded uses the inter-frame prediction mode, and a flag is generated to identify it. Therefore, in some embodiments, the method can also include:
- the first identification information indicates whether the node to be encoded uses an inter-frame prediction mode
- the prediction mode is the inter-frame prediction mode
- a step of determining a first encoded node before the node to be encoded in the current frame is performed.
- determining the first identification information may include:
- the first identification information indicates that the node to be encoded does not use the inter-frame prediction mode, determining that the value of the first identification information is a first value
- the value of the first identification information is determined to be the second value
- the first value is different from the second value, and the first value and the second value can be in parameter form or in digital form.
- the first identification information can be a parameter written in the profile or a flag value, which is not specifically limited here.
- the first value can be set to 1 and the second value can be set to 0; or, the first value can be set to 0 and the second value can be set to 1; or, the first value can be set to true and the second value can be set to false; or, the first value can be set to false and the second value can be set to true; but this is not specifically limited here.
- the method may further include: encoding the first identification information, and writing the obtained encoded bits into a bit stream.
- the first identification information (0) is generated; if it is determined that the current node uses the inter-frame prediction mode, the first identification information (1) is generated. In this way, at the decoding end, by decoding and obtaining the first identification information, it is possible to determine whether the current node uses the inter-frame prediction mode, thereby improving decoding efficiency.
- a flag bit may be set to determine whether to enable the encoding method of the embodiment of the present application. Therefore, in some embodiments, the method may further include:
- the second identification information indicates whether the local motion processing mode is enabled for the node to be encoded
- a step of determining a first encoded node before the node to be encoded in the current frame is performed.
- determining the second identification information may include:
- the second identification information indicates that the node to be encoded does not enable the local motion processing mode, determining the value of the second identification information to be the first value
- the value of the second identification information is determined to be the second value.
- the first value is different from the second value, and the first value and the second value can be in parameter form or in digital form.
- the second identification information can be a parameter written in the profile or a flag value, which is not specifically limited here.
- the first value can be set to 1, and the second value can be set to 0; or, the first value can be set to 0, and the second value can be set to 1; or, the first value can be set to true, and the second value can be set to false; or, the first value can be set to false, and the second value can be set to true; but this is not specifically limited here.
- the method may also include: encoding the value of the second identification information, and writing the obtained encoded bits into the bit stream.
- the second identification information (0) is generated; if it is determined that the local motion processing mode is not enabled for the current node, the second identification information (1) is generated.
- the value of the second identification information can be directly obtained by decoding at the decoding end, so as to determine whether the current node is enabled, thereby improving the decoding efficiency.
- a 1-bit flag (i.e., the second identification information) can be used to indicate whether the encoding method of the embodiment of the present application is enabled or not.
- This flag can be placed in the header information of the high-level syntax element, such as the geometry header; and this flag can be conditionally enabled under certain conditions. If this flag does not appear in the bitstream, its default value is a fixed value.
- This embodiment provides an encoding method, wherein an encoder first determines a first encoded node preceding a node to be encoded in a current frame; then, the encoder determines a first candidate node having at least one geometric parameter identical to the first encoded node in a reference frame, At least one second candidate node is determined in the reference frame according to the first candidate node; then, the encoder performs local motion processing on the angle parameter value of at least one candidate node in the at least one second candidate node to obtain at least one updated second candidate node; finally, the encoder determines the geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded based on the first candidate node and the at least one updated second candidate node.
- the encoder Since the encoder performs local motion processing on the angle parameter value of at least one candidate node in the at least one second candidate node, at least one candidate node in the at least one second candidate node has prior information related to local motion, so that inter-frame prediction can better predict the node to be encoded, thereby improving the accuracy of inter-frame prediction, improving the encoding efficiency of geometric information, and further improving the encoding performance of point cloud.
- the embodiment of the present application mainly performs local motion processing on the angle parameter value of the prediction node, which can improve the accuracy of inter-frame prediction, thereby improving the encoding and decoding efficiency of the geometric information of the point cloud and improving the encoding and decoding performance of the point cloud.
- the tool proposed in the present application can use a 1-bit flag to indicate whether it is enabled or not.
- This flag is placed in the header information of the high-level syntax element, such as the geometry header, and this flag is conditionally enabled under certain conditions. If this flag does not appear in the bitstream, its default value is a fixed value. Similarly, the flag needs to be decoded at the decoding end. If this flag does not appear in the bitstream, it can be decoded without decoding, and its default value is a fixed value.
- the prediction tree i.e., in the order of the prediction tree
- the previous encoded node a the first encoded node of the current point to be encoded (node to be encoded) is searched; the previous frame is used as a reference frame (the second reference frame) to find the node a that has the same encoding as the previous encoded node a of the current point.
- the previous frame is used as a reference frame to find a node a that has the same laser ID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point is encoded and the first point Less than or equal to point a Point b, and/or
- Point b in the previous reference frame and points c, d, m and n encoded or decoded after point b are used as candidate points between frames.
- a node a (first coded node) having the same eigenvalue as the node a that has been coded before the current point is coded is searched in a reference frame (first reference frame) that has undergone global motion in the previous frame.
- point g (the first reference node or the first candidate node) of laserID, take the point g in the previous frame after global motion as the reference frame and the point e (the first third reference node), point f (the second third reference node), point o (the third third reference node) and point p (the fourth third reference node) encoded or decoded after point g as candidate points between frames.
- the previous frame is used as a reference frame to find a node a that has the same laser ID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point is encoded and the first point Less than or equal to point a point g, and/or,
- the point g in the previous frame that has undergone global motion is used as the reference frame, and the points e, f, o, and p that are encoded or decoded after point g are used as candidate points between frames.
- inter-frame prediction points e, f, o, p Replace with point a Add qphi0*angular azimuth speed.
- different prediction points are selected through RDO rate-distortion optimization, namely, node c, node d, node e, node f, node m, node n, node o, node p, node b and node g.
- RDO rate-distortion optimization is performed to select the optimal inter-frame prediction point.
- the subsequent entropy encoding/decoding of the residual coefficients is performed.
- the geometric position information of the prediction node is predicted to obtain the prediction residual, and the geometric prediction residual is quantized using the quantization parameter.
- the prediction mode, prediction residual, prediction tree structure, quantization parameter and other parameters of the prediction tree node position information are encoded to generate a binary code stream.
- the decoding end reconstructs the prediction tree structure by continuously parsing the bitstream, and traverses the prediction tree for the previous decoded node a of the current point to be decoded;
- inter-frame prediction points are selected in the order of nodes c, d, e, f, m, n, o, p, b, and g (this is the optimal order, which can achieve the best performance, and other orders are also possible).
- the decoded inter-frame prediction mode may be used to determine a prediction point from the following at most 10 candidate nodes:
- the previous frame is used as a reference frame to find a node a that has the same laser ID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point is encoded and the first point Less than or equal to point a Point b;
- a node a (first decoded node) having the same vertices as the node a that has been decoded before the current point is searched in a reference frame (first reference frame) that has undergone global motion in the previous frame.
- point g (the second decoded node) of laserID, and take point g in the previous frame after global motion as the reference frame and point e, point f, point o and point p encoded or decoded after point g as candidate points between frames.
- the previous frame is used as a reference frame to find a node a that has the same laser ID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point is encoded and the first point Less than or equal to point a point g;
- the point g in the previous frame that has undergone global motion is used as the reference frame, and the points e, f, o, and p that are encoded or decoded after point g are used as candidate points between frames.
- the inter-frame prediction points e, f, o, p Replace it with a local motion method.
- the geometric position prediction residual information and quantization parameters of the prediction node are obtained through analysis, and the prediction residual is dequantized to restore the reconstructed geometric position information of each node, and finally the geometric reconstruction at the decoding end is completed.
- the previous frame is used as a reference frame to find a node a that has the same laser ID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point is encoded and the first point Greater than point a Point c, and/or
- Points c, d, m and n encoded or decoded after point b in the previous reference frame are used as candidate points between frames;
- a node a which has been encoded before the current point is searched in the previous frame which has been globally moved as a reference frame and has the same and point g of laserID, and take the points e and f encoded or decoded after point g in the previous frame after global motion as the reference frame as candidate points between frames.
- the previous frame is used as a reference frame to find a node a that has the same laser ID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point is encoded and the first point Less than or equal to point a point g, and/or,
- the points e and f encoded or decoded after the global motion of the previous frame as the point g in the reference frame are used as candidate points between frames.
- the inter-frame prediction points e and f Replace it with a local motion method.
- different prediction points are selected through RDO rate-distortion optimization, namely, node c, node d, node e, node f, node m and node n.
- RDO rate-distortion optimization is performed to select the optimal inter-frame prediction point.
- a context model is selected. Parameters, select the inter-frame prediction mode e or f corresponding to another selection of contex model parameters of another context model to perform the subsequent entropy encoding/decoding of the residual coefficients.
- the geometric position information of the prediction node is predicted to obtain the prediction residual, and the geometric prediction residual is quantized using the quantization parameter.
- the prediction mode, prediction residual, prediction tree structure, quantization parameter and other parameters of the prediction tree node position information are encoded to generate a binary code stream.
- the decoding end reconstructs the prediction tree structure by continuously parsing the bitstream, and traverses the prediction tree for the previous decoded node a of the current point to be decoded;
- inter-frame prediction points are selected in the order of nodes c, d, e, f, m, and n (this is the optimal order, which can achieve the best performance, and other orders are also possible).
- the decoded inter-frame prediction mode can be used to determine the prediction point from the following at most 6 candidate nodes:
- the previous frame is used as a reference frame to find a node a that has the same and point b of laserID, and take points c, d, m and n encoded or decoded after point b in the previous reference frame as candidate points between frames.
- the previous frame is used as a reference frame to find a node a that has the same laser ID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point is encoded and the first point Greater than point a Point c;
- Points c, d, m and n encoded or decoded after point b in the previous reference frame are used as candidate points between frames.
- a node a that has been decoded before the current point is searched in the previous frame that has undergone global motion as a reference frame and has the same and point g of laserID, and take the points e and f encoded or decoded after point g in the previous frame after global motion as the reference frame as candidate points between frames.
- the previous frame is used as a reference frame to find a node a that has the same laser ID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point is encoded and the first point Less than or equal to point a point g;
- the points e and f encoded or decoded after the global motion of the previous frame as the point g in the reference frame are used as candidate points between frames.
- the inter-frame prediction points e and f Replace it with a local motion method.
- the geometric position prediction residual information and quantization parameters of the prediction node are obtained through analysis, and the prediction residual is dequantized to restore the reconstructed geometric position information of each node, and finally the geometric reconstruction at the decoding end is completed.
- test results are shown in the following table. See Table 1-1, which shows the test results of a geometric position lossless and attribute lossless case provided by the embodiment of the present application; see Table 1-2, which shows the test results of a geometric position lossy and attribute lossy case provided by the embodiment of the present application. It can be seen that the encoding and decoding performance is improved.
- the previous frame is used as a reference frame to find a node a that has the same laser ID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point is encoded and the first point Less than or equal to point a point g;
- the inter-frame prediction points e, f, o, p Replace it with a local motion method.
- different prediction points are selected through RDO rate-distortion optimization, namely, node c, node d, node e, node f, node m and node n.
- RDO rate-distortion optimization is performed to select the optimal inter-frame prediction point.
- the subsequent entropy encoding/decoding of the residual coefficients is performed.
- the geometric position information of the prediction node is predicted to obtain the prediction residual, and the geometric prediction residual is quantized using the quantization parameter.
- the prediction mode, prediction residual, prediction tree structure, quantization parameter and other parameters of the prediction tree node position information are encoded to generate a binary code stream.
- the decoding end reconstructs the prediction tree structure by continuously parsing the bitstream, and traverses the prediction tree for the previous decoded node a of the current point to be decoded;
- the order of nodes c, d, e, f, m, n, o, p is used (this is the optimal order, which can achieve the best result).
- the inter-frame prediction points are selected in other orders to obtain the best performance.
- the decoded inter-frame prediction mode can be used to determine the prediction point from the following up to 8 candidate nodes:
- the previous frame is used as a reference frame to find a node a that has the same and point b of laserID, and take points c, d, m and n encoded or decoded after point b in the previous reference frame as candidate points between frames.
- Points c, d, m and n encoded or decoded after point b in the previous reference frame are used as candidate points between frames.
- a node a that has been decoded before the current point is searched in the previous frame that has undergone global motion as a reference frame and has the same and point g of laserID, and use the points e and f, o and p encoded or decoded after point g in the previous frame after global motion as the reference frame as candidate points between frames.
- the previous frame is used as a reference frame to find a node a that has the same laser ID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point is encoded and the first point Less than or equal to point a point g;
- the points e, f, o, and p encoded or decoded after the global motion of the previous frame as the reference frame point g are used as candidate points between frames.
- the inter-frame prediction points e, f, o, p Replace it with a local motion method.
- the geometric position prediction residual information and quantization parameters of the prediction node are obtained through analysis, and the prediction residual is dequantized to restore the reconstructed geometric position information of each node, and finally the geometric reconstruction at the decoding end is completed.
- test results are shown in the following table. See Table 2-1, which shows the test results of a geometric position lossless and attribute lossless case provided by the embodiment of the present application; see Table 2-2, which shows the test results of a geometric position lossy and attribute lossy case provided by the embodiment of the present application. It can be seen that the encoding and decoding performance is improved.
- the reference frame can be the previous frame or the previous K frames, where K is a positive integer; alternatively, in the first reference frame or the second reference frame, the number of selected candidate nodes can continue to increase; alternatively, the average can be taken between every several candidate nodes to form a new candidate node, which is not specifically limited here.
- the specific implementation of the aforementioned embodiments is elaborated in detail through the above embodiments. It can be seen that according to the technical scheme of the aforementioned embodiments, the prediction scheme between frames of the geometric prediction tree is improved here.
- the core is that when obtaining the inter-frame prediction point, the local motion information of the motion between the inter-frame points is calculated, and the prior local motion information is used to perform better inter-frame prediction on the current point to be encoded.
- a code stream is provided, wherein the code stream is generated by bit encoding according to information to be encoded; wherein the information to be encoded includes at least one of the following:
- the geometric prediction residual value, quantization parameter, prediction node index value, first identification information and second identification information of the node to be encoded
- the first identification information is used to indicate whether the node to be encoded uses an inter-frame prediction mode
- the second identification information is used to indicate whether the node to be encoded enables a local motion processing mode
- FIG25 shows a schematic diagram of the composition structure of a decoder provided by the embodiment of the present application.
- the decoder 20 includes a decoding unit 21, a first determination unit 22 and a first local motion processing unit 23; wherein,
- the decoding unit 21 is configured to parse the bitstream, determine the predicted node index value corresponding to the node to be decoded; and determine the first decoded node before the node to be decoded in the current frame;
- the first determining unit 22 is configured to determine a prediction node according to the prediction node index value and the first decoded node;
- the first local motion processing unit 23 is configured to perform local motion processing on the first angle parameter value of the prediction node based on the first decoded node to determine the second angle parameter value of the prediction node;
- the first determination unit 22 is further configured to determine the geometric parameters of the predicted node based on the first angle parameter value or the second angle parameter value; and determine the geometric prediction value of the node to be decoded based on the geometric parameters.
- the first local motion processing unit 23 is further configured to determine the local motion information based on the fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node and the first angle parameter value of the predicted node, when the predicted node index value represents that the predicted node is a preset node; the fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node is less than or equal to and closest to the third angle parameter value of the first decoded node; the second decoded node is determined based on the first decoded node in the reference frame where the predicted node is located; and the second angle parameter value of the predicted node is determined based on the local motion information.
- the reference frame where the prediction node is located includes: a first reference frame and a second reference frame; the first reference frame is at least one frame obtained by performing global motion on the second reference frame; the second reference frame is a decoded frame of the previous K frames of the current frame, where K is an integer greater than 0.
- the preset node is at least one decoded node in the first reference frame except the second decoded node.
- the first local motion processing unit 23 is further configured to determine a difference value between a fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node and the first angle parameter value of the predicted node as the local motion information.
- the first local motion processing unit 23 is further configured to determine the rotation angular velocity of the laser radar corresponding to the node to be decoded; based on the local motion information, the third angle parameter value and the rotation angular velocity, determine the The second angle parameter value.
- the first local motion processing unit 23 is also configured to determine a first intermediate value based on the ratio of the local motion information to the rotation angular velocity; round the first intermediate value to obtain a second intermediate value; multiply the second intermediate value by the rotation angular velocity to obtain a third intermediate value; add the third intermediate value to the third angle parameter value to obtain the second angle parameter value.
- the first local motion processing unit 23 is also configured to determine the second angle parameter value of the prediction node based on the local motion information if the local motion information is greater than or equal to a first preset threshold, or the difference value is less than or equal to a second preset threshold; the first preset threshold is greater than the second preset threshold.
- the first local motion processing unit 23 is further configured to determine the first angle parameter value as the second angle parameter value if the local motion information is less than a first preset threshold and the local motion information is greater than a second preset threshold; the first preset threshold is greater than the second preset threshold.
- the first preset threshold is Q times the rotation angular velocity, where Q is a positive number; and the second preset threshold is negative Q times the rotation angular velocity.
- the first determining unit 22 is further configured to use the first angle parameter value of the predicted node as the second angle parameter value when the predicted node index value indicates that the predicted node is not a preset node.
- the first determination unit 22 is further configured to determine, based on the first decoded node, a second decoded node in a reference frame where the predicted node represented by the predicted node index value is located; the fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node is less than or equal to and closest to the third angle parameter value of the first decoded node, and the second decoded node and the first decoded node have the same radar index; based on the second decoded node, determine the predicted node, the first angle parameter value of the predicted node is greater than the fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node, and the predicted node and the second decoded node have the same radar index.
- the first determination unit 22 is further configured to use the fourth angle parameter value corresponding to the second decoded node as the first angle parameter value of the predicted node; or, in the reference frame where the predicted node is located, based on the second decoded node and the predicted node index value, determine at least one next decoded node, the at least one next decoded node including the predicted node; the next angle parameter value of the next decoded node is greater than and closest to the previous angle parameter value of its previous decoded node; the at least one next decoded node has the same radar index as the second decoded node.
- the first determination unit 22 is further configured to determine, based on the first decoded node, a second decoded node in a reference frame where the predicted node represented by the predicted node index value is located; the fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node is less than or equal to and closest to the third angle parameter value of the first decoded node, and the second decoded node has the same radar index as the first decoded node; the fourth angle parameter value corresponding to the second decoded node is used as the first angle parameter value of the predicted node; or, in the decoded nodes after the second decoded node, the predicted node is determined according to the order of the prediction tree.
- the first determination unit 22 is further configured to determine the depth information of the predicted node, the radar index value of the predicted node, and the first angle parameter value as the geometric prediction value of the node to be decoded; or, to determine the depth information of the predicted node, the radar index value of the predicted node, and the second angle parameter value as the geometric prediction value of the node to be decoded.
- the first determination unit 22 is further configured to parse the bitstream to determine the geometric residual information and quantization parameters of the node to be decoded; based on the quantization parameters, perform inverse quantization processing on the geometric residual information to determine the geometric prediction residual; based on the geometric prediction residual and the geometric prediction value, determine the reconstructed geometric parameters of the node to be decoded.
- the first determination unit 22 is further configured to determine the context model of the node to be decoded according to the predicted node index value; and use the context model to decode the geometric residual information of the node to be decoded to obtain the geometric residual information.
- the first determination unit 22 is further configured to parse the code stream to determine first identification information; when the first identification information indicates that the node to be decoded uses an inter-frame prediction mode, execute the step of determining a predicted node based on the node index value and the first decoded node.
- the first determination unit 22 is further configured to, if the first identification information is a first value, determine that the first identification information indicates that the node to be decoded does not use the inter-frame prediction mode; if the first identification information is a second value, determine that the first identification information indicates that the node to be decoded uses the inter-frame prediction mode.
- the first determining unit 22 is further configured to parse the bitstream to determine the second identification information; when the second identification information indicates that the node to be decoded enables the local motion processing mode, the first decoded node is executed based on the first decoded bitstream.
- the code node performs local motion processing on the first angle parameter value of the prediction node to determine the second angle parameter value of the prediction node.
- the first determination unit 22 is further configured to, if the second identification information is a first value, determine that the second identification information indicates that the local motion processing mode is not enabled for the node to be decoded; if the second identification information is a second value, determine that the second identification information indicates that the local motion processing mode is enabled for the node to be decoded.
- the first determination unit 22 is further configured to determine a previous decoded node of the node to be decoded based on a decoding order of the prediction tree, and use the previous decoded node as the first decoded node.
- a "unit” may be a part of a circuit, a part of a processor, a part of a program or software, etc., and of course, it may be a module, or it may be non-modular.
- the components in the present embodiment may be integrated into a processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
- the above-mentioned integrated unit may be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of a software functional module.
- the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software function module and is not sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
- the technical solution of this embodiment is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product.
- the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including several instructions for a computer device (which can be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) or a processor to perform all or part of the steps of the method described in this embodiment.
- the aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), disk or optical disk, etc., various media that can store program codes.
- an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, which is applied to the decoder 20.
- the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program is executed by the first processor, the method described in any one of the above embodiments is implemented.
- the decoder 20 may include: a first communication interface 24, a first memory 25 and a first processor 26; each component is coupled together through a first bus system 27. It can be understood that the first bus system 27 is used to achieve connection and communication between these components.
- the first bus system 27 also includes a power bus, a control bus and a status signal bus. However, for the sake of clarity, various buses are marked as the first bus system 27 in Figure 26. Among them,
- the first communication interface 24 is used for receiving and sending signals during the process of sending and receiving information with other external network elements;
- the first processor 26 is configured to execute, when running the computer program:
- a geometric prediction value of the node to be decoded is determined.
- the first memory 25 in the embodiment of the present application can be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or can include both volatile and non-volatile memories.
- the non-volatile memory can be a read-only memory (ROM), a programmable read-only memory (PROM), an erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), or a flash memory.
- the volatile memory can be a random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache.
- RAM static RAM
- DRAM dynamic RAM
- SDRAM synchronous DRAM
- DDRSDRAM double data rate synchronous DRAM
- ESDRAM enhanced SDRAM
- SLDRAM synchronous link DRAM
- DRRAM direct RAM bus RAM
- the first processor 26 may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, each step of the above method can be completed by a hardware integrated logic circuit or software instructions in the first processor 26.
- the above-mentioned first processor 26 can be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (Digital Signal Processor, DSP), an application-specific integrated circuit (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC), a field programmable gate array (Field Programmable Gate Array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
- DSP Digital Signal Processor
- ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit
- FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array
- the present application can be implemented or executed The methods, steps and logic block diagrams disclosed in the examples.
- the general processor can be a microprocessor or the processor can also be any conventional processor, etc.
- the steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be directly embodied as a hardware decoding processor for execution, or a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor for execution.
- the software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as a random access memory, a flash memory, a read-only memory, a programmable read-only memory or an electrically erasable programmable memory, a register, etc.
- the storage medium is located in the first memory 25, and the first processor 26 reads the information in the first memory 25, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
- the processing unit can be implemented in one or more application specific integrated circuits (Application Specific Integrated Circuits, ASIC), digital signal processors (Digital Signal Processing, DSP), digital signal processing devices (DSP Device, DSPD), programmable logic devices (Programmable Logic Device, PLD), field programmable gate arrays (Field-Programmable Gate Array, FPGA), general processors, controllers, microcontrollers, microprocessors, other electronic units for performing the functions described in this application or a combination thereof.
- ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuits
- DSP Digital Signal Processing
- DSP Device digital signal processing devices
- PLD programmable logic devices
- FPGA field programmable gate array
- general processors controllers, microcontrollers, microprocessors, other electronic units for performing the functions described in this application or a combination thereof.
- the technology described in this application can be implemented by a module (such as a process, function, etc.) that performs the functions described in this application.
- the software code can be stored in a memory and executed by a processor.
- the memory can be implemented in the processor or outside the processor.
- the first processor 26 is further configured to execute any one of the methods described in the foregoing embodiments when running the computer program.
- the present embodiment provides a decoder in which the prediction nodes used for inter-frame prediction are mainly optimized. Specifically, local motion processing is performed on the angle parameter values of the prediction nodes, so that the inter-frame prediction can better predict the decoding nodes, thereby improving the accuracy of the inter-frame prediction, improving the encoding efficiency of the geometric information, and further improving the encoding and decoding performance of the point cloud.
- FIG27 shows a schematic diagram of the composition structure of an encoder provided by an embodiment of the present application.
- the encoder 30 may include: a second determination unit 31, a second local motion processing unit 32 and a prediction unit 33; wherein,
- the second determining unit 31 is configured to determine a first coded node preceding the node to be coded in the current frame; and determine a first candidate node having at least one geometric parameter identical to the first coded node in the reference frame, and determine at least one second candidate node in the reference frame according to the first candidate node;
- the second local motion processing unit 32 is configured to perform local motion processing on the angle parameter value of at least one candidate node among the at least one second candidate node to obtain the updated at least one second candidate node;
- the prediction unit 33 is configured to determine a geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded based on the first candidate node and at least one updated second candidate node.
- the fourth angle parameter value of the first candidate node is less than or equal to and closest to the third angle parameter value of the first encoded node.
- the second local motion processing unit 32 is further configured to determine the local motion information of each third candidate node based on the fourth angle parameter value of the first candidate node and the fifth angle parameter value of at least one third candidate node in the at least one second candidate node that matches the preset node; based on the local motion information, update the fifth angle parameter value of the corresponding third candidate node to determine the updated fifth angle parameter value of the at least one third candidate node, thereby determining the updated at least one third candidate node; and use the updated at least one third candidate node and the candidate nodes in the at least one second candidate node except the at least one third candidate node as the updated at least one second candidate node.
- the reference frame includes: a first reference frame and a second reference frame; the first reference frame is at least one frame obtained by performing global motion on the second reference frame; the second reference frame is an encoded frame of the previous K frames of the current frame, where K is an integer greater than 0.
- the preset node is at least one candidate node in the first reference frame except the first candidate node.
- the second local motion processing unit 32 is further configured to determine at least one third candidate node that matches the preset node from the at least one second candidate node; and determine the difference between the fourth angle parameter value of the first candidate node and the fifth angle parameter value of each of the third candidate nodes as the local motion information of each of the third candidate nodes.
- the second local motion processing unit 32 is also configured to determine the rotation angular velocity of the laser radar corresponding to the node to be encoded; based on the local motion information, the third angle parameter value and the rotation angular velocity of each third candidate node, determine the updated fifth angle parameter value of at least one third candidate node.
- the second local motion processing unit 32 is further configured to determine the first intermediate value of each third candidate node based on the ratio of the local motion information of each third candidate node to the rotation angular velocity; perform rounding operation on the first intermediate value of each third candidate node to obtain the second intermediate value of each third candidate node; multiply the second intermediate value of each third candidate node by the rotation angular velocity to obtain the third intermediate value of each third candidate node; add the third intermediate value of each third candidate node to the third angle parameter value respectively to obtain the updated fifth angle parameter value of each third candidate node.
- the second local motion processing unit 32 is also configured to update the fifth angle parameter value of any third candidate node based on the local motion information of any third candidate node, and determine the updated fifth angle parameter value of any third candidate node if the local motion information of any third candidate node is greater than or equal to a first preset threshold, or the difference value is less than or equal to a second preset threshold; the first preset threshold is greater than the second preset threshold.
- the second local motion processing unit 32 is also configured to not update the fifth angle parameter value of any third candidate node if the local motion information of any third candidate node is less than a first preset threshold and the local motion information is greater than a second preset threshold; the first preset threshold is greater than the second preset threshold.
- the first preset threshold is Q times the rotation angular velocity, where Q is a positive number; and the second preset threshold is negative Q times the rotation angular velocity.
- the first candidate node includes a first reference node and a second reference node; the second candidate node includes a third reference node and a fourth reference node; the first reference node and the third reference node belong to a first reference frame; the second reference node and the fourth reference node belong to a second reference frame.
- the second determination unit 31 is further configured to determine the first reference node having the same radar index as the first encoded node in the second reference frame; determine at least one third reference node in the first reference frame based on the first reference node; determine the second reference node having the same radar index as the first encoded node in the first reference frame; and determine at least one fourth reference node in the second reference frame based on the second reference candidate node.
- the fourth angle parameter value of the first reference node is less than or equal to and closest to the third angle parameter value of the first encoded node; the sixth angle parameter value of the at least one third reference node is greater than the fourth angle parameter value of the first reference node, and the at least one third reference node has the same radar index as the first reference node; the fourth angle parameter value of the second reference node is less than or equal to and closest to the third angle parameter value of the first encoded node; the seventh angle parameter value of the at least one fourth reference node is greater than the fourth angle parameter value of the second reference node, and the at least one fourth reference node has the same radar index as the second reference node.
- the second determination unit 31 is further configured to determine, in the first reference frame, at least one third reference node that is sequentially encoded after the first reference node according to the order of the prediction tree.
- the second determination unit 31 is further configured to determine, in the second reference frame, at least one fourth reference node that is sequentially encoded after the second reference node according to the order of the prediction tree.
- the second local motion processing unit 32 is further configured to determine the local motion information of each third candidate node based on the fourth angle parameter value of the first reference node and the fifth angle parameter value of at least one third candidate node that matches the preset node in the at least one third reference node; based on the local motion information, update the fifth angle parameter value of the corresponding third candidate node to determine the updated fifth angle parameter value of the at least one third candidate node, thereby determining the updated at least one third candidate node; use the updated at least one third candidate node and the candidate nodes in the at least one third reference node except the at least one third candidate node as the updated at least one third reference node; use the updated at least one third reference node and the at least one fourth reference node as the updated at least one second candidate node.
- the at least one third reference node, the updated at least one fourth reference node, the second reference node and the first reference node have a preset order.
- the prediction unit 33 is further configured to perform cost calculations on the first candidate node and each of the updated second candidate nodes, respectively, to obtain multiple rate-distortion cost results; determine the candidate node corresponding to the minimum rate-distortion cost among the multiple rate-distortion cost results as the prediction node; and determine the geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded based on the prediction node.
- the second determination unit 31 is further configured to determine a predicted node index value corresponding to the node to be encoded in a preset order; encode the predicted node index value, and write the obtained encoded bits into a bitstream.
- the second determination unit 31 is further configured to determine the geometric residual information of the node to be encoded based on the geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded; encode the geometric residual information of the node to be encoded, and write the obtained encoded bits into the bit stream.
- the second determination unit 31 is further configured to determine the initial residual value of the node to be encoded based on the geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded; and quantize the initial residual value of the node to be encoded according to a quantization parameter to obtain the geometric residual information of the node to be encoded.
- the prediction unit 33 is further configured to determine the original value of the node to be encoded; and determine the initial residual value of the node to be encoded by performing a subtraction operation between the original value of the node to be encoded and the geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded.
- the prediction unit 33 is further configured to encode the quantization parameter and write the obtained encoded bits into a bit stream.
- the second determination unit 31 is also configured to determine a prediction mode of the node to be encoded, and generate first identification information based on the prediction mode; the first identification information indicates whether the node to be encoded uses an inter-frame prediction mode; when the prediction mode is an inter-frame prediction mode, the step of determining the first encoded node in the previous one of the node to be encoded in the current frame is performed.
- the second determination unit 31 is further configured to determine that the value of the first identification information is a first value if the first identification information indicates that the node to be encoded does not use the inter-frame prediction mode; if the first identification information indicates that the node to be encoded uses the inter-frame prediction mode, determine that the value of the first identification information is a second value.
- the second determining unit 31 is further configured to encode the first identification information and write the obtained encoded bits into a bit stream.
- the second determination unit 31 is further configured to determine whether the local motion processing mode is enabled and generate second identification information; the second identification information indicates whether the local motion processing mode is enabled for the node to be encoded; when it is determined that the local motion processing mode is enabled for the node to be encoded, the step of determining the first encoded node in the previous one of the node to be encoded in the current frame is performed.
- the second determination unit 31 is further configured to determine that the value of the second identification information is a first value if the second identification information indicates that the node to be encoded does not enable the local motion processing mode; if the second identification information indicates that the node to be encoded enables the local motion processing mode, determine that the value of the second identification information is a second value.
- the second determining unit 31 is further configured to encode the second identification information and write the obtained encoded bits into a bit stream.
- the second determination unit 31 is further configured to determine a previous encoded node of the node to be encoded based on the encoding order of the prediction tree, and use the previous encoded node as the first encoded node.
- a "unit" can be a part of a circuit, a part of a processor, a part of a program or software, etc., and of course it can also be a module, or it can be non-modular.
- the components in this embodiment can be integrated into a processing unit, or each unit can exist physically separately, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit.
- the above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of a software functional module.
- the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software function module and is not sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
- this embodiment provides a computer-readable storage medium, which is applied to the encoder 30, and the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program. When the computer program is executed by the second processor, the method described in any one of the above embodiments is implemented.
- the encoder 30 may include: a second communication interface 34, a second memory 35 and a second processor 36; each component is coupled together through a second bus system 37. It can be understood that the second bus system 37 is used to realize the connection and communication between these components.
- the second bus system 37 also includes a power bus, a control bus and a status signal bus. However, for the sake of clarity, various buses are marked as the second bus system 37 in Figure 28. Among them,
- the second communication interface 34 is used for receiving and sending signals during the process of sending and receiving information with other external network elements;
- a second memory 35 used for storing a computer program that can be run on the second processor 3003;
- the second processor 36 is configured to execute, when running the computer program:
- a geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded is determined.
- the second processor 36 is further configured to execute the aforementioned implementation when running the computer program.
- the present embodiment provides an encoder, in which the candidate nodes for inter-frame prediction are mainly optimized. Specifically, local motion processing is performed on the angle parameter values of the candidate nodes, so that the inter-frame prediction can better predict the coding nodes, thereby improving the accuracy of the inter-frame prediction, improving the coding efficiency of the geometric information, and further improving the encoding and decoding performance of the point cloud.
- FIG29 a schematic diagram of the composition structure of a coding and decoding system provided in an embodiment of the present application is shown.
- the coding and decoding system 40 may include an encoder 30 and a decoder 20 .
- the encoder 30 may be the encoder described in any one of the aforementioned embodiments
- the decoder 20 may be the decoder described in any one of the aforementioned embodiments.
- the code stream is first parsed to determine the predicted node index value corresponding to the node to be decoded; then, the first decoded node before the node to be decoded in the current frame is determined; then, the predicted node is determined based on the predicted node index value and the first decoded node; then, based on the first decoded node, the first angle parameter value of the predicted node is subjected to local motion processing to determine the second angle parameter value of the predicted node; finally, based on the first angle parameter value or the second angle parameter value, the geometric parameter of the predicted node is determined; based on the geometric parameter, the geometric prediction value of the node to be decoded is determined.
- the first encoded node before the node to be encoded in the current frame is first determined; then, a first candidate node having at least one geometric parameter identical to the first encoded node in the reference frame is determined, and at least one second candidate node is determined in the reference frame based on the first candidate node; then, the angle parameter value of at least one candidate node in the at least one second candidate node is subjected to local motion processing to obtain at least one updated second candidate node; finally, based on the first candidate node and the at least one updated second candidate node, the geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded is determined.
- the technical solution of the present application is mainly aimed at optimizing the candidate nodes used for inter-frame prediction.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Multimedia (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
- Compression Or Coding Systems Of Tv Signals (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本申请实施例涉及点云编解码技术领域,尤其涉及一种编解码方法、码流、编码器、解码器以及存储介质。The embodiments of the present application relate to the field of point cloud encoding and decoding technology, and in particular, to an encoding and decoding method, a bit stream, an encoder, a decoder, and a storage medium.
在基于几何的点云压缩(Geometry-based Point Cloud Compression,G-PCC)编解码框架中,点云的几何信息和属性信息是分开进行编码的。G-PCC的几何编码可分为基于八叉树的几何编码和基于预测树的几何编码。对于基于预测树的几何编码而言,首先需要建立预测树;然后遍历预测树中的每个节点,在确定出每一个节点的预测模式后,根据该预测模式对节点的几何位置信息进行预测得到预测残差,最终将每个节点的预测模式和预测残差等参数进行编码,生成二进制码流。In the geometry-based point cloud compression (G-PCC) codec framework, the geometric information and attribute information of the point cloud are encoded separately. The geometry coding of G-PCC can be divided into octree-based geometry coding and prediction tree-based geometry coding. For the prediction tree-based geometry coding, it is necessary to first establish a prediction tree; then traverse each node in the prediction tree, and after determining the prediction mode of each node, predict the geometric position information of the node according to the prediction mode to obtain the prediction residual, and finally encode the parameters such as the prediction mode and prediction residual of each node to generate a binary code stream.
在上述的编码过程中,当前节点还可以利用帧间预测模式对节点的几何位置信息进行预测。但是相关技术中在对选取的帧间候选节点进行帧间预测的时候,仅考虑了全局运动这一先验信息,从而导致预测效果不佳,降低了帧间预测的准确度,从而降低了几何信息的编解码效率。In the above encoding process, the current node can also use the inter-frame prediction mode to predict the geometric position information of the node. However, in the related art, when performing inter-frame prediction on the selected inter-frame candidate node, only the prior information of global motion is considered, which leads to poor prediction effect, reduces the accuracy of inter-frame prediction, and thus reduces the coding and decoding efficiency of geometric information.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种编解码方法、码流、编码器、解码器以及存储介质,可以提升帧间预测的准确度,从而能够提升几何信息的编解码效率,提高点云的编解码性能。The embodiments of the present application provide a coding and decoding method, a bit stream, an encoder, a decoder and a storage medium, which can improve the accuracy of inter-frame prediction, thereby improving the coding and decoding efficiency of geometric information and improving the coding and decoding performance of point clouds.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以如下实现:The technical solution of the embodiment of the present application can be implemented as follows:
第一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种解码方法,应用于解码器方法包括:In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a decoding method, which is applied to a decoder method including:
解析码流,确定待解码节点对应的预测节点索引值;Parse the bitstream and determine the predicted node index value corresponding to the node to be decoded;
确定当前帧中待解码节点的前一个第一已解码节点;Determine a first decoded node before the node to be decoded in the current frame;
根据所述预测节点索引值和所述第一已解码节点,确定预测节点;Determine a prediction node according to the prediction node index value and the first decoded node;
基于所述第一已解码节点,对所述预测节点的第一角度参数值进行局部运动处理,确定所述预测节点的第二角度参数值;Based on the first decoded node, performing local motion processing on the first angle parameter value of the prediction node to determine the second angle parameter value of the prediction node;
基于所述第一角度参数值或者所述第二角度参数值,确定所述预测节点的几何参数;Determining a geometric parameter of the prediction node based on the first angle parameter value or the second angle parameter value;
基于所述几何参数,确定所述待解码节点的几何预测值。Based on the geometric parameters, a geometric prediction value of the node to be decoded is determined.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供了一种编码方法,应用于编码器,该方法包括:In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an encoding method, which is applied to an encoder, and the method includes:
确定当前帧中待编码节点的前一个的第一已编码节点;Determine a first encoded node preceding a node to be encoded in a current frame;
确定在参考帧中与所述第一已编码节点具有至少一种几何参数相同的第一候选节点,根据所述第一候选节点在所述参考帧中确定至少一个第二候选节点;Determine a first candidate node having at least one geometric parameter identical to that of the first encoded node in a reference frame, and determine at least one second candidate node in the reference frame based on the first candidate node;
对所述至少一个第二候选节点中的至少一个候选节点的角度参数值进行局部运动处理,得到更新后的至少一个第二候选节点;Performing local motion processing on the angle parameter value of at least one candidate node among the at least one second candidate node to obtain at least one updated second candidate node;
基于所述第一候选节点和更新后的至少一个第二候选节点,确定所述待编码节点的几何预测值。Based on the first candidate node and at least one updated second candidate node, a geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded is determined.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供了一种码流,所述码流是根据待编码信息进行比特编码生成的;其中,待编码信息包括下述至少一项:In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a code stream, wherein the code stream is generated by bit encoding according to information to be encoded; wherein the information to be encoded includes at least one of the following:
待编码节点的几何预测残差值、量化参数、预测节点索引值、第一标识信息和第二标识信息;The geometric prediction residual value, quantization parameter, prediction node index value, first identification information and second identification information of the node to be encoded;
其中,所述第一标识信息用于指示所述待编码节点是否使用帧间预测模式,所述第二标识信息用于指示所述待编码节点是否启用局部运动处理方式。The first identification information is used to indicate whether the node to be encoded uses an inter-frame prediction mode, and the second identification information is used to indicate whether the node to be encoded enables a local motion processing mode.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供了一种解码器,所述解码器包括解码单元、第一确定单元和第一局部运动处理单元;其中,In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a decoder, the decoder comprising a decoding unit, a first determining unit and a first local motion processing unit; wherein,
所述解码单元,被配置为解析码流,确定待解码节点对应的预测节点索引值;以及确定当前帧中待解码节点的前一个第一已解码节点;The decoding unit is configured to parse the bitstream, determine the predicted node index value corresponding to the node to be decoded; and determine the first decoded node before the node to be decoded in the current frame;
所述第一确定单元,被配置为根据所述预测节点索引值和所述第一已解码节点,确定预测节点;The first determining unit is configured to determine a prediction node according to the prediction node index value and the first decoded node;
所述第一局部运动处理单元,被配置为基于所述第一已解码节点,对所述预测节点的第一角度 参数值进行局部运动处理,确定所述预测节点的第二角度参数值;The first local motion processing unit is configured to process a first angle of the predicted node based on the first decoded node. The parameter value is subjected to local motion processing to determine a second angle parameter value of the prediction node;
所述第一确定单元,还被配置为基于所述第一角度参数值或者所述第二角度参数值,确定所述预测节点的几何参数;基于所述几何参数,确定所述待解码节点的几何预测值。The first determination unit is further configured to determine the geometric parameters of the predicted node based on the first angle parameter value or the second angle parameter value; and determine the geometric prediction value of the node to be decoded based on the geometric parameters.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供了一种解码器,所述解码器包括第一存储器和第一处理器;其中,In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a decoder, the decoder comprising a first memory and a first processor; wherein:
所述第一存储器,被配置为存储能够在所述第一处理器上运行的计算机程序;The first memory is configured to store a computer program that can be executed on the first processor;
所述第一处理器,被配置为在运行所述计算机程序时,执行解码器侧的解码方法。The first processor is configured to execute a decoding method on the decoder side when running the computer program.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供了一种编码器,所述编码器包括第二确定单元、第二局部运动处理单元和预测单元;其中,In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an encoder, the encoder comprising a second determination unit, a second local motion processing unit and a prediction unit; wherein,
所述第二确定单元,被配置为确定当前帧中待编码节点的前一个的第一已编码节点;以及确定在参考帧中与所述第一已编码节点具有至少一种几何参数相同的第一候选节点,并根据所述第一候选节点在所述参考帧中确定至少一个第二候选节点;The second determination unit is configured to determine a first coded node preceding the node to be coded in the current frame; and determine a first candidate node having at least one geometric parameter identical to the first coded node in the reference frame, and determine at least one second candidate node in the reference frame according to the first candidate node;
所述第二局部运动处理单元,被配置为对所述至少一个第二候选节点中的至少一个候选节点的角度参数值进行局部运动处理,得到更新后的至少一个第二候选节点;The second local motion processing unit is configured to perform local motion processing on the angle parameter value of at least one candidate node among the at least one second candidate node to obtain the updated at least one second candidate node;
所述预测单元,被配置为基于所述第一候选节点和更新后的至少一个第二候选节点,确定所述待编码节点的几何预测值。The prediction unit is configured to determine a geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded based on the first candidate node and at least one updated second candidate node.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供了一种编码器,所述编码器包括第二存储器和第二处理器;其中,In a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an encoder, the encoder comprising a second memory and a second processor; wherein:
所述第二存储器,被配置为存储能够在所述第二处理器上运行的计算机程序;The second memory is configured to store a computer program that can be executed on the second processor;
所述第二处理器,被配置为在运行所述计算机程序时,执行编码器侧的编码方法。The second processor is configured to execute the encoding method on the encoder side when running the computer program.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序被第一处理器执行时实现解码器侧的解码方法、或者,所述计算机程序被第二处理器执行时实现编码器侧的编解码方法。In an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, wherein the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program is executed by a first processor, the computer program implements a decoding method on the decoder side, or when the computer program is executed by a second processor, the computer program implements a coding and decoding method on the encoder side.
本申请实施例提供了一种编解码方法,在解码器侧,首先,解码器解析码流,确定待解码节点对应的预测节点索引值;然后,解码器确定当前帧中待解码节点的前一个第一已解码节点;随后,解码器根据预测节点索引值和第一已解码节点,确定预测节点;随后,解码器基于第一已解码节点,对预测节点的第一角度参数值进行局部运动处理,确定预测节点的第二角度参数值;最后,解码器基于第一角度参数值或者第二角度参数值,确定预测节点的几何参数;基于几何参数,确定待解码节点的几何预测值。An embodiment of the present application provides a coding and decoding method. On the decoder side, first, the decoder parses the bit stream to determine the predicted node index value corresponding to the node to be decoded; then, the decoder determines the first decoded node before the node to be decoded in the current frame; then, the decoder determines the predicted node based on the predicted node index value and the first decoded node; then, the decoder performs local motion processing on the first angle parameter value of the predicted node based on the first decoded node to determine the second angle parameter value of the predicted node; finally, the decoder determines the geometric parameters of the predicted node based on the first angle parameter value or the second angle parameter value; based on the geometric parameters, the geometric prediction value of the node to be decoded is determined.
在编码器侧,首先,编码器确定当前帧中待编码节点的前一个的第一已编码节点;然后,编码器确定在参考帧中与第一已编码节点具有至少一种几何参数相同的第一候选节点,根据第一候选节点在参考帧中确定至少一个第二候选节点;随后,编码器对至少一个第二候选节点中的至少一个候选节点的角度参数值进行局部运动处理,得到更新后的至少一个第二候选节点;最后,编码器基于第一候选节点和更新后的至少一个第二候选节点,确定待编码节点的几何预测值。这样,本申请的技术方案主要是针对用于帧间预测的预测节点的角度参数值进行了优化,On the encoder side, first, the encoder determines the first encoded node preceding the node to be encoded in the current frame; then, the encoder determines a first candidate node in the reference frame that has at least one geometric parameter identical to the first encoded node, and determines at least one second candidate node in the reference frame based on the first candidate node; then, the encoder performs local motion processing on the angle parameter value of at least one candidate node among the at least one second candidate node to obtain at least one updated second candidate node; finally, the encoder determines the geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded based on the first candidate node and the at least one updated second candidate node. In this way, the technical solution of the present application is mainly for optimizing the angle parameter value of the prediction node used for inter-frame prediction.
一方面,由于第一角度参数值经过局部运动处理之后得到第二角度参数值,因此,第二角度参数值相比于第一角度参数值具有局部运动这一先验信息,从而实现对预测节点的几何信息进行更加精细化的预测,进而提高了帧间预测的准确性。另一方面,通过对预测节点的角度参数值进行局部运动处理,因此在利用预测节点的第二角度参数值确定待解码节点的重构几何信息时,可以提高待解码节点的几何重构的准确性,从而提升了帧间预测的准确度,可以提升几何信息的编解码效率,进而能够提高点云的编解码性能。On the one hand, since the second angle parameter value is obtained after the first angle parameter value is processed by local motion, the second angle parameter value has the prior information of local motion compared with the first angle parameter value, thereby achieving a more refined prediction of the geometric information of the prediction node, thereby improving the accuracy of inter-frame prediction. On the other hand, by performing local motion processing on the angle parameter value of the prediction node, when the reconstructed geometric information of the node to be decoded is determined using the second angle parameter value of the prediction node, the accuracy of the geometric reconstruction of the node to be decoded can be improved, thereby improving the accuracy of inter-frame prediction, improving the encoding and decoding efficiency of the geometric information, and thus improving the encoding and decoding performance of the point cloud.
图1A为一种三维点云图像示意图;FIG1A is a schematic diagram of a three-dimensional point cloud image;
图1B为一种三维点云图像的局部放大图;FIG1B is a partial enlarged view of a three-dimensional point cloud image;
图2A为一种点云图像的六个观看角度示意图;FIG2A is a schematic diagram of six viewing angles of a point cloud image;
图2B为一种点云图像对应的数据存储格式示意图;FIG2B is a schematic diagram of a data storage format corresponding to a point cloud image;
图3为一种点云编解码的网络架构示意图;FIG3 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture for point cloud encoding and decoding;
图4A为一种G-PCC编码器的组成框架示意图;FIG4A is a schematic diagram of a composition framework of a G-PCC encoder;
图4B为一种G-PCC解码器的组成框架示意图;FIG4B is a schematic diagram of a composition framework of a G-PCC decoder;
图5A为一种Z轴方向的低平面位置示意图;FIG5A is a schematic diagram of a low plane position in the Z-axis direction;
图5B为一种Z轴方向的高平面位置示意图; FIG5B is a schematic diagram of a high plane position in the Z-axis direction;
图6为一种节点编码顺序示意图;FIG6 is a schematic diagram of a node encoding sequence;
图7A为一种平面标识信息示意图;FIG. 7A is a schematic diagram of a plane identification information;
图7B为另一种平面标识信息示意图;FIG7B is a schematic diagram of another type of planar identification information;
图8为一种当前节点的兄弟姐妹节点示意图;FIG8 is a schematic diagram of sibling nodes of a current node;
图9为一种激光雷达与节点的相交示意图;FIG9 is a schematic diagram of the intersection of a laser radar and a node;
图10为一种处于相同划分深度以及相同坐标的邻域节点示意图;FIG10 is a schematic diagram of neighborhood nodes at the same partition depth and the same coordinates;
图11A为一种当前节点位于父节点的低平面位置示意图一;FIG11A is a schematic diagram of a current node being located at a low plane position of a parent node;
图11B为一种当前节点位于父节点的低平面位置示意图二;FIG11B is a second schematic diagram of a current node being located at a low plane position of a parent node;
图11C为一种当前节点位于父节点的低平面位置示意图三;FIG11C is a third schematic diagram of a current node being located at a low plane position of a parent node;
图12A为一种当前节点位于父节点的高平面位置示意图一;FIG12A is a schematic diagram of a current node being located at a high plane position of a parent node;
图12B为一种当前节点位于父节点的高平面位置示意图二;FIG12B is a second schematic diagram of a current node being located at a high plane position of a parent node;
图12C为一种当前节点位于父节点的高平面位置示意图三;FIG12C is a third schematic diagram of a high plane position of a current node located at a parent node;
图13为一种激光雷达点云平面位置信息的预测编码示意图;FIG13 is a schematic diagram of predictive coding of planar position information of a laser radar point cloud;
图14为一种IDCM编码示意图;FIG14 is a schematic diagram of IDCM encoding;
图15为一种旋转激光雷达获取点云的坐标转换示意图;FIG15 is a schematic diagram of coordinate transformation of a rotating laser radar to obtain a point cloud;
图16为一种X轴或Y轴方向的预测编码示意图;FIG16 is a schematic diagram of predictive coding in the X-axis or Y-axis direction;
图17A为一种通过水平方位角来进行预测X平面的角度示意图;FIG17A is a schematic diagram showing an angle of predicting an X-plane by using a horizontal azimuth angle;
图17B为一种通过水平方位角来进行预测Y平面的角度示意图;FIG17B is a schematic diagram showing an angle of the Y plane predicted by the horizontal azimuth angle;
图18为另一种X轴或Y轴方向的预测编码示意图;FIG18 is another schematic diagram of predictive coding in the X-axis or Y-axis direction;
图19A为一种子块包括的三个交点示意图;FIG19A is a schematic diagram of three intersection points included in a sub-block;
图19B为一种利用三个交点拟合的三角面片集示意图;FIG19B is a schematic diagram of a triangular facet set fitted using three intersection points;
图19C为一种三角面片集的上采样示意图;FIG19C is a schematic diagram of upsampling of a triangular face set;
图20为一种几何预测树帧间编解码的结构示意图;FIG20 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a geometric prediction tree inter-frame encoding and decoding;
图21为本申请实施例提供的一种解码方法的流程示意图;FIG21 is a schematic diagram of a flow chart of a decoding method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图22为本申请实施例提供的一种编码方法的流程示意图;FIG22 is a schematic diagram of a flow chart of an encoding method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图23为本申请实施例提供的一种几何信息帧间编解码的结构示意图;FIG23 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a geometric information inter-frame encoding and decoding provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图24为本申请实施例提供的另一种几何信息帧间编解码的结构示意图;FIG24 is a schematic diagram of the structure of another geometric information inter-frame encoding and decoding provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图25为本申请实施例提供的一种解码器的组成结构示意图;FIG25 is a schematic diagram of the composition structure of a decoder provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图26为本申请实施例提供的一种解码器的具体硬件结构示意图;FIG26 is a schematic diagram of a specific hardware structure of a decoder provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图27为本申请实施例提供的一种编码器的组成结构示意图;FIG27 is a schematic diagram of the structure of an encoder provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图28为本申请实施例提供的一种编码器的具体硬件结构示意图;FIG28 is a schematic diagram of a specific hardware structure of an encoder provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图29为本申请实施例提供的一种编解码系统的组成结构示意图。FIG. 29 is a schematic diagram of the composition structure of a coding and decoding system provided in an embodiment of the present application.
为了能够更加详尽地了解本申请实施例的特点与技术内容,下面结合附图对本申请实施例的实现进行详细阐述,所附附图仅供参考说明之用,并非用来限定本申请实施例。In order to enable a more detailed understanding of the features and technical contents of the embodiments of the present application, the implementation of the embodiments of the present application is described in detail below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings. The attached drawings are for reference only and are not used to limit the embodiments of the present application.
除非另有定义,本文所使用的所有的技术和科学术语与属于本申请的技术领域的技术人员通常理解的含义相同。本文中所使用的术语只是为了描述本申请实施例的目的,不是旨在限制本申请。Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as those commonly understood by those skilled in the art to which this application belongs. The terms used herein are only for the purpose of describing the embodiments of this application and are not intended to limit this application.
在以下的描述中,涉及到“一些实施例”,其描述了所有可能实施例的子集,但是可以理解,“一些实施例”可以是所有可能实施例的相同子集或不同子集,并且可以在不冲突的情况下相互结合。In the following description, reference is made to “some embodiments”, which describe a subset of all possible embodiments, but it will be understood that “some embodiments” may be the same subset or different subsets of all possible embodiments and may be combined with each other without conflict.
还需要指出,本申请实施例所涉及的术语“第一\第二\第三”仅是用于区别类似的对象,不代表针对对象的特定排序,可以理解地,“第一\第二\第三”在允许的情况下可以互换特定的顺序或先后次序,以使这里描述的本申请实施例能够以除了在这里图示或描述的以外的顺序实施。It should also be pointed out that the terms "first\second\third" involved in the embodiments of the present application are only used to distinguish similar objects and do not represent a specific ordering of the objects. It can be understood that "first\second\third" can be interchanged in a specific order or sequence where permitted, so that the embodiments of the present application described here can be implemented in an order other than that illustrated or described here.
点云(Point Cloud)是物体表面的三维表现形式,通过光电雷达、激光雷达、激光扫描仪、多视角相机等采集设备,可以采集得到物体表面的点云(数据)。Point Cloud is a three-dimensional representation of the surface of an object. Point cloud (data) on the surface of an object can be collected through acquisition equipment such as photoelectric radar, lidar, laser scanner, and multi-view camera.
点云是空间中一组无规则分布的、表达三维物体或场景的空间结构及表面属性的离散点集,图1A展示了三维点云图像和图1B展示了三维点云图像的局部放大图,可以看到点云表面是由分布稠密的点所组成的。A point cloud is a set of irregularly distributed discrete points in space that express the spatial structure and surface properties of a three-dimensional object or scene. FIG1A shows a three-dimensional point cloud image and FIG1B shows a partial magnified view of the three-dimensional point cloud image. It can be seen that the point cloud surface is composed of densely distributed points.
二维图像在每一个像素点均有信息表达,分布规则,因此不需要额外记录其位置信息;然而点云中的点在三维空间中的分布具有随机性和不规则性,因此需要记录每一个点在空间中的位置,才 能完整地表达一幅点云。与二维图像类似,采集过程中每一个位置均有对应的属性信息,通常为RGB颜色值,颜色值反映物体的色彩;对于点云来说,每一个点所对应的属性信息除了颜色信息以外,还有比较常见的是反射率(reflectance)值,反射率值反映物体的表面材质。因此,点云数据通常包括点的位置信息和点的属性信息。其中,点的位置信息也可称为点的几何信息。例如,点的几何信息可以是点的三维坐标信息(x,y,z)。点的属性信息可以包括颜色信息和/或反射率等等。例如,反射率可以是一维反射率信息(r);颜色信息可以是任意一种色彩空间上的信息,或者颜色信息也可以是三维颜色信息,如RGB信息。在这里,R表示红色(Red,R),G表示绿色(Green,G),B表示蓝色(Blue,B)。再如,颜色信息可以是亮度色度(YCbCr,YUV)信息。其中,Y表示明亮度(Luma),Cb(U)表示蓝色色差,Cr(V)表示红色色差。In a two-dimensional image, each pixel has information and is distributed regularly, so there is no need to record its position information. However, the distribution of points in a point cloud in three-dimensional space is random and irregular, so it is necessary to record the position of each point in space. It can fully express a point cloud. Similar to a two-dimensional image, each position in the acquisition process has corresponding attribute information, usually RGB color value, which reflects the color of the object; for point clouds, in addition to color information, the attribute information corresponding to each point is also commonly the reflectance value, which reflects the surface material of the object. Therefore, point cloud data usually includes the position information of the point and the attribute information of the point. Among them, the position information of the point can also be called the geometric information of the point. For example, the geometric information of the point can be the three-dimensional coordinate information of the point (x, y, z). The attribute information of the point can include color information and/or reflectivity, etc. For example, reflectivity can be one-dimensional reflectivity information (r); color information can be information on any color space, or color information can also be three-dimensional color information, such as RGB information. Here, R represents red (Red, R), G represents green (Green, G), and B represents blue (Blue, B). For another example, color information can be brightness and chromaticity (YCbCr, YUV) information. Among them, Y represents brightness (Luma), Cb (U) represents blue color difference, and Cr (V) represents red color difference.
根据激光测量原理得到的点云,点云中的点可以包括点的三维坐标信息和点的反射率值。再如,根据摄影测量原理得到的点云,点云中的点可以可包括点的三维坐标信息和点的三维颜色信息。再如,结合激光测量和摄影测量原理得到点云,点云中的点可以可包括点的三维坐标信息、点的反射率值和点的三维颜色信息。For a point cloud obtained according to the principle of laser measurement, the points in the point cloud may include the three-dimensional coordinate information of the points and the reflectivity value of the points. For another example, for a point cloud obtained according to the principle of photogrammetry, the points in the point cloud may include the three-dimensional coordinate information of the points and the three-dimensional color information of the points. For another example, a point cloud obtained by combining the principles of laser measurement and photogrammetry may include the three-dimensional coordinate information of the points, the reflectivity value of the points and the three-dimensional color information of the points.
如图2A和图2B所示为一幅点云图像及其对应的数据存储格式。其中,图2A提供了点云图像的六个观看角度,图2B由文件头信息部分和数据部分组成,头信息包含了数据格式、数据表示类型、点云总点数、以及点云所表示的内容。例如,点云为“.ply”格式,由ASCII码表示,总点数为207242,每个点具有三维坐标信息(x,y,z)和三维颜色信息(r,g,b)。As shown in Figures 2A and 2B, a point cloud image and its corresponding data storage format are shown. Figure 2A provides six viewing angles of the point cloud image, and Figure 2B consists of a file header information part and a data part. The header information includes the data format, data representation type, the total number of point cloud points, and the content represented by the point cloud. For example, the point cloud is in the ".ply" format, represented by ASCII code, with a total number of 207242 points, and each point has three-dimensional coordinate information (x, y, z) and three-dimensional color information (r, g, b).
点云可以按获取的途径分为:Point clouds can be divided into the following categories according to the way they are obtained:
静态点云:即物体是静止的,获取点云的设备也是静止的;Static point cloud: the object is stationary, and the device that obtains the point cloud is also stationary;
动态点云:物体是运动的,但获取点云的设备是静止的;Dynamic point cloud: The object is moving, but the device that obtains the point cloud is stationary;
动态获取点云:获取点云的设备是运动的。Dynamic point cloud acquisition: The device used to acquire the point cloud is in motion.
例如,按点云的用途分为两大类:For example, point clouds can be divided into two categories according to their usage:
类别一:机器感知点云,其可以用于自主导航系统、实时巡检系统、地理信息系统、视觉分拣机器人、抢险救灾机器人等场景;Category 1: Machine perception point cloud, which can be used in autonomous navigation systems, real-time inspection systems, geographic information systems, visual sorting robots, disaster relief robots, etc.
类别二:人眼感知点云,其可以用于数字文化遗产、自由视点广播、三维沉浸通信、三维沉浸交互等点云应用场景。Category 2: Point cloud perceived by the human eye, which can be used in point cloud application scenarios such as digital cultural heritage, free viewpoint broadcasting, 3D immersive communication, and 3D immersive interaction.
点云可以灵活方便地表达三维物体或场景的空间结构及表面属性,并且由于点云通过直接对真实物体采样获得,在保证精度的前提下能提供极强的真实感,因而应用广泛,其范围包括虚拟现实游戏、计算机辅助设计、地理信息系统、自动导航系统、数字文化遗产、自由视点广播、三维沉浸远程呈现、生物组织器官三维重建等。Point clouds can flexibly and conveniently express the spatial structure and surface properties of three-dimensional objects or scenes. Point clouds are obtained by directly sampling real objects, so they can provide a strong sense of reality while ensuring accuracy. Therefore, they are widely used, including virtual reality games, computer-aided design, geographic information systems, automatic navigation systems, digital cultural heritage, free viewpoint broadcasting, three-dimensional immersive remote presentation, and three-dimensional reconstruction of biological tissues and organs.
点云的采集主要有以下途径:计算机生成、3D激光扫描、3D摄影测量等。计算机可以生成虚拟三维物体及场景的点云;3D激光扫描可以获得静态现实世界三维物体或场景的点云,每秒可以获取百万级点云;3D摄影测量可以获得动态现实世界三维物体或场景的点云,每秒可以获取千万级点云。这些技术降低了点云数据获取成本和时间周期,提高了数据的精度。点云数据获取方式的变革,使大量点云数据的获取成为可能,伴随着应用需求的增长,海量3D点云数据的处理遭遇存储空间和传输带宽限制的瓶颈。Point clouds can be collected mainly through the following methods: computer generation, 3D laser scanning, 3D photogrammetry, etc. Computers can generate point clouds of virtual three-dimensional objects and scenes; 3D laser scanning can obtain point clouds of static real-world three-dimensional objects or scenes, and can obtain millions of point clouds per second; 3D photogrammetry can obtain point clouds of dynamic real-world three-dimensional objects or scenes, and can obtain tens of millions of point clouds per second. These technologies reduce the cost and time cycle of point cloud data acquisition and improve the accuracy of data. The change in the way point cloud data is acquired makes it possible to acquire a large amount of point cloud data. With the growth of application demand, the processing of massive 3D point cloud data encounters bottlenecks in storage space and transmission bandwidth.
示例性地,以帧率为30帧每秒(fps)的点云视频为例,每帧点云的点数为70万,每个点具有坐标信息xyz(float)和颜色信息RGB(uchar),则10s点云视频的数据量大约为0.7million×(4Byte×3+1Byte×3)×30fps×10s=3.15GB,其中,1Byte为10bit;而YUV采样格式为4:2:0,帧率为24fps的1280×720二维视频,其10s的数据量约为1280×720×12bit×24fps×10s≈0.33GB,10s的两视角三维视频的数据量约为0.33×2=0.66GB。由此可见,点云视频的数据量远超过相同时长的二维视频和三维视频的数据量。因此,为更好地实现数据管理,节省服务器存储空间,降低服务器与客户端之间的传输流量及传输时间,点云压缩成为促进点云产业发展的关键问题。For example, taking a point cloud video with a frame rate of 30 frames per second (fps) as an example, the number of points in each point cloud frame is 700,000, and each point has coordinate information xyz (float) and color information RGB (uchar). The data volume of a 10s point cloud video is about 0.7 million × (4Byte × 3 + 1Byte × 3) × 30fps × 10s = 3.15GB, where 1Byte is 10bit; and a 1280 × 720 two-dimensional video with a YUV sampling format of 4:2:0 and a frame rate of 24fps, the data volume of 10s is about 1280 × 720 × 12bit × 24fps × 10s ≈ 0.33GB, and the data volume of a 10s two-view three-dimensional video is about 0.33 × 2 = 0.66GB. It can be seen that the data volume of a point cloud video far exceeds that of a two-dimensional video and a three-dimensional video of the same length. Therefore, in order to better realize data management, save server storage space, and reduce the transmission traffic and transmission time between the server and the client, point cloud compression has become a key issue in promoting the development of the point cloud industry.
也就是说,由于点云是海量点的集合,存储点云不仅会消耗大量的内存,而且不利于传输,也没有这么大的带宽可以支持将点云不经过压缩直接在网络层进行传输,因此,需要对点云进行压缩。That is to say, since the point cloud is a collection of massive points, storing the point cloud will not only consume a lot of memory, but also is not conducive to transmission. There is also not enough bandwidth to support direct transmission of the point cloud at the network layer without compression. Therefore, the point cloud needs to be compressed.
目前,可对点云进行压缩的点云编码框架可以是运动图像专家组(Moving Picture Experts Group,MPEG)提供的基于几何的点云压缩(Geometry-based Point Cloud Compression,G-PCC)编解码框架或基于视频的点云压缩(Video-based Point Cloud Compression,V-PCC)编解码框架,也可以是AVS提供的AVS-PCC编解码框架。G-PCC编解码框架可用于针对第一类静态点云和第三类动态获取点云进行压缩,其可以是基于点云压缩测试平台(Test Model Compression 13,TMC13),V-PCC编解码框架可用于针对第二类动态点云进行压缩,其可以是基于点云压缩测试平台(Test Model Compression 2,TMC2)。故G-PCC编解码框架也称为点云编解码器TMC13,V-PCC编解码框架也称为点云编解码器TMC2。At present, the point cloud coding framework that can compress point clouds can be the geometry-based point cloud compression (G-PCC) codec framework or the video-based point cloud compression (V-PCC) codec framework provided by the Moving Picture Experts Group (MPEG), or the AVS-PCC codec framework provided by AVS. The G-PCC codec framework can be used to compress the first type of static point clouds and the third type of dynamically acquired point clouds, which can be based on the point cloud compression test platform (Test Model Compression 13, TMC13), and the V-PCC codec framework can be used to compress the second type of dynamic point clouds, which can be based on the point cloud compression test platform (Test Model Compression 2, TMC2). Therefore, the G-PCC codec framework is also called point cloud codec TMC13, and the V-PCC codec framework is also called point cloud codec TMC2.
本申请实施例提供了一种包含解码方法和编码方法的点云编解码系统的网络架构,图3为本申请实施例提供的一种点云编解码的网络架构示意图。如图3所示,该网络架构包括一个或多个电子设备13至1N和通信网络01,其中,电子设备13至1N可以通过通信网络01进行视频交互。电子设备在实施的过程中可以为各种类型的具有点云编解码功能的设备,例如,所述电子设备可以包括手机、平板电脑、个人计算机、个人数字助理、导航仪、数字电话、视频电话、电视机、传感设备、服务器等,本申请实施例不作限制。其中,本申请实施例中的解码器或编码器就可以为上述电子设备。The embodiment of the present application provides a network architecture of a point cloud encoding and decoding system including a decoding method and an encoding method. FIG3 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture of a point cloud encoding and decoding provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG3, the network architecture includes one or more electronic devices 13 to 1N and a communication network 01, wherein the electronic devices 13 to 1N can perform video interaction through the communication network 01. During the implementation process, the electronic device can be various types of devices with point cloud encoding and decoding functions. For example, the electronic device can include a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a personal computer, a personal digital assistant, a navigator, a digital phone, a video phone, a television, a sensor device, a server, etc., which is not limited by the embodiment of the present application. Among them, the decoder or encoder in the embodiment of the present application can be the above-mentioned electronic device.
其中,本申请实施例中的电子设备具有点云编解码功能,一般包括点云编码器(即编码器)和点云解码器(即解码器)。Among them, the electronic device in the embodiment of the present application has a point cloud encoding and decoding function, generally including a point cloud encoder (ie, encoder) and a point cloud decoder (ie, decoder).
下面以G-PCC编解码框架和AVS编解码框架为例进行相关技术的说明。The following describes the related technologies by taking the G-PCC codec framework and the AVS codec framework as examples.
可以理解,在点云G-PCC编解码框架中,针对待编码的点云数据,首先通过片(slice)划分,将点云数据划分为多个slice。在每一个slice中,点云的几何信息和每个点所对应的属性信息是分开进行编码的。It can be understood that in the point cloud G-PCC encoding and decoding framework, for the point cloud data to be encoded, the point cloud data is first divided into multiple slices by slice division. In each slice, the geometric information of the point cloud and the attribute information corresponding to each point are encoded separately.
图4A示出了一种G-PCC编码器的组成框架示意图。如图4A所示,在几何编码过程中,对几何信息进行坐标转换,使点云全都包含在一个包围盒(Bounding Box)中,然后再进行量化,这一步量化主要起到缩放的作用,由于量化取整,使得一部分点云的几何信息相同,于是再基于参数来决定是否移除重复点,量化和移除重复点这一过程又被称为体素化过程。接着对Bounding Box进行八叉树划分或者预测树构建。在该过程中,针对划分的叶子结点中的点进行算术编码,生成二进制的几何比特流;或者,针对划分产生的交点(Vertex)进行算术编码(基于交点进行表面拟合),生成二进制的几何比特流。在属性编码过程中,几何编码完成,对几何信息进行重建后,需要先进行颜色转换,将颜色信息(即属性信息)从RGB颜色空间转换到YUV颜色空间。然后,利用重建的几何信息对点云重新着色,使得未编码的属性信息与重建的几何信息对应起来。属性编码主要针对颜色信息进行,在颜色信息编码过程中,主要有两种变换方法,一是依赖于细节层次(Level of Detail,LOD)划分的基于距离的提升变换,二是直接进行区域自适应分层变换(Region Adaptive Hierarchal Transform,RAHT),这两种方法都会将颜色信息从空间域转换到频域,通过变换得到高频系数和低频系数,最后对系数进行量化,再对量化系数进行算术编码,可以生成二进制的属性比特流。FIG4A shows a schematic diagram of the composition framework of a G-PCC encoder. As shown in FIG4A , in the geometric encoding process, the geometric information is transformed so that all point clouds are contained in a bounding box (Bounding Box), and then quantized. This step of quantization mainly plays a role in scaling. Due to the quantization rounding, the geometric information of a part of the point cloud is the same, so whether to remove duplicate points is determined based on parameters. The process of quantization and removal of duplicate points is also called voxelization. Then, the Bounding Box is divided into octrees or a prediction tree is constructed. In this process, arithmetic coding is performed on the points in the leaf nodes of the division to generate a binary geometric bit stream; or, arithmetic coding is performed on the intersection points (Vertex) generated by the division (surface fitting is performed based on the intersection points) to generate a binary geometric bit stream. In the attribute encoding process, after the geometric encoding is completed and the geometric information is reconstructed, color conversion is required first to convert the color information (i.e., attribute information) from the RGB color space to the YUV color space. Then, the point cloud is recolored using the reconstructed geometric information so that the uncoded attribute information corresponds to the reconstructed geometric information. Attribute encoding is mainly performed on color information. In the process of color information encoding, there are two main transformation methods. One is the distance-based lifting transform that relies on the level of detail (LOD) division, and the other is directly performing the region adaptive hierarchical transform (RAHT). Both methods will convert the color information from the spatial domain to the frequency domain, and obtain high-frequency coefficients and low-frequency coefficients through transformation. Finally, the coefficients are quantized and then the quantized coefficients are arithmetically encoded to generate a binary attribute bit stream.
图4B示出了一种G-PCC解码器的组成框架示意图。如图4B所示,针对所获取的二进制比特流,首先对二进制比特流中的几何比特流和属性比特流分别进行独立解码。在对几何比特流的解码时,通过算术解码-重构八叉树/重构预测树-重建几何-坐标逆转换,得到点云的几何信息;在对属性比特流的解码时,通过算术解码-反量化-LOD划分/RAHT-颜色逆转换,得到点云的属性信息,基于几何信息和属性信息还原待编码的点云数据(即输出点云)。FIG4B shows a schematic diagram of the composition framework of a G-PCC decoder. As shown in FIG4B , for the acquired binary bit stream, the geometric bit stream and the attribute bit stream in the binary bit stream are first decoded independently. When decoding the geometric bit stream, the geometric information of the point cloud is obtained through arithmetic decoding-reconstruction of the octree/reconstruction of the prediction tree-reconstruction of the geometry-coordinate inverse conversion; when decoding the attribute bit stream, the attribute information of the point cloud is obtained through arithmetic decoding-inverse quantization-LOD partitioning/RAHT-color inverse conversion, and the point cloud data to be encoded (i.e., the output point cloud) is restored based on the geometric information and attribute information.
需要说明的是,在如图4A或图4B所示,目前G-PCC的几何编解码可以分为基于八叉树的几何编解码(用虚线框标识)和基于预测树的几何编解码(用点划线框标识)。It should be noted that, as shown in FIG. 4A or FIG. 4B , the current geometric coding of G-PCC can be divided into octree-based geometric coding (marked by a dotted box) and prediction tree-based geometric coding (marked by a dotted box).
对于基于八叉树的几何编码(Octree geometry encoding,OctGeomEnc)而言,基于八叉树的几何编码包括:首先对几何信息进行坐标转换,使点云全都包含在一个Bounding Box中。然后再进行量化,这一步量化主要起到缩放的作用,由于量化取整,使得一部分点的几何信息相同,根据参数来决定是否移除重复点,量化和移除重复点这一过程又被称为体素化过程。接下来,按照广度优先遍历的顺序不断对Bounding Box进行树划分(例如八叉树、四叉树、二叉树等),对每个节点的占位码进行编码。在相关技术中,某公司提出了一种隐式几何的划分方式,首先计算点云的包围盒 假设dx>dy>dz,该包围盒对应为一个长方体。在几何划分时,首先会基于x轴一直进行二叉树划分,得到两个子节点;直到满足dx=dy>dz条件时,才会基于x和y轴一直进行四叉树划分,得到四个子节点;当最终满足dx=dy=dz条件时,会一直进行八叉树划分,直到划分得到的叶子结点为1×1×1的单位立方体时停止划分,对叶子结点中的点进行编码,生成二进制码流。在基于二叉树/四叉树/八叉树划分的过程中,引入两个参数:K、M。参数K指示在进行八叉树划分之前二叉树/四叉树划分的最多次数;参数M用来指示在进行二叉树/四叉树划分时对应的最小块边长为2M。同时K和M必须满足条件:假设dmax=max(dx,dy,dz),dmin=min(dx,dy,dz),参数K满足:K≥dmax-dmin;参数M满足:M≥dmin。参数K与M之所以满足上述的条件,是因为目前G-PCC在几何隐式划分的过程中,划分方式的优先级为二叉树、四叉树和八叉树,当节点块大小不满足二叉树/四叉树的条件时,才会对节点一直进行八叉树的划分,直到划分到叶子节点最小单位 1×1×1。基于八叉树的几何信息编码模式可以通过利用空间中相邻点之间的相关性来对点云的几何信息进行有效的编码,但是对于一些较为平坦的节点或者具有平面特性的节点,通过利用平面编码可以进一步提升点云几何信息的编码效率。For Octree geometry encoding (OctGeomEnc), the octree-based geometry encoding includes: first, coordinate transformation of the geometric information so that all point clouds are contained in a Bounding Box. Then quantization is performed. This step of quantization mainly plays a role of scaling. Due to the quantization rounding, the geometric information of some points is the same. Whether to remove duplicate points is determined based on parameters. The process of quantization and removal of duplicate points is also called voxelization. Next, the Bounding Box is continuously divided into trees (such as octrees, quadtrees, binary trees, etc.) in the order of breadth-first traversal, and the placeholder code of each node is encoded. In related technologies, a company proposed an implicit geometry division method. First, the bounding box of the point cloud is calculated. Assume that dx > dy > dz , the bounding box corresponds to a cuboid. During geometric partitioning, binary tree partitioning will be performed based on the x-axis to obtain two child nodes. When the condition dx = dy > dz is met, quadtree partitioning will be performed based on the x- and y-axes to obtain four child nodes. When the condition dx = dy = dz is finally met, octree partitioning will be performed until the leaf node obtained by partitioning is a 1×1×1 unit cube. The partitioning will be stopped, and the points in the leaf node will be encoded to generate a binary code stream. In the process of binary tree/quadtree/octree partitioning, two parameters are introduced: K and M. Parameter K indicates the maximum number of binary tree/quadtree partitions before octree partitioning; parameter M is used to indicate that the minimum block side length corresponding to binary tree/quadtree partitioning is 2M. At the same time, K and M must meet the following conditions: Assuming d max = max(d x , dy , d z ), d min = min(d x , dy , d z ), parameter K satisfies: K ≥ d max - d min ; parameter M satisfies: M ≥ d min . The reason why parameters K and M meet the above conditions is that in the current process of geometric implicit partitioning in G-PCC, the priority of partitioning is binary tree, quadtree and octree. When the node block size does not meet the conditions of binary tree/quadtree, the node will be partitioned by octree until it is divided into the smallest unit of leaf node. 1 × 1 × 1. The octree-based geometric information coding mode can effectively encode the geometric information of the point cloud by utilizing the correlation between adjacent points in space. However, for some relatively flat nodes or nodes with planar characteristics, the coding efficiency of the point cloud geometric information can be further improved by using plane coding.
示例性地,图5A和图5B提供了一种平面位置示意图。其中,图5A示出了一种Z轴方向的低平面位置示意图,图5B示出了一种Z轴方向的高平面位置示意图。如图5A所示,这里的(a)、(a0)、(a1)、(a2)、(a3)均属于Z轴方向的低平面位置,以(a)为例,可以看到当前节点中被占据的四个子节点都位于当前节点在Z轴方向的低平面位置,那么可以认为当前节点属于一个Z平面并且在Z轴方向是一个低平面。同理,如图5B所示,这里的(b)、(b0)、(b1)、(b2)、(b3)均属于Z轴方向的高平面位置,以(b)为例,可以看到当前节点中被占据的四个子节点位于当前节点在Z轴方向的高平面位置,那么可以认为当前节点属于一个Z平面并且在Z轴方向是一个高平面。Exemplarily, Fig. 5A and Fig. 5B provide a kind of plane position schematic diagram. Wherein, Fig. 5A shows a kind of low plane position schematic diagram in the Z-axis direction, and Fig. 5B shows a kind of high plane position schematic diagram in the Z-axis direction. As shown in Fig. 5A, (a), (a0), (a1), (a2), (a3) here all belong to the low plane position in the Z-axis direction. Taking (a) as an example, it can be seen that the four subnodes occupied in the current node are all located at the low plane position of the current node in the Z-axis direction, so it can be considered that the current node belongs to a Z plane and is a low plane in the Z-axis direction. Similarly, as shown in Fig. 5B, (b), (b0), (b1), (b2), (b3) here all belong to the high plane position in the Z-axis direction. Taking (b) as an example, it can be seen that the four subnodes occupied in the current node are located at the high plane position of the current node in the Z-axis direction, so it can be considered that the current node belongs to a Z plane and is a high plane in the Z-axis direction.
进一步地,以图5A中的(a)为例,对八叉树编码和平面编码效率进行比较,图6提供了一种节点编码顺序示意图,即按照图6所示的0、1、2、3、4、5、6、7的顺序进行节点编码。在这里,如果对图5A中的(a)采用八叉树编码方式,那么当前节点的占位信息表示为:11001100。但是如果采用平面编码方式,首先需要编码一个标识符表示当前节点在Z轴方向是一个平面,其次如果当前节点在Z轴方向是一个平面,还需要对当前节点的平面位置进行表示;其次仅仅需要对Z轴方向的低平面节点的占位信息进行编码(即0、2、4、6四个子节点的占位信息),因此基于平面编码方式对当前节点进行编码,仅仅需要编码6个比特(bit),相比相关技术的八叉树编码可以减少2个bit的表示。基于此分析,平面编码相比八叉树编码具有较为明显的编码效率。因此,对于一个被占据的节点,如果在某一个维度上采用平面编码方式进行编码,首先需要对当前节点在该维度上的平面标识(planarMode)和平面位置(PlanePos)信息进行表示,其次基于当前节点的平面信息来对当前节点的占位信息进行编码。示例性地,图7A示出了一种平面标识信息示意图。如图7A所示,这里在Z轴方向为一个低平面;对应地,平面标识信息的取值为真(true)或者1,即planarMode_Z=true;平面位置信息为低平面(low),即PlanePosition_Z=low。图7B示出了另一种平面标识信息示意图。如图7B所示,这里在Z轴方向不为一个平面;对应地,平面标识信息的取值为假(false)或者0,即planarMode_Z=false。Further, taking (a) in FIG. 5A as an example, the efficiency of octree coding and plane coding is compared. FIG. 6 provides a schematic diagram of the node coding order, that is, the node coding is performed in the order of 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 as shown in FIG. 6. Here, if the octree coding method is used for (a) in FIG. 5A, the placeholder information of the current node is represented as: 11001100. However, if the plane coding method is used, first, an identifier needs to be encoded to indicate that the current node is a plane in the Z-axis direction. Secondly, if the current node is a plane in the Z-axis direction, the plane position of the current node needs to be represented; secondly, only the placeholder information of the low plane node in the Z-axis direction needs to be encoded (that is, the placeholder information of the four subnodes 0, 2, 4, and 6). Therefore, based on the plane coding method, only 6 bits need to be encoded to encode the current node, which can reduce the representation of 2 bits compared with the octree coding of the related art. Based on this analysis, plane coding has a more obvious coding efficiency than octree coding. Therefore, for an occupied node, if a plane encoding method is used for encoding in a certain dimension, it is first necessary to represent the plane identification (planarMode) and plane position (PlanePos) information of the current node in the dimension, and then encode the occupancy information of the current node based on the plane information of the current node. Exemplarily, FIG7A shows a schematic diagram of plane identification information. As shown in FIG7A, there is a low plane in the Z-axis direction; correspondingly, the value of the plane identification information is true (true) or 1, that is, planarMode_ Z = true; the plane position information is a low plane (low), that is, PlanePosition_ Z = low. FIG7B shows another schematic diagram of plane identification information. As shown in FIG7B, there is not a plane in the Z-axis direction; correspondingly, the value of the plane identification information is false (false) or 0, that is, planarMode_ Z = false.
需要注意的是,对于PlaneMode_i:0代表当前节点在i轴方向不是一个平面,1代表当前节点在i轴方向是一个平面。若当前节点在i轴方向是一个平面,则对于PlanePosition_i:0代表当前节点在i轴方向是一个平面,并且平面位置为低平面,1表示当前节点在i轴方向上是一个高平面。其中,i表示坐标维度,可以为X轴方向、Y轴方向或者Z轴方向,故i=0,1,2。It should be noted that for PlaneMode_ i : 0 means that the current node is not a plane in the i-axis direction, and 1 means that the current node is a plane in the i-axis direction. If the current node is a plane in the i-axis direction, then for PlanePosition_ i : 0 means that the current node is a plane in the i-axis direction, and the plane position is a low plane, and 1 means that the current node is a high plane in the i-axis direction. Among them, i represents the coordinate dimension, which can be the X-axis direction, the Y-axis direction, or the Z-axis direction, so i = 0, 1, 2.
在G-PCC标准中,判断一个节点是否满足平面编码的条件以及在该节点满足平面编码条件时,需要对该节点的平面标识和平面位置信息的预测编码。In the G-PCC standard, to determine whether a node meets the plane coding condition and when the node meets the plane coding condition, it is necessary to predictively code the plane identification and plane position information of the node.
在本申请实施例中,当前G-PCC标准中存在三种判断节点是否满足平面编码的判断条件,下面对其逐一进行详细说明。In the embodiment of the present application, there are three judgment conditions for judging whether a node satisfies plane coding in the current G-PCC standard, which are described in detail one by one below.
一、根据节点在每个维度上的平面概率进行判断。1. Judge based on the plane probability of the node in each dimension.
(1)确定当前节点的局部区域密度(local_node_density);(1) Determine the local area density of the current node (local_node_density);
(2)确定当前节点在每个维度上的概率Prob(i)。(2) Determine the probability Prob(i) of the current node in each dimension.
在节点的局部区域密度小于阈值Th(例如Th=3)时,利用当前节点在三个坐标维度上的平面概率Prob(i)和阈值Th0、Th1和Th2进行比较,其中Th0<Th1<Th2(例如,Th0=0.6,Th1=0.77,Th2=0.88),这里可以利用Eligiblei(i=0,1,2)表示每个维度上是否启动平面编码:Eligiblei=Prob(i)>=threshold。When the local area density of the node is less than the threshold Th (for example, Th=3), the plane probability Prob(i) of the current node in the three coordinate dimensions is compared with the thresholds Th0, Th1 and Th2, where Th0<Th1<Th2 (for example, Th0=0.6, Th1=0.77, Th2=0.88). Eligible i (i=0,1,2) can be used here to indicate whether plane coding is started in each dimension: Eligible i =Prob(i)>=threshold.
需要注意的是,threshold是进行自适应变化的,例如,当Prob(0)>Prob(1)>Prob(2)时,则Eligiblei的设置如下:
Eligible0=Prob(0)>=Th0;
Eligible1=Prob(1)>=Th1;
Eligible2=Prob(2)>=Th2 (1)It should be noted that the threshold is adaptively changed. For example, when Prob(0)>Prob(1)>Prob(2), the setting of Eligible i is as follows:
Eligible 0 =Prob(0)>=Th0;
Eligible 1 =Prob(1)>=Th1;
Eligible 2 =Prob(2)>=Th2 (1)
当Prob(1)>Prob(0)>Prob(2)时,则Eligiblei的设置如下:
Eligible0=Prob(0)>=Th1;
Eligible1=Prob(1)>=Th0;
Eligible2=Prob(2)>=Th2 (2)When Prob(1)>Prob(0)>Prob(2), the setting of Eligible i is as follows:
Eligible 0 =Prob(0)>=Th1;
Eligible 1 =Prob(1)>=Th0;
Eligible 2 =Prob(2)>=Th2 (2)
在这里,Prob(i)的更新具体如下:
Prob(i)new=(L×Prob(i)+δ(coded node))/L+1 (3)Here, the update of Prob(i) is as follows:
Prob(i) new =(L×Prob(i)+δ(coded node))/L+1 (3)
其中,L=255;另外,若coded node节点是一个平面,则δ(coded node)为1;否则δ(coded node) 为0。Where L = 255; in addition, if the coded node is a plane, then δ(coded node) is 1; otherwise δ(coded node) is 0.
在这里,local_node_density的更新具体如下:
local_node_density new=local_node_density+4*numSiblings (4)Here, the update of local_node_density is as follows:
local_node_density new =local_node_density+4*numSiblings (4)
其中,local_node_density初始化为4,numSiblings为该节点的兄弟姐妹节点数目。示例性地,图8示出了一种当前节点的兄弟姐妹节点示意图。如图8所示,当前节点为用斜线填充的节点,用网格填充的节点为兄弟姐妹节点,那么当前节点的兄弟姐妹节点数目为5(包括当前节点自身)。Wherein, local_node_density is initialized to 4, and numSiblings is the number of sibling nodes of the node. Exemplarily, FIG8 shows a schematic diagram of the sibling nodes of the current node. As shown in FIG8, the current node is a node filled with slashes, and the nodes filled with grids are sibling nodes, then the number of sibling nodes of the current node is 5 (including the current node itself).
二、根据当前层的点云密度来判断当前层节点是否满足平面编码。Second, determine whether the current layer nodes meet the plane coding requirements based on the point cloud density of the current layer.
利用当前层点的密度来判断是否对当前层的节点进行平面编码。假设当前待编码点云的点数为pointCount,经过推断直接编码模式(Infer Direct Coding Model,IDCM)编码已经重建出的点数为numPointCountRecon,又因为八叉树是基于广度优先遍历的顺序进行编码,因此可以得到当前层待编码的节点数目假设为nodeCount,那么判断当前层是否启动平面编码假设为planarEligibleKOctreeDepth,具体为:planarEligibleK OctreeDepth=(pointCount-numPointCountRecon)<nodeCount×1.3。The density of the current layer points is used to determine whether to perform planar coding on the nodes of the current layer. Assuming that the number of points in the current point cloud to be coded is pointCount, the number of points reconstructed by the infer direct coding model (IDCM) coding is numPointCountRecon, and because the octree is encoded based on the order of breadth-first traversal, the number of nodes to be coded in the current layer can be obtained as nodeCount. Then, the judgment of whether to start planar coding in the current layer is assumed to be planarEligibleKOctreeDepth, specifically: planarEligibleK OctreeDepth=(pointCount-numPointCountRecon)<nodeCount×1.3.
其中,若(pointCount-numPointCountRecon)小于nodeCount×1.3,则planarEligibleK OctreeDepth为true;若(pointCount-numPointCountRecon)不小于nodeCount×1.3,则planarEligibleKOctreeDepth为false。这样,当planarEligibleKOctreeDepth为true时,则在当前层所有节点都进行平面编码;否则在当前层所有节点都不进行平面编码,仅仅采用八叉树编码。Among them, if (pointCount-numPointCountRecon) is less than nodeCount×1.3, then planarEligibleK OctreeDepth is true; if (pointCount-numPointCountRecon) is not less than nodeCount×1.3, then planarEligibleKOctreeDepth is false. In this way, when planarEligibleKOctreeDepth is true, all nodes in the current layer are plane-encoded; otherwise, all nodes in the current layer are not plane-encoded, and only octree coding is used.
三、根据激光雷达点云的采集参数来判断当前节点是否满足平面编码。3. Determine whether the current node meets the plane coding requirements based on the acquisition parameters of the lidar point cloud.
图9示出了一种激光雷达与节点的相交示意图。如图9所示,用网格填充的节点同时被两个激光射线(Laser)穿过,因此当前节点在Z轴垂直方向上不是一个平面;用斜线填充的节点足够小到不能同时被两个Laser同时穿过,因此斜线填充的节点在Z轴垂直方向上有可能是一个平面。Figure 9 shows a schematic diagram of the intersection of a laser radar and a node. As shown in Figure 9, a node filled with a grid is simultaneously passed through by two laser beams (Laser), so the current node is not a plane in the vertical direction of the Z axis; a node filled with a slash is small enough that it cannot be passed through by two lasers at the same time, so the node filled with a slash may be a plane in the vertical direction of the Z axis.
进一步地,针对满足平面编码条件的节点,可以对平面标识信息和平面位置信息进行预测编码。Furthermore, for nodes that meet the plane coding conditions, the plane identification information and the plane position information may be predictively coded.
首先,平面标识信息的预测编码。First, predictive coding of the plane identification information.
在这里,仅仅采用三个上下文信息进行编码,即各个坐标维度上的平面标识分开进行上下文设计。Here, only three context information are used for encoding, that is, the plane identification in each coordinate dimension is separately designed for context.
其次,平面位置信息的预测编码。Secondly, predictive coding of plane position information.
应理解,针对非激光雷达点云平面位置信息的编码而言,平面位置信息的预测编码可以包括:It should be understood that for the encoding of non-lidar point cloud plane position information, the predictive encoding of the plane position information may include:
(a)利用邻域节点的占位信息进行预测得到当前节点的平面位置信息为三元素:预测为低平面、预测为高平面和无法预测;(a) Using the occupancy information of neighboring nodes to predict the plane position information of the current node, the plane position information is divided into three elements: predicted as a low plane, predicted as a high plane, and unpredictable;
(b)与当前节点在相同划分深度以及相同坐标下的节点与当前节点之间的空间距离:“近”和“远”;(b) The spatial distance between the nodes at the same partition depth and the same coordinates as the current node and the current node: “near” and “far”;
(c)与当前节点在相同划分深度以及相同坐标下的节点如果是一个平面,则确定该节点的平面位置;(c) if the node at the same partition depth and the same coordinates as the current node is a plane, determine the plane position of the node;
(d)坐标维度(i=0,1,2)。(d) Coordinate dimension (i=0,1,2).
需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,确定出与当前节点在相同划分深度以及相同坐标下的节点和当前节点之间的空间距离之后,如果该空间距离小于预设距离阈值,那么可以确定该空间距离为“近”;或者,如果该空间距离大于预设距离阈值,那么可以确定该空间距离为“远”。It should be noted that in an embodiment of the present application, after determining the spatial distance between the node at the same division depth and the same coordinates as the current node and the current node, if the spatial distance is less than a preset distance threshold, then the spatial distance can be determined to be "near"; or, if the spatial distance is greater than the preset distance threshold, then the spatial distance can be determined to be "far".
示例性地,图10示出了一种处于相同划分深度以及相同坐标的邻域节点示意图。如图10所示,加粗的大立方体表示父节点(Parent node),其内部网格填充的小立方体表示当前节点(Current node),并且示出了当前节点的交点位置(Vertex position);白色填充的小立方体表示处于相同划分深度以及相同坐标的邻域节点,当前节点与邻域节点之间的距离为空间距离,可以判断为“近”或“远”;另外,如果该邻域节点为一个平面,那么还需要该邻域节点的平面位置(Planar position)。For example, FIG10 shows a schematic diagram of neighborhood nodes at the same division depth and the same coordinates. As shown in FIG10 , the bold large cube represents the parent node (Parent node), the small cube filled with a grid inside it represents the current node (Current node), and the intersection position (Vertex position) of the current node is shown; the small cube filled with white represents the neighborhood nodes at the same division depth and the same coordinates, and the distance between the current node and the neighborhood node is the spatial distance, which can be judged as "near" or "far"; in addition, if the neighborhood node is a plane, then the plane position (Planar position) of the neighborhood node is also required.
这样,如图10所示,当前节点为网格填充的小立方体,则在相同的八叉树划分深度等级下,以及相同的垂直坐标下查找邻域节点为白色填充的小立方体,判断两个节点之间的距离为“近”和“远”,并且参考节点的平面位置。In this way, as shown in Figure 10, the current node is a small cube filled with a grid, then the neighboring node is searched for a small cube filled with white at the same octree partition depth level and the same vertical coordinate, and the distance between the two nodes is judged as "near" and "far", and the plane position of the reference node is referenced.
进一步地,在本申请实施例中,图11A至图11C示出了一种当前节点位于父节点的低平面位置示意图。如图11A至图11C所示,图11A、图11B、图11C示出了三种当前节点位于父节点的低平面位置的示例。具体说明如下:Further, in the embodiment of the present application, Figures 11A to 11C show a schematic diagram of a current node being located at a low plane position of a parent node. As shown in Figures 11A to 11C, Figures 11A, 11B, and 11C show three examples of the current node being located at a low plane position of a parent node. The specific description is as follows:
①如果点填充节点的子节点4到7中有任何一个被占用,而所有网格填充节点都未被占用,则极有可能在当前节点(用斜线填充)中存在一个平面,且该平面位置较低。① If any of the child nodes 4 to 7 of the point fill node is occupied, and all the grid fill nodes are not occupied, it is very likely that there is a plane in the current node (filled with a slash), and the plane is located lower.
②如果点填充节点的子节点4到7都未被占用,而任何网格填充节点被占用,则极有可能在当 前节点(用斜线填充)中存在一个平面,且该平面位置较高。② If the child nodes 4 to 7 of the point filling node are not occupied, and any grid filling node is occupied, it is very likely that There is a plane in the front node (filled with diagonal lines), and the plane is located higher.
③如果点填充节点的子节点4到7均为空节点,网格填充节点均为空节点,则无法推断平面位置,故标记为未知。③ If the child nodes 4 to 7 of the point filling node are all empty nodes and the grid filling nodes are all empty nodes, the plane position cannot be inferred and is therefore marked as unknown.
④如果点填充节点的子节点4到7中有任何一个被占用,而网格填充节点中有任何一个被占用,此时也无法推断出平面位置,因此将其标记为未知。④ If any of the child nodes 4 to 7 of the point fill node is occupied and any of the grid fill nodes is occupied, the plane position cannot be inferred at this time, so it is marked as unknown.
在本申请实施例中,图12A至图12C示出了一种当前节点位于父节点的高平面位置示意图。如图12A至图12C所示,图12A、图12B、图12C示出了三种当前节点位于父节点的高平面位置的示例。具体说明如下:In an embodiment of the present application, Figures 12A to 12C show a schematic diagram of a current node being located at a high plane position of a parent node. As shown in Figures 12A to 12C, Figures 12A, 12B, and 12C show three examples of the current node being located at a high plane position of a parent node. The specific description is as follows:
①如果网格填充节点的子节点4到7中有任何一个节点被占用,而点填充节点未被占用,则极有可能在当前节点(用斜线填充)中存在一个平面,且平面位置较低。① If any of the child nodes 4 to 7 of the grid fill node is occupied, and the point fill node is not occupied, it is very likely that there is a plane in the current node (filled with a slash), and the plane position is lower.
②如果网格填充节点的子节点4到7均未被占用,而点填充节点被占用,则极有可能在当前节点(用斜线填充)中存在平面,且平面位置较高。② If the child nodes 4 to 7 of the grid fill node are not occupied, and the point fill node is occupied, it is very likely that there is a plane in the current node (filled with a slash), and the plane position is higher.
③如果网格填充节点的子节点4到7都是未被占用的,而点填充节点是未被占用的,此时无法推断平面位置,因此标记为未知。③If the child nodes 4 to 7 of the grid fill node are all unoccupied, and the point fill node is unoccupied, the plane position cannot be inferred at this time, so it is marked as unknown.
④如果网格填充节点的子节点4到7中有一个被占用,而点填充节点被占用,此时无法推断平面位置,因此标记为未知。④ If one of the child nodes 4 to 7 of the grid fill node is occupied and the point fill node is occupied, the plane position cannot be inferred at this time, so it is marked as unknown.
还应理解,针对激光雷达点云平面位置信息的编码而言,图13示出了一种激光雷达点云平面位置信息的预测编码示意图。如图13所示,在激光雷达的发射角度为θbottom时,这时候可以映射为低平面(Bottom virtual plane);在激光雷达的发射角度为θtop时,这时候可以映射为高平面(Top virtual plane)。It should also be understood that, for the encoding of the laser radar point cloud plane position information, Figure 13 shows a schematic diagram of predictive encoding of the laser radar point cloud plane position information. As shown in Figure 13, when the laser radar emission angle is θ bottom , it can be mapped to the bottom plane (Bottom virtual plane); when the laser radar emission angle is θ top , it can be mapped to the top plane (Top virtual plane).
也就是说,通过利用激光雷达采集参数来预测当前节点的平面位置,通过利用当前节点与激光射线相交的位置来将位置量化为多个区间,最终作为当前节点平面位置的上下文信息。具体计算过程如下:假设激光雷达的坐标为(xLidar,yLidar,zLidar),当前节点的几何坐标为(x,y,z),那么首先计算当前节点相对于激光雷达的垂直正切值tanθ,计算公式如下:
That is to say, the plane position of the current node is predicted by using the laser radar acquisition parameters, and the position of the current node intersecting with the laser ray is used to quantify the position into multiple intervals, which is finally used as the context information of the plane position of the current node. The specific calculation process is as follows: Assuming that the coordinates of the laser radar are (xLidar, yLidar, zLidar), and the geometric coordinates of the current node are (x, y, z), then first calculate the vertical tangent value tanθ of the current node relative to the laser radar, and the calculation formula is as follows:
进一步地,又因为每个Laser会相对于激光雷达有一定偏移角度,因此还需要计算当前节点相对于Laser的相对正切值tanθcorr,L,具体计算如下:
Furthermore, because each Laser has a certain offset angle relative to the LiDAR, it is also necessary to calculate the relative tangent value tanθ corr,L of the current node relative to the Laser. The specific calculation is as follows:
最终会利用当前节点的相对正切值tanθcorr,L来对当前节点的平面位置进行预测,具体如下,假设当前节点下边界的正切值为tan(θbottom),上边界的正切值为tan(θtop),根据tanθcorr,L将平面位置量化为4个量化区间,即确定平面位置的上下文信息。Finally, the relative tangent value tanθ corr,L of the current node is used to predict the plane position of the current node. Specifically, assuming that the tangent value of the lower boundary of the current node is tan(θ bottom ), and the tangent value of the upper boundary is tan(θ top ), the plane position is quantized into 4 quantization intervals according to tanθ corr,L , that is, the context information of the plane position is determined.
但是基于八叉树的几何信息编码模式仅对空间中具有相关性的点有高效的压缩速率,而对于在几何空间中处于孤立位置的点来说,使用直接编码模式(Direct Coding Model,DCM)可以大大降低复杂度。对于八叉树中的所有节点,DCM的使用不是通过标志位信息来表示的,而是通过当前节点父节点和邻居信息来进行推断得到。判断当前节点是否具有DCM编码资格的方式有三种,具体如下:However, the octree-based geometric information coding mode only has an efficient compression rate for points with correlation in space. For points in isolated positions in geometric space, the use of the direct coding model (DCM) can greatly reduce the complexity. For all nodes in the octree, the use of DCM is not represented by flag information, but is inferred from the parent node and neighbor information of the current node. There are three ways to determine whether the current node is eligible for DCM encoding, as follows:
(1)当前节点没有兄弟姐妹子节点,即当前节点的父节点只有一个孩子节点,同时当前节点父节点的父节点仅有两个被占据子节点,即当前节点最多只有一个邻居节点。(1) The current node has no sibling child nodes, that is, the parent node of the current node has only one child node, and the parent node of the parent node of the current node has only two occupied child nodes, that is, the current node has at most one neighbor node.
(2)当前节点的父节点仅有当前节点一个占据子节点,同时与当前节点共用一个面的六个邻居节点也都属于空节点。(2) The parent node of the current node has only one child node, the current node. At the same time, the six neighbor nodes that share a face with the current node are also empty nodes.
(3)当前节点的兄弟姐妹节点数目大于1。(3) The number of sibling nodes of the current node is greater than 1.
示例性地,图14提供了一种IDCM编码示意图。如果当前节点不具有DCM编码资格将对其进行八叉树划分,若具有DCM编码资格将进一步判断该节点中包含的点数,当点数小于阈值(例如2)时,则对该节点进行DCM编码,否则将继续进行八叉树划分。当应用DCM编码模式时,首先需要编码当前节点是否是一个真正的孤立点,即IDCM_flag,当IDCM_flag为true时,则当前节点采用DCM编码,否则仍然采用八叉树编码。在当前节点满足DCM编码时,需要编码当前节点的DCM编码模式,目前存在两种DCM模式,分别是:(a)仅仅只有一个点存在(或者是多个点,但是属于重复点);(b)含有两个点。最后需要编码每个点的几何信息,假设节点的边长为2d时,对该节点几何坐标的每一个分量进行编码时需要d比特,该比特信息直接被编进码流中。这里需要注意的是,在对激光雷达点云进行编码时,通过利用激光雷达采集参数来对三个维度的坐标信息进行预 测编码,从而可以进一步提升几何信息的编码效率。Exemplarily, FIG14 provides a schematic diagram of IDCM coding. If the current node does not have the DCM coding qualification, it will be divided into octrees. If it has the DCM coding qualification, the number of points contained in the node will be further determined. When the number of points is less than a threshold value (for example, 2), the node will be DCM-encoded, otherwise the octree division will continue. When the DCM coding mode is applied, it is first necessary to encode whether the current node is a true isolated point, that is, IDCM_flag. When IDCM_flag is true, the current node is encoded using DCM, otherwise octree coding is still used. When the current node satisfies the DCM coding, the DCM coding mode of the current node needs to be encoded. There are currently two DCM modes, namely: (a) only one point exists (or multiple points, but they are repeated points); (b) contains two points. Finally, the geometric information of each point needs to be encoded. Assuming that the side length of the node is 2d , d bits are required to encode each component of the geometric coordinates of the node, and the bit information is directly encoded into the bit stream. It should be noted here that when encoding the LiDAR point cloud, the coordinate information of the three dimensions is predicted by using the LiDAR acquisition parameters. Measurement coding can further improve the coding efficiency of geometric information.
进一步地,下面针对IDCM编码的过程进行详细介绍。Furthermore, the IDCM encoding process is described in detail below.
当前节点满足DCM编码模式时,首先编码当前节点的点数目numPoints;根据不同的DirectMode来对当前节点的点数目进行编码:When the current node meets the DCM encoding mode, first encode the number of points numPoints of the current node; encode the number of points of the current node according to different DirectModes:
(1)如果当前节点不满足DCM节点的要求,则直接退出(即点数大于2个点,并且不是重复点)。(1) If the current node does not meet the requirements of the DCM node, it will exit directly (that is, the number of points is greater than 2 points and it is not a duplicate point).
(2)当前节点含有的点数numPonts小于或等于2,则编码过程如下:(2) If the number of points numPonts contained in the current node is less than or equal to 2, the encoding process is as follows:
i)首先编码当前节点的numPonts是否大于1;i) First encode whether the numPonts of the current node is greater than 1;
ii)如果当前节点只有一个点并且几何编码环境为几何无损编码,则需要编码当前节点的第二个点不是重复点。ii) If the current node has only one point and the geometry coding environment is geometry lossless coding, it is necessary to encode that the second point of the current node is not a duplicate point.
(3)当前节点含有的点数numPonts大于2,则编码过程如下:(3) If the number of points numPonts contained in the current node is greater than 2, the encoding process is as follows:
i)首先编码当前节点的numPonts小于或等于1;i) First encode the numPonts of the current node to be less than or equal to 1;
ii)其次编码当前节点的第二个点是一个重复点,其次编码当前节点的重复点数目是否大于1,当重复点数目大于1时,需要对剩余的重复点数目进行指数哥伦布解码。ii) Secondly, it is encoded that the second point of the current node is a repeated point, and then it is encoded whether the number of repeated points of the current node is greater than 1. When the number of repeated points is greater than 1, it is necessary to perform exponential Golomb decoding on the remaining number of repeated points.
在编码完成当前节点的点数目之后,对当前节点中包含点的坐标信息进行编码。下面将分别对激光雷达点云和面向人眼点云进行详细介绍。After encoding the number of points in the current node, the coordinate information of the points contained in the current node is encoded. The following will introduce the lidar point cloud and the human eye point cloud in detail.
(一)面向人眼点云。(A) Point cloud facing the human eye.
(1)如果当前节点中仅仅只含有一个点,则会对点的三个维度方向的几何信息进行直接编码(Bypass coding);(1) If the current node contains only one point, the geometric information of the point in three dimensions will be directly encoded (Bypass coding);
(2)如果当前节点中含有两个点,则会首先通过利用点的几何坐标得到优先编码的坐标轴dirextAxis。这里需要注意的是,目前比较的坐标轴只包含x轴和y轴,不包含z轴。假设当前节点的几何坐标为nodePos,则判断的方式如下:
dirextAxis=!(nodePos[0]<nodePos[1])(2) If the current node contains two points, the priority coded coordinate axis dirextAxis will be obtained first by using the geometric coordinates of the points. It should be noted here that the coordinate axes currently compared only include the x-axis and the y-axis, but not the z-axis. Assuming that the geometric coordinates of the current node are nodePos, the judgment method is as follows:
dirextAxis=! (nodePos[0]<nodePos[1])
也就是会将节点坐标几何位置小的轴作为优先编码的坐标轴dirextAxis,其次按照如下方式首先对优先编码的坐标轴dirextAxis几何信息进行编码。假设优先编码的轴对应的代编码几何bit深度为nodeSizeLog2,并假设两个点的坐标分别为pointPos[0]和pointPos[1]。具体编码过程如下:
That is, the axis with the smaller node coordinate geometry position will be used as the priority coded axis dirextAxis, and then the geometry information of the priority coded axis dirextAxis will be encoded as follows. Assume that the bit depth of the coded geometry corresponding to the priority coded axis is nodeSizeLog2, and assume that the coordinates of the two points are pointPos[0] and pointPos[1]. The specific encoding process is as follows:
在编码完成优先编码的坐标轴dirextAxis之后,再继续对当前节点的几何坐标进行直接编码。假设每个点的剩余编码bit深度为nodeSizeLog2,则具体编码过程如下:
for(int axisIdx=0;axisIdx<3;++axisIdx)
for(int mask=(1<<nodeSizeLog2[axisIdx])>>1;mask;mask>>1)
encodePosBit(!!(pointPos[axisIdx]&mask))。After the encoding of the first-coded coordinate axis dirextAxis is completed, the geometric coordinates of the current node are directly encoded. Assuming that the remaining encoding bit depth of each point is nodeSizeLog2, the specific encoding process is as follows:
for(int axisIdx=0; axisIdx<3; ++axisIdx)
for(int mask=(1<<nodeSizeLog2[axisIdx])>>1;mask;mask>>1)
encodePosBit(!!(pointPos[axisIdx]&mask)).
(二)面向激光雷达点云。(ii) Towards LiDAR point cloud.
如果当前节点中含有两个点,则会首先通过利用点的几何坐标得到优先编码的坐标轴dirextAxis,假设当前节点的几何坐标为nodePos,则判断的方式如下:
dirextAxis=!(nodePos[0]<nodePos[1])If the current node contains two points, the priority coded coordinate axis dirextAxis will be obtained first by using the geometric coordinates of the points. Assuming that the geometric coordinates of the current node are nodePos, the judgment method is as follows:
dirextAxis=! (nodePos[0]<nodePos[1])
也就是会将节点坐标几何位置小的轴作为优先编码的坐标轴dirextAxis,这里需要注意的是,目前比较的坐标轴只包含x轴和y轴,不包含z轴。其次按照如下方式首先对优先编码的坐标轴dirextAxis几何信息进行编码,假设优先编码的轴对应的代编码几何bit深度为nodeSizeLog2,并假设两个点的坐标分别为pointPos[0]和pointPos[1]。具体编码过程如下:
That is, the axis with the smaller node coordinate geometry position will be used as the priority coded axis dirextAxis. It should be noted that the currently compared coordinate axes only include the x-axis and the y-axis, but not the z-axis. Secondly, the priority coded coordinate axis dirextAxis geometry information is first encoded as follows, assuming that the priority coded axis corresponds to the coded geometry bit depth of nodeSizeLog2, and assuming that the coordinates of the two points are pointPos[0] and pointPos[1]. The specific encoding process is as follows:
在编码完成优先编码的坐标轴dirextAxis之后,再对当前节点的几何坐标进行编码。After encoding the priority-encoded coordinate axis dirextAxis, the geometric coordinates of the current node are encoded.
由于激光雷达点云可以得到激光雷达点云的采集参数,通过利用可以预测当前节点的几何坐标信息,从而可以进一步提升点云的几何信息编码效率。同样的首先利用当前节点的几何信息nodePos得到一个直接编码的主轴方向,其次利用已经完成编码的方向的几何信息来对另外一个维度的几何信息进行预测编码。同样假设直接编码的轴方向是directAxis,并且假设直接编码中的代编码bit深度为nodeSizeLog2,则编码方式如下:
for(int mask=(1<<nodeSizeLog2)>>1;mask;mask>>1)
encodePosBit(!!(pointPos[directAxis]&mask))。Since the laser radar point cloud can obtain the acquisition parameters of the laser radar point cloud, the geometric coordinate information of the current node can be predicted, so as to further improve the efficiency of the geometric information encoding of the point cloud. Similarly, the geometric information nodePos of the current node is first used to obtain a directly encoded main axis direction, and then the geometric information of the encoded direction is used to predict the geometric information of another dimension. Also, assuming that the axis direction of the direct encoding is directAxis, and assuming that the bit depth of the direct encoding is nodeSizeLog2, the encoding method is as follows:
for(int mask=(1<<nodeSizeLog2)>>1;mask;mask>>1)
encodePosBit(!!(pointPos[directAxis]&mask)).
这里需要注意的是,在这里会将directAxis方向的几何精度信息全部编码。It should be noted here that all geometric accuracy information in the directAxis direction will be encoded here.
示例性地,图15提供了一种旋转激光雷达获取点云的坐标转换示意图。其中,在笛卡尔坐标系下,对于每一个节点的(x,y,z)坐标,均可以转换为用(R,φ,i)表示。另外,激光扫描器(Laser Scanner)可以按照预设角度进行激光扫描,在i的不同取值下,可以得到不同的θ(i)。例如,在i等于1时,这时候可以得到θ(1),对应的扫描角度为-15°;在i等于2时,这时候可以得到θ(2),对应的扫描角度为-13°;在i等于10时,这时候可以得到θ(10),对应的扫描角度为+13°;在i等于9时,这时候可以得到θ(19),对应的扫描角度为+15°。Exemplarily, FIG15 provides a schematic diagram of coordinate transformation for obtaining point clouds using a rotating laser radar. In the Cartesian coordinate system, the (x, y, z) coordinates of each node can be converted to (R, φ, i). In addition, the laser scanner can perform laser scanning at a preset angle, and different θ(i) can be obtained under different values of i. For example, when i is equal to 1, θ(1) can be obtained, and the corresponding scanning angle is -15°; when i is equal to 2, θ(2) can be obtained, and the corresponding scanning angle is -13°; when i is equal to 10, θ(10) can be obtained, and the corresponding scanning angle is +13°; when i is equal to 9, θ(19) can be obtained, and the corresponding scanning angle is +15°.
这样,在编码完成directAxis坐标方向的所有精度之后,会首先计算当前点所对应的LaserIdx,即图15中的pointLaserIdx号,并且计算当前节点的LaserIdx,即nodeLaserIdx;其次会利用节点的LaserIdx即nodeLaserIdx来对点的LaserIdx即pointLaserIdx进行预测编码,其中节点或者点的LaserIdx的计算方式如下。假设点的几何坐标为pointPos,激光射线的起始坐标为LidarOrigin,并且假设Laser的数目为LaserNum,每个Laser的正切值为tanθi,每个Laser在垂直方向上的偏移位置为Zi,则:
In this way, after encoding all the precisions of the directAxis coordinate direction, the LaserIdx corresponding to the current point, i.e., the pointLaserIdx number in Figure 15, will be calculated first, and the LaserIdx of the current node, i.e., nodeLaserIdx, will be calculated; secondly, the LaserIdx of the node, i.e., nodeLaserIdx, will be used to predictively encode the LaserIdx of the point, i.e., pointLaserIdx, where the calculation method of the LaserIdx of the node or point is as follows. Assuming that the geometric coordinates of the point are pointPos, the starting coordinates of the laser ray are LidarOrigin, and assuming that the number of Lasers is LaserNum, the tangent value of each Laser is tanθ i , and the offset position of each Laser in the vertical direction is Zi , then:
在计算得到当前点的LaserIdx之后,首先会利用当前节点的LaserIdx对点的pointLaserIdx进行预测编码。在编码完成当前点的LaserIdx之后,对当前点三个维度的几何信息利用激光雷达的采集参数进行预测编码。After calculating the LaserIdx of the current point, the LaserIdx of the current node is first used to predict the pointLaserIdx of the point. After the LaserIdx of the current point is encoded, the three-dimensional geometric information of the current point is predicted and encoded using the acquisition parameters of the laser radar.
示例性地,图16示出了一种X轴或Y轴方向的预测编码示意图。如图16所示,用网格填充的方框表示当前点(Current node),用斜线填充的方框表示已编码点(Already coded node)。在这里,首先利用当前点对应的LaserIdx得到对应的水平方位角的预测值,即其次利用当前点对应的节点几何信息得到节点对应的水平方位角度其中,假设节点的几何坐标为nodePos,则水平方位角与节点几何信息之间的计算方式如下:
For example, FIG16 shows a schematic diagram of predictive coding in the X-axis or Y-axis direction. As shown in FIG16 , a box filled with a grid represents a current node, and a box filled with a slash represents an already coded node. Here, the LaserIdx corresponding to the current node is first used to obtain the corresponding predicted value of the horizontal azimuth, that is, Secondly, the node geometry information corresponding to the current point is used to obtain the horizontal azimuth angle corresponding to the node Assuming the geometric coordinates of the node are nodePos, the horizontal azimuth The calculation method between the node geometry information is as follows:
通过利用激光雷达的采集参数,可以得到每个Laser的旋转点数numPoints,即代表每个激光射线旋转一圈得到的点数,则可以利用每个Laser的旋转点数计算得到每个Laser的旋转角速度
deltaPhi,计算方式如下:
By using the acquisition parameters of the laser radar, we can get the number of rotation points of each Laser, which is the number of points obtained when each laser ray rotates one circle. Then, we can use the number of rotation points of each Laser to calculate the rotation angular velocity of each Laser. deltaPhi is calculated as follows:
进一步地,利用节点的水平方位角以及当前点对应的Laser前一个编码点的水平方位角计算得到当前点对应的水平方位角预测值即如图17A和图17B所示的水平方位角的预测值。其中,图17A示出了一种通过水平方位角来进行预测Y平面的角度示意图,图17B示出了一种通过水平方位角来进行预测X平面的角度示意图。在这里,对于当前点对应的水平方位角预测值计算方式如下:
Furthermore, using the horizontal azimuth angle of the node And the horizontal azimuth of the previous Laser code point corresponding to the current point Calculate the predicted horizontal azimuth angle corresponding to the current point That is, the predicted values of the horizontal azimuth angles as shown in Figures 17A and 17B. Figure 17A shows a schematic diagram of predicting the angle of the Y plane through the horizontal azimuth angle, and Figure 17B shows a schematic diagram of predicting the angle of the X plane through the horizontal azimuth angle. Here, for the predicted value of the horizontal azimuth angle corresponding to the current point The calculation is as follows:
示例性地,图18示出了另一种X轴或Y轴方向的预测编码示意图。如图18所示,用网格填充的部分(左侧)表示低平面,用点填充的部分(右侧)表示高平面,表示当前节点的低平面水平方位角,表示当前节点的高平面水平方位角,表示当前节点对应的水平方位角预测值。For example, FIG18 shows another schematic diagram of predictive coding in the X-axis or Y-axis direction. As shown in FIG18 , the portion filled with a grid (left side) represents the low plane, and the portion filled with dots (right side) represents the high plane. Indicates the horizontal azimuth of the low plane of the current node, Indicates the horizontal azimuth of the high plane of the current node, Indicates the predicted horizontal azimuth angle corresponding to the current node.
这样,通过利用水平方位角的预测值以及当前节点的低平面水平方位角和高平面水平方位角来对当前节点的几何信息进行预测编码。具体如下所示:
int context=(angLel≥0&&angLeR≥0)||(angLel<0&&angLeR<0)?0:2;
int minAngle=std∷min(abs(angLel),abs(angLeR));
int maxAngle=std∷max(abs(angLel),abs(angLeR));
context+=maxAngle>minAngle?0:1;
context+=maxAngle>minAngle?0:4。Thus, by using the predicted value of the horizontal azimuth and the low plane horizontal azimuth of the current node and the high plane horizontal azimuth To predict the geometric information of the current node. The details are as follows:
int context=(angLel≥0&&angLeR≥0)||(angLel<0&&angLeR<0)? 0:2;
int minAngle=std∷min(abs(angLel),abs(angLeR));
int maxAngle=std∷max(abs(angLel),abs(angLeR));
context+=maxAngle>minAngle? 0:1;
context+=maxAngle>minAngle? 0:4.
在编码完成点的LaserIdx之后,会利用当前点所对应的LaserIdx对当前点的Z轴方向进行预测编码,即当前通过利用当前点的x和y信息计算得到雷达坐标系的半径信息radius,其次利用当前点的激光LaserIdx得到当前点的正切值以及垂直方向的偏移量,则可以得到当前点的Z轴方向的预测值即Z_pred。具体如下所示:
int tanTheta=tanθlaserIdx;
int zOffset=ZlaserIdx;
Z_pred=radius×tanTheta-zOffset。After the LaserIdx of the encoding point is completed, the LaserIdx corresponding to the current point will be used to predict the Z-axis direction of the current point. That is, the radius information radius of the radar coordinate system is calculated by using the x and y information of the current point. Then, the tangent value of the current point and the vertical offset are obtained by using the laser LaserIdx of the current point, and the predicted value of the Z-axis direction of the current point, namely Z_pred, can be obtained. The details are as follows:
int tanTheta=tanθ laserIdx ;
int zOffset = Z laserIdx ;
Z_pred=radius×tanTheta-zOffset.
进一步地,利用Z_pred对当前点的Z轴方向的几何信息进行预测编码得到预测残差Z_res,最终对Z_res进行编码。Furthermore, Z_pred is used to perform predictive coding on the geometric information of the current point in the Z-axis direction to obtain the prediction residual Z_res, and finally Z_res is encoded.
需要注意的是,在节点划分到叶子节点时,在几何无损编码的情况下,需要对叶子节点中的重复点数目进行编码。最终对所有节点的占位信息进行编码,生成二进制码流。另外G-PCC目前引入了一种平面编码模式,在对几何进行划分的过程中,会判断当前节点的子节点是否处于同一平面,如果当前节点的子节点满足同一平面的条件,会用该平面对当前节点的子节点进行表示。It should be noted that when nodes are divided into leaf nodes, in the case of geometric lossless coding, the number of repeated points in the leaf nodes needs to be encoded. Finally, the placeholder information of all nodes is encoded to generate a binary code stream. In addition, G-PCC currently introduces a plane coding mode. In the process of geometric division, it will determine whether the child nodes of the current node are in the same plane. If the child nodes of the current node meet the conditions of the same plane, the child nodes of the current node will be represented by the plane.
对于基于八叉树的几何解码而言,解码端按照广度优先遍历的顺序,在对每个节点的占位信息解码之前,首先会利用已经重建得到的几何信息来判断当前节点是否进行平面解码或者IDCM解码,如果当前节点满足平面解码的条件,则会首先对当前节点的平面标识和平面位置信息进行解码,其次基于平面信息来对当前节点的占位信息进行解码;如果当前节点满足IDCM解码的条件,则会首先解码当前节点是否是一个真正的IDCM节点,如果是一个真正的IDCM解码,则会继续解析当前节点的DCM解码模式,其次可以得到当前DCM节点中的点数目,最后对每个点的几何信息进行解码。对于既不满足平面解码也不满足DCM解码的节点,会对当前节点的占位信息进行解码。通过按照这样的方式不断解析得到每个节点的占位码,并且依次不断划分节点,直至划分得到1×1×1的单位立方体时停止划分,解析得到每个叶子节点中包含的点数,最终恢复得到几何重构点云信息。For octree-based geometric decoding, the decoding end follows the order of breadth-first traversal. Before decoding the placeholder information of each node, it will first use the reconstructed geometric information to determine whether the current node is to be plane decoded or IDCM decoded. If the current node meets the conditions for plane decoding, the plane identification and plane position information of the current node will be decoded first, and then the placeholder information of the current node will be decoded based on the plane information; if the current node meets the conditions for IDCM decoding, it will first decode whether the current node is a true IDCM node. If it is a true IDCM decoding, it will continue to parse the DCM decoding mode of the current node, and then the number of points in the current DCM node can be obtained, and finally the geometric information of each point will be decoded. For nodes that do not meet either plane decoding or DCM decoding, the placeholder information of the current node will be decoded. By continuously parsing in this way, the placeholder code of each node is obtained, and the nodes are continuously divided in turn until the division is stopped when a 1×1×1 unit cube is obtained, the number of points contained in each leaf node is obtained by parsing, and finally the geometric reconstructed point cloud information is restored.
下面对IDCM解码的过程进行详细介绍。The following is a detailed introduction to the IDCM decoding process.
与编码端的处理过程类似,首先利用先验信息来决定节点是否启动IDCM,即IDCM的启动条件如下:Similar to the processing at the encoding end, the prior information is first used to determine whether the node starts IDCM. That is, the starting conditions of IDCM are as follows:
(1)当前节点没有兄弟姐妹子节点,即当前节点的父节点只有一个孩子节点,同时当前节点父节点的父节点仅有两个被占据子节点,即当前节点最多只有一个邻居节点。(1) The current node has no sibling child nodes, that is, the parent node of the current node has only one child node, and the parent node of the parent node of the current node has only two occupied child nodes, that is, the current node has at most one neighbor node.
(2)当前节点的父节点仅有当前节点一个占据子节点,同时与当前节点共用一个面的六个邻居节点也都属于空节点。 (2) The parent node of the current node has only one child node, the current node. At the same time, the six neighbor nodes that share a face with the current node are also empty nodes.
(3)当前节点的兄弟姐妹节点数目大于1。(3) The number of sibling nodes of the current node is greater than 1.
进一步地,当节点满足DCM编码的条件时,首先解码当前节点是否是一个真正的DCM节点,即IDCM_flag;当IDCM_flag为true时,则当前节点采用DCM编码,否则仍然采用八叉树编码。Furthermore, when a node meets the conditions for DCM coding, first decode whether the current node is a real DCM node, that is, IDCM_flag; when IDCM_flag is true, the current node adopts DCM coding, otherwise it still adopts octree coding.
其次解码当前节点的点数目numPoints,具体的解码方式如下所示:Next, decode the number of points numPoints of the current node. The specific decoding method is as follows:
i)首先解码当前节点的numPonts是否大于1;i) First decode whether numPonts of the current node is greater than 1;
ii)如果解码得到当前节点的numPonts大于1,则继续解码第二个点是否是一个重复点;如果第二个点不是重复点,则这里可以隐性推断出满足DCM模式的第二种,只含有两个点;ii) If the numPonts of the current node is greater than 1, continue decoding to see if the second point is a duplicate point; if the second point is not a duplicate point, it can be implicitly inferred that the second type that satisfies the DCM mode contains only two points;
iii)如果解码得到当前节点的numPonts小于等于1,则继续解码第二个点是否是一个重复点;如果第二个点不是重复点,则这里可以隐性推断出满足DCM模式的第二种,只含有一个点;如果解码得到第二个点是一个重复点,则可以推断出满足DCM模式的第三种,含有多个点,但是都是重复点,则继续解码重复点的数目是否大于1(熵解码),如果大于1,则继续解码剩余重复点的数目(利用指数哥伦布进行解码)。iii) If the numPonts of the current node obtained by decoding is less than or equal to 1, continue decoding to see if the second point is a repeated point; if the second point is not a repeated point, it can be implicitly inferred that the second type that satisfies the DCM mode contains only one point; if the second point obtained by decoding is a repeated point, it can be inferred that the third type that satisfies the DCM mode contains multiple points, but they are all repeated points, then continue decoding to see if the number of repeated points is greater than 1 (entropy decoding), and if it is greater than 1, continue decoding the number of remaining repeated points (decoding using exponential Columbus).
如果当前节点不满足DCM节点的要求,则直接退出(即点数大于2个点,并且不是重复点)。If the current node does not meet the requirements of the DCM node, it will exit directly (that is, the number of points is greater than 2 points and it is not a duplicate point).
在解码完成当前节点的点数目之后,对当前节点中包含点的坐标信息进行解码。下面将分别对激光雷达点云和面向人眼点云进行详细介绍。After decoding the number of points in the current node, the coordinate information of the points contained in the current node is decoded. The following will introduce the lidar point cloud and the human eye point cloud in detail.
(一)面向人眼点云。(A) Point cloud facing the human eye.
(1)如果当前节点中仅仅只含有一个点,则会对点的三个维度方向的几何信息进行直接解码(Bypass coding);(1) If the current node contains only one point, the geometric information of the point in three dimensions will be directly decoded (Bypass coding);
(2)如果当前节点中含有两个点,则会首先通过利用点的几何坐标得到优先解码的坐标轴dirextAxis,这里需要注意的是,目前比较的坐标轴只包含x和y轴,不包含z轴。假设当前节点的几何坐标为nodePos,则判断的方式如下:
dirextAxis=!(nodePos[0]<nodePos[1]) (10)(2) If the current node contains two points, the geometric coordinates of the points will be used to obtain the priority decoding coordinate axis dirextAxis. It should be noted that the coordinate axes currently compared only include the x and y axes, not the z axis. Assuming that the geometric coordinates of the current node are nodePos, the judgment method is as follows:
dirextAxis=! (nodePos[0]<nodePos[1]) (10)
也就是会将节点坐标几何位置小的轴作为优先解码的坐标轴dirextAxis,其次按照如下方式首先对优先解码的坐标轴dirextAxis几何信息进行解码。假设优先解码的轴对应的待解码几何bit深度为nodeSizeLog2,并假设两个点的坐标分别为pointPos[0]和pointPos[1]。具体编码过程如下:
That is, the axis with the smaller node coordinate geometry position will be used as the priority decoding axis dirextAxis, and then the priority decoding axis dirextAxis geometry information will be decoded first in the following way. Assume that the geometry bit depth to be decoded corresponding to the priority decoding axis is nodeSizeLog2, and assume that the coordinates of the two points are pointPos[0] and pointPos[1] respectively. The specific encoding process is as follows:
在解码完成优先解码的坐标轴dirextAxis之后,再继续对当前点的几何坐标进行直接解码。假设每个点的剩余编码bit深度为nodeSizeLog2,并假设点的坐标信息为pointPos,则具体解码过程如下:
After decoding the priority axis dirextAxis, the geometric coordinates of the current point are directly decoded. Assuming that the remaining encoding bit depth of each point is nodeSizeLog2, and assuming that the coordinate information of the point is pointPos, the specific decoding process is as follows:
(二)面向激光雷达点云。(ii) Towards LiDAR point cloud.
如果当前节点中含有两个点,则会首先通过利用点的几何坐标得到优先解码的坐标轴dirextAxis,假设当前节点的几何坐标为nodePos,则判断的方式如下:
dirextAxis=!(nodePos[0]<nodePos[1]) (11)If the current node contains two points, the geometric coordinates of the points will be used to obtain the priority decoding axis dirextAxis. Assuming that the geometric coordinates of the current node are nodePos, the judgment method is as follows:
dirextAxis=! (nodePos[0]<nodePos[1]) (11)
也就是会将节点坐标几何位置小的轴作为优先解码的坐标轴dirextAxis,这里需要注意的是,目前比较的坐标轴只包含x轴和y轴,不包含z轴。其次按照如下方式首先对优先编码的坐标轴dirextAxis几何信息进行解码,假设优先解码的轴对应的代编码几何bit深度为nodeSizeLog2,并假设两个点的坐标分别为pointPos[0]和pointPos[1]。具体编码过程如下:
That is, the axis with the smaller node coordinate geometry position will be used as the priority decoding axis dirextAxis. It should be noted that the currently compared coordinate axes only include the x-axis and the y-axis, but not the z-axis. Secondly, the priority encoded coordinate axis dirextAxis geometry information is first decoded as follows, assuming that the priority decoded axis corresponds to the code geometry bit depth of nodeSizeLog2, and assuming that the coordinates of the two points are pointPos[0] and pointPos[1]. The specific encoding process is as follows:
在解码完优先解码的坐标轴dirextAxis之后,再对当前点的几何坐标进行解码。After decoding the priority coordinate axis dirextAxis, decode the geometric coordinates of the current point.
同样的首先利用当前节点的几何信息nodePos得到一个直接解码的主轴方向,其次利用已经完成解码的方向的几何信息来对另外一个维度的几何信息进行解码。同样假设直接解码的轴方向是directAxis,并且假设直接解码中的待解码bit深度为nodeSizeLog2,则解码方式如下:
Similarly, we first use the geometric information nodePos of the current node to get a main axis direction for direct decoding, and then use the geometric information of the decoded direction to decode the geometric information of another dimension. Assuming that the axis direction for direct decoding is directAxis, and assuming that the bit depth to be decoded in direct decoding is nodeSizeLog2, the decoding method is as follows:
这里需要注意的是,在这里会将directAxis方向的几何精度信息全部解码。It should be noted here that all geometric accuracy information in the directAxis direction will be decoded here.
在解码完成directAxis坐标方向的所有精度之后,会首先计算当前节点的LaserIdx,即nodeLaserIdx;其次会利用节点的LaserIdx即nodeLaserIdx来对点的LaserIdx即pointLaserIdx进行预测解码,其中节点或者点的LaserIdx的计算方式跟编码端相同。最终对当前点的LaserIdx与节点的LaserIdx预测残差信息进行解码得到ResLaserIdx,则解码方式如下:
PointLaserIdx=nodeLaserIdx+ResLaserIdx (12)After decoding all the precisions of the directAxis coordinate direction, the LaserIdx of the current node, i.e., nodeLaserIdx, is calculated first; secondly, the LaserIdx of the node, i.e., nodeLaserIdx, is used to predict and decode the LaserIdx of the point, i.e., pointLaserIdx. The calculation method of the LaserIdx of the node or point is the same as that of the encoder. Finally, the LaserIdx of the current point and the predicted residual information of the LaserIdx of the node are decoded to obtain ResLaserIdx. The decoding method is as follows:
PointLaserIdx=nodeLaserIdx+ResLaserIdx (12)
在解码完成当前点的LaserIdx之后,对当前点三个维度的几何信息利用激光雷达的采集参数进行预测解码。具体算法如下:After decoding the LaserIdx of the current point, the three-dimensional geometric information of the current point is predicted and decoded using the acquisition parameters of the laser radar. The specific algorithm is as follows:
如图11所示,首先利用当前点对应的LaserIdx得到对应的水平方位角的预测值,即其次利用当前点对应的节点几何信息得到节点对应的水平方位角度其中,假设节点的几何坐标为nodePos,则水平方位角与节点几何信息之间的计算方式如下:
As shown in Figure 11, first use the LaserIdx corresponding to the current point to obtain the corresponding predicted value of the horizontal azimuth, that is, Secondly, the node geometry information corresponding to the current point is used to obtain the horizontal azimuth angle corresponding to the node Assuming the geometric coordinates of the node are nodePos, the horizontal azimuth The calculation method between the node geometry information is as follows:
通过利用激光雷达的采集参数,可以得到每个Laser的旋转点数numPoints,即代表每个激光射线旋转一圈得到的点数,则可以利用每个Laser的旋转点数计算得到每个Laser的旋转角速度deltaPhi,计算方式如下:
By using the acquisition parameters of the laser radar, we can get the number of rotation points of each Laser, numPoints, which represents the number of points obtained when each laser ray rotates one circle. Then, we can use the number of rotation points of each Laser to calculate the rotation angular velocity deltaPhi of each Laser. The calculation method is as follows:
进一步地,利用节点的水平方位角以及当前点对应的Laser前一个编码点的水平方位角计算得到当前点对应的水平方位角预测值即如图17A和图17B所示的水平方位角的预测值。计算方式如下:
Furthermore, using the horizontal azimuth angle of the node And the horizontal azimuth of the previous Laser code point corresponding to the current point Calculate the predicted horizontal azimuth angle corresponding to the current point That is, the predicted value of the horizontal azimuth angle as shown in Figures 17A and 17B. The calculation method is as follows:
这样,通过利用水平方位角的预测值以及当前节点的低平面水平方位角和高平面的水平方位角来对当前节点的几何信息进行预测解码。具体如下所示:
int context=(angLel≥0&&angLeR≥0)||(angLel<0&&angLeR<0)?0:2;
int absAngleL=abs(angLel);
int absAngleR=abs(angLeR);
context+=absAngleL>absAngleR?0:1;
context+=maxAngle>minAngle<<1?4:0。Thus, by using the predicted value of the horizontal azimuth and the low plane horizontal azimuth of the current node and the horizontal azimuth of the high plane To predict and decode the geometric information of the current node. The details are as follows:
int context=(angLel≥0&&angLeR≥0)||(angLel<0&&angLeR<0)? 0:2;
int absAngleL=abs(angLel);
int absAngleR=abs(angLeR);
context+=absAngleL>absAngleR? 0:1;
context+=maxAngle>minAngle<<1?4:0.
在解码完成点的LaserIdx之后,会利用当前点所对应的LaserIdx对当前点的Z轴方向进行预测解码,即当前通过利用当前点的x和y信息计算得到雷达坐标系的半径信息radius,其次利用当前点的激光LaserIdx得到当前点的正切值以及垂直方向的偏移量,则可以得到当前点的Z轴方向的预测值即Z_pred。具体如下所示:
int tanTheta=tanθlaserIdx;
int zOffset=ZlaserIdx;
Z_pred=radius×tanTheta-zOffset。After decoding the LaserIdx of the completed point, the Z-axis direction of the current point will be predicted and decoded using the LaserIdx corresponding to the current point, that is, the radius information radius of the radar coordinate system is calculated by using the x and y information of the current point, and then the tangent value of the current point and the vertical offset are obtained using the laser LaserIdx of the current point, so that the predicted value of the Z-axis direction of the current point, namely Z_pred, can be obtained. The details are as follows:
int tanTheta=tanθ laserIdx ;
int zOffset = Z laserIdx ;
Z_pred=radius×tanTheta-zOffset.
进一步地,利用解码得到的Z_res和Z_pred来重建恢复得到当前点Z轴方向的几何信息。Furthermore, the decoded Z_res and Z_pred are used to reconstruct and restore the geometric information of the current point in the Z-axis direction.
对于基于三角面片集(triangle soup,trisoup)的几何信息编码而言,在基于trisoup的几何信息编码框架中,同样也要先进行几何划分,但区别于基于二叉树/四叉树/八叉树的几何信息编码,该方法不需要将点云逐级划分到边长为1×1×1的单位立方体,而是划分到子块(block)边长为W时停止划分,基于每个block中点云的分布所形成的表面,得到该表面与block的十二条边所产生的至多十二个交点(vertex)。依次编码每个block的vertex坐标,生成二进制码流。For geometric information coding based on triangle soup (trisoup), in the geometric information coding framework based on trisoup, geometric division must also be performed first, but different from geometric information coding based on binary tree/quadtree/octree, this method does not need to divide the point cloud into unit cubes with a side length of 1×1×1 step by step, but stops dividing when the side length of the sub-block is W. Based on the surface formed by the distribution of the point cloud in each block, the surface and the twelve edges of the block are obtained. The vertex coordinates of each block are encoded in turn to generate a binary code stream.
对于基于trisoup的点云几何信息重建而言,在解码端进行点云几何信息重建时,首先解码vertex坐标用于完成三角面片重建,该过程如图19A、图19B和图19C所示。其中,图19A所示的block中存在3个交点(v1,v2,v3),利用这3个交点按照一定顺序所构成的三角面片集被称为triangle soup,即trisoup,如图19B所示。之后,在该三角面片集上进行采样,将得到的采样点作为该block内的重建点云,如图19C所示。For point cloud geometry information reconstruction based on trisoup, when point cloud geometry information reconstruction is performed at the decoding end, the vertex coordinates are first decoded to complete the triangle patch reconstruction, and the process is shown in Figures 19A, 19B, and 19C. Among them, there are three intersection points (v1, v2, v3) in the block shown in Figure 19A. The triangle patch set formed by these three intersection points in a certain order is called triangle soup, i.e., trisoup, as shown in Figure 19B. Afterwards, sampling is performed on the triangle patch set, and the obtained sampling points are used as the reconstructed point cloud in the block, as shown in Figure 19C.
对于基于预测树的几何编码(Predictive geometry coding,PredGeomTree)而言,基于预测树的几何编码包括:首先对输入点云进行排序,目前采用的排序方法包括无序、莫顿序、方位角序和径向距离序。在编码端通过利用两种不同的方式建立预测树结构,其中包括:KD-Tree(高时延慢速模式)和低时延快速模式(利用激光雷达标定信息)。在利用激光雷达标定信息时,将每个点划分到不同的Laser上,按照不同的Laser建立预测树结构。接下来基于预测树的结构,遍历预测树中的每个节点,通过选取不同的预测模式对节点的几何位置信息进行预测得到预测残差,并且利用量化参数对几何预测残差进行量化。最终通过不断迭代,对预测树节点位置信息的预测残差、预测树结构以及量化参数等进行编码,生成二进制码流。For Predictive geometry coding (PredGeomTree), the Predictive geometry coding includes: first, sorting the input point cloud. The currently used sorting methods include unordered, Morton order, azimuth order, and radial distance order. At the encoding end, the prediction tree structure is established by using two different methods, including: KD-Tree (high-latency slow mode) and low-latency fast mode (using laser radar calibration information). When using the laser radar calibration information, each point is divided into different Lasers, and the prediction tree structure is established according to different Lasers. Next, based on the structure of the prediction tree, each node in the prediction tree is traversed, and the geometric position information of the node is predicted by selecting different prediction modes to obtain the prediction residual, and the geometric prediction residual is quantized using the quantization parameter. Finally, through continuous iteration, the prediction residual of the prediction tree node position information, the prediction tree structure, and the quantization parameters are encoded to generate a binary code stream.
对于基于预测树的几何解码而言,解码端通过不断解析码流,重构预测树结构,其次通过解析得到每个预测节点的几何位置预测残差信息以及量化参数,并且对预测残差进行反量化,恢复得到每个节点的重构几何位置信息,最终完成解码端的几何重构。For geometric decoding based on the prediction tree, the decoding end reconstructs the prediction tree structure by continuously parsing the bit stream, and then obtains the geometric position prediction residual information and quantization parameters of each prediction node through parsing, and dequantizes the prediction residual to recover the reconstructed geometric position information of each node, and finally completes the geometric reconstruction of the decoding end.
在几何编码完成后,需要对几何信息进行重建。目前,属性编码主要针对颜色信息进行。首先,将颜色信息从RGB颜色空间转换到YUV颜色空间。然后,利用重建的几何信息对点云重新着色,使得未编码的属性信息与重建的几何信息对应起来。在颜色信息编码中,主要有两种变换方法,一是依赖于LOD划分的基于距离的提升变换,二是直接进行RAHT变换,这两种方法都会将颜色信息从空间域转换到频域,通过变换得到高频系数和低频系数,最后对系数进行量化并编码,生成二进制码流,具体参见图4A和图4B所示。After the geometric encoding is completed, the geometric information needs to be reconstructed. At present, attribute encoding is mainly performed on color information. First, the color information is converted from the RGB color space to the YUV color space. Then, the point cloud is recolored using the reconstructed geometric information so that the unencoded attribute information corresponds to the reconstructed geometric information. In color information encoding, there are two main transformation methods, one is the distance-based lifting transformation that relies on LOD division, and the other is to directly perform RAHT transformation. Both methods will convert color information from the spatial domain to the frequency domain, and obtain high-frequency coefficients and low-frequency coefficients through transformation. Finally, the coefficients are quantized and encoded to generate a binary code stream, as shown in Figures 4A and 4B.
进一步地,在利用几何信息来对属性信息进行预测时,可以利用莫顿码进行最近邻居搜索,点云中每点对应的莫顿码可以由该点的几何坐标得到。计算莫顿码的具体方法描述如下所示,对于每一个分量用d比特二进制数表示的三维坐标,其三个分量可以表示为:
Furthermore, when using geometric information to predict attribute information, the Morton code can be used to search for the nearest neighbor. The Morton code corresponding to each point in the point cloud can be obtained from the geometric coordinates of the point. The specific method for calculating the Morton code is described as follows. For each component of the three-dimensional coordinate represented by a d-bit binary number, its three components can be expressed as:
其中,xl,yl,zl∈{0,1}分别是x,y,z的最高位(l=1)到最低位(l=d)对应的二进制数值。莫顿码M是对x,y,z从最高位开始,依次交叉排列xl,yl,zl到最低位,M的计算公式如下所示:
Among them, x l ,y l ,z l ∈{0,1} are the binary values corresponding to the highest bit (l=1) to the lowest bit (l=d) of x, y, z respectively. The Morton code M is x, y, z starting from the highest bit, and then arranged in sequence from x l ,y l ,z l to the lowest bit. The calculation formula of M is as follows:
其中,ml′∈{0,1}分别是M的最高位(l′=1)到最低位(l′=3d)的值。在得到点云中每个点的莫 顿码M后,将点云中的点按莫顿码由小到大的顺序进行排列,并将每个点的权重值w设为1。Where, ml′∈ {0,1} is the value of the highest bit (l′=1) to the lowest bit (l′=3d) of M. After the Morton code M, the points in the point cloud are arranged in ascending order according to the Morton code, and the weight value w of each point is set to 1.
还可以理解,对于G-PCC编解码框架而言,通用测试条件如下:It can also be understood that for the G-PCC codec framework, the general test conditions are as follows:
(1)测试条件共4种:(1) There are 4 test conditions:
条件1:几何位置有限度有损、属性有损;Condition 1: The geometric position is limitedly lossy and the attributes are lossy;
条件2:几何位置无损、属性有损;Condition 2: The geometric position is lossless, but the attributes are lossy;
条件3:几何位置无损、属性有限度有损;Condition 3: The geometric position is lossless, and the attributes are limitedly lossy;
条件4:几何位置无损、属性无损。Condition 4: The geometric position and attributes are lossless.
(2)通用测试序列包括Cat1A,Cat1B,Cat3-fused,Cat3-frame共四类,其中Cat2-frame点云只包含反射率属性信息,Cat1A、Cat1B点云只包含颜色属性信息,Cat3-fused点云同时包含颜色和反射率属性信息。(2) The general test sequences include four categories: Cat1A, Cat1B, Cat3-fused, and Cat3-frame. The Cat2-frame point cloud only contains reflectance attribute information, the Cat1A and Cat1B point clouds only contain color attribute information, and the Cat3-fused point cloud contains both color and reflectance attribute information.
(3)技术路线:共2种,以几何压缩所采用的算法进行区分。(3) Technical routes: There are 2 types, which are distinguished by the algorithm used for geometric compression.
技术路线1:八叉树编码分支。Technical route 1: Octree encoding branch.
在编码端,将包围盒依次划分得到子立方体,对非空的(包含点云中的点)的子立方体继续进行划分,直到划分得到的叶子结点为1×1×1的单位立方体时停止划分,在几何无损编码情况下,需要对叶子节点中所包含的点数进行编码,最终完成几何八叉树的编码,生成二进制码流。At the encoding end, the bounding box is divided into sub-cubes in sequence, and the non-empty sub-cubes (containing points in the point cloud) are divided again until the leaf node obtained by division is a 1×1×1 unit cube. In the case of geometric lossless coding, the number of points contained in the leaf node needs to be encoded, and finally the encoding of the geometric octree is completed to generate a binary code stream.
在解码端,解码端按照广度优先遍历的顺序,通过不断解析得到每个节点的占位码,并且依次不断划分节点,直至划分得到1×1×1的单位立方体时停止划分,在几何无损解码的情况下,需要解析得到每个叶子节点中包含的点数,最终恢复得到几何重构点云信息。At the decoding end, the decoding end obtains the placeholder code of each node by continuously parsing in the order of breadth-first traversal, and continuously divides the nodes in turn until a 1×1×1 unit cube is obtained. In the case of geometric lossless decoding, it is necessary to parse the number of points contained in each leaf node and finally restore the geometrically reconstructed point cloud information.
技术路线2:预测树编码分支。Technical route 2: prediction tree encoding branch.
在编码端,通过利用两种不同的方式建立预测树结构,其中包括:基于KD-Tree(高时延慢速模式)和利用激光雷达标定信息(低时延快速模式),利用激光雷达标定信息,可以将每个点划分到不同的Laser上,按照不同的Laser建立预测树结构。接下来基于预测树的结构,遍历预测树中的每个节点,通过选取不同的预测模式对节点的几何位置信息进行预测得到预测残差,并且利用量化参数对几何预测残差进行量化。最终通过不断迭代,对预测树节点位置信息的预测残差、预测树结构以及量化参数等进行编码,生成二进制码流。At the encoding end, the prediction tree structure is established by using two different methods, including: based on KD-Tree (high-latency slow mode) and using lidar calibration information (low-latency fast mode). Using lidar calibration information, each point can be divided into different Lasers, and the prediction tree structure is established according to different Lasers. Next, based on the structure of the prediction tree, each node in the prediction tree is traversed, and the geometric position information of the node is predicted by selecting different prediction modes to obtain the prediction residual, and the geometric prediction residual is quantized using the quantization parameter. Finally, through continuous iteration, the prediction residual of the prediction tree node position information, the prediction tree structure, and the quantization parameters are encoded to generate a binary code stream.
在解码端,解码端通过不断解析码流,重构预测树结构,其次通过解析得到每个预测节点的几何位置预测残差信息以及量化参数,并且对预测残差进行反量化,恢复得到每个节点的重构几何位置信息,最终完成解码端的几何重构。At the decoding end, the decoding end reconstructs the prediction tree structure by continuously parsing the bit stream, and then obtains the geometric position prediction residual information and quantization parameters of each prediction node through parsing, and dequantizes the prediction residual to restore the reconstructed geometric position information of each node, and finally completes the geometric reconstruction at the decoding end.
在一种可能的实现方式中,下面针对相关技术中的几何预测树帧间编解码进行具体描述。In a possible implementation manner, the following specifically describes the geometric prediction tree inter-frame encoding and decoding in the related art.
以图15为例,点云输入的点坐标为(x,y,z),利用当前点云的先验雷达信息,将点云的点的位置信息转化为雷达坐标系(radius,laserIdx)。其中,假设点的几何坐标为pointPos,激光射线的起始坐标为LidarOrigin,并且假设Laser的数目为LaserNum,每个Laser的正切值为tanθi,每个Laser在垂直方向上的偏移位置为Zi,则节点或者点的LaserIdx的计算方式如下:
Taking Figure 15 as an example, the point coordinates of the point cloud input are (x, y, z). Using the prior radar information of the current point cloud, the position information of the point cloud is converted into the radar coordinate system (radius, laserIdx). Assuming the geometric coordinates of the point are pointPos, the starting coordinates of the laser ray are LidarOrigin, and assuming the number of lasers is LaserNum, the tangent value of each Laser is tanθ i , and the offset position of each Laser in the vertical direction is Zi , the calculation method of the node or point LaserIdx is as follows:
进一步地,假设节点的几何坐标为pointPos,则水平方位角的计算如下:
Furthermore, assuming that the geometric coordinates of the node are pointPos, the horizontal azimuth The calculation of is as follows:
进一步地,深度信息radius的计算如下:
Furthermore, the depth information radius is calculated as follows:
其中,LidarOrigin一般为0。Among them, LidarOrigin is generally 0.
示例性地,图20示出了一种几何信息帧间编解码的结构示意图。如图20所示,当前帧中待编码的当前点用网格填充,当前点在前一个已编码的节点用a表示;这里存在第一参考帧和第二参考 帧,其中,第一参考帧可以是当前帧的前一帧,第二参考帧可以是全局运动补偿(Global Motion Compensation,GMC)参考帧。For example, FIG20 shows a schematic diagram of a geometric information inter-frame coding and decoding structure. As shown in FIG20, the current point to be coded in the current frame is filled with a grid, and the current point is represented by a at the previous coded node; there is a first reference frame and a second reference frame. Frames, wherein the first reference frame may be a previous frame of the current frame, and the second reference frame may be a global motion compensation (Global Motion Compensation, GMC) reference frame.
这样,以图20为例,在对待编码的当前点进行帧间预测编码的时候,遍历预测树中,待编码的当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a;Thus, taking FIG. 20 as an example, when inter-frame prediction coding is performed on the current point to be coded, the previous coded node a of the current point to be coded in the prediction tree is traversed;
在第一参考帧(即前一帧参考帧)中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的和laserID的节点b,将第一参考帧中的点b之后编码或者解码的点c和d作为帧间候选点;In the first reference frame (i.e., the previous reference frame), find the node a that has the same and node b of laserID, taking points c and d encoded or decoded after point b in the first reference frame as inter-frame candidate points;
在第二参考帧(即前一帧经过全局运动的参考帧)中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的和laserID的点g,将第二参考帧中的点g之后编码或者解码的点e和f作为帧间候选点;同时点e和点f的被替换成待编码当前点的父亲节点的 In the second reference frame (i.e., the reference frame of the previous frame after global motion), find the node a that has the same and laserID point g, and use the points e and f encoded or decoded after point g in the second reference frame as inter-frame candidate points; at the same time, point e and point f Replaced by the parent node of the current point to be encoded
然后,通过率失真优化(Rate Distortion Optimization,RDO)方式选取不同的预测点(包括帧内候选点若干以及上述帧间候选点至多4个)对节点的几何位置信息进行预测得到预测残差,并且利用量化参数对几何预测残差进行量化。最终通过不断迭代,对预测树节点位置信息的预测模式、预测残差、预测树结构以及量化参数等参数进行编码,生成二进制码流。Then, different prediction points (including several intra-frame candidate points and up to 4 inter-frame candidate points) are selected through rate distortion optimization (RDO) to predict the geometric position information of the node to obtain the prediction residual, and the geometric prediction residual is quantized using the quantization parameter. Finally, through continuous iteration, the prediction mode, prediction residual, prediction tree structure, quantization parameter and other parameters of the prediction tree node position information are encoded to generate a binary code stream.
在解码端,解码端通过不断解析码流,重构预测树结构,遍历预测树中,对于待解码当前点的前一个已经解码的节点a;At the decoding end, the decoding end continuously parses the bitstream, reconstructs the prediction tree structure, and traverses the prediction tree to find the previous decoded node a before the current point to be decoded;
首先解码预测模式;如果预测模式是帧间预测模式,那么利用解码得到的预测模式在以下至多四个候选点中选取预测点:First, the prediction mode is decoded; if the prediction mode is inter-frame prediction mode, the prediction point is selected from the following at most four candidate points using the decoded prediction mode:
在第一参考帧(即前一帧参考帧)中寻找与解码当前点的前一个已经解码的节点a具有相同的和laserID的节点b,将第一参考帧中的点b之后编码或者解码的点c和d作为帧间候选点;In the first reference frame (i.e., the previous reference frame), find the node a that has the same and node b of laserID, taking points c and d encoded or decoded after point b in the first reference frame as inter-frame candidate points;
在第二参考帧(即前一帧经过全局运动的参考帧)中寻找与解码当前点的前一个已经解码的节点a具有相同的和laserID的点g,将第二参考帧中的点g之后编码或者解码的点e和f作为帧间候选点;同时点e和点f的被替换成待解码当前点的父亲节点的 In the second reference frame (i.e., the reference frame of the previous frame after global motion), find the node a that has the same and laserID point g, and use the points e and f encoded or decoded after point g in the second reference frame as inter-frame candidate points; at the same time, point e and point f Replaced by the parent node of the current point to be decoded
其次,通过解析得到不同预测点的几何位置预测残差信息以及量化参数,并且对预测残差进行反量化,从而可以恢复得到每个节点的重构几何位置信息,最终完成解码端的几何重构。Secondly, the geometric position prediction residual information and quantization parameters of different prediction points are obtained by analysis, and the prediction residual is dequantized, so that the reconstructed geometric position information of each node can be restored, and finally the geometric reconstruction at the decoding end is completed.
下面结合帧间预测部分对本申请实施例提出的一种解码方法进行详细描述。The following describes in detail a decoding method proposed in an embodiment of the present application in conjunction with the inter-frame prediction part.
本申请实施例中提供了一种解码方法,参见图21,其示出了本申请实施例提供的一种可选的解码方法的流程示意图。如图21所示,该方法可以包括:A decoding method is provided in an embodiment of the present application. Referring to FIG. 21 , a flowchart of an optional decoding method provided in an embodiment of the present application is shown. As shown in FIG. 21 , the method may include:
S101、解析码流,确定待解码节点对应的预测节点索引值。S101, parsing a bitstream to determine a predicted node index value corresponding to a node to be decoded.
在本申请实施例中,解码器在接收到编码器传输的码流之后,对码流进行解析,可以得到待解码节点的节点索引值。In the embodiment of the present application, after receiving the code stream transmitted by the encoder, the decoder parses the code stream to obtain the node index value of the node to be decoded.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例的解码方法应用于解码器。另外,该解码方法可以是指一种点云帧间预测方法;也可以是一种点云帧间几何信息的解码方法,主要是对相关技术中的帧间预测算法进行改进,可以对预测节点的角度参数值进行局部运动处理,从而达到更好的帧间预测效果。It should be noted that the decoding method of the embodiment of the present application is applied to a decoder. In addition, the decoding method may refer to a point cloud inter-frame prediction method; or a method for decoding geometric information between point cloud frames, which mainly improves the inter-frame prediction algorithm in the relevant technology, and can perform local motion processing on the angle parameter value of the prediction node, so as to achieve a better inter-frame prediction effect.
在本申请实施例中,待解码节点为当前帧中的其中一个点。In the embodiment of the present application, the node to be decoded is one of the points in the current frame.
还需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,在点云中,点可以是点云中的所有点,也可以是点云中的部分点,这些点在空间上相对集中。这里,待解码节点具体可以是指点云中当前待解码的节点。It should also be noted that in the embodiment of the present application, in the point cloud, the point can be all points in the point cloud, or it can be part of the points in the point cloud, and these points are relatively concentrated in space. Here, the node to be decoded can specifically refer to the node currently to be decoded in the point cloud.
在本申请实施例中,待解码节点也称为待解码点、当前节点、当前点、当前待解码节点、当前待解码点等,本申请对此不作限定。In the embodiments of the present application, the node to be decoded is also referred to as a point to be decoded, a current node, a current point, a current node to be decoded, a current point to be decoded, etc., and the present application does not limit this.
在本申请实施例中,待解码节点可以为当前待解码的点云中的一个点,待解码节点也可以包括当前待解码的点云中的多个点,本申请对此不作限定。In an embodiment of the present application, the node to be decoded may be a point in the point cloud currently to be decoded, or the node to be decoded may include multiple points in the point cloud currently to be decoded, which is not limited in the present application.
需要说明的是,当待解码节点包括当前待解码的点云中的多个点时,待解码节点包括的多个点为重复点,此时,待解码节点包括多个点具有相同的几何预测信息。It should be noted that, when the node to be decoded includes multiple points in the point cloud to be decoded currently, the multiple points included in the node to be decoded are repeated points. In this case, the node to be decoded includes multiple points having the same geometric prediction information.
在本申请实施例中,预测节点索引值可以为待解码节点的唯一标识。In the embodiment of the present application, the predicted node index value may be a unique identifier of the node to be decoded.
在本申请实施例中,预设节点索引值为预先设置好的节点索引值。即,预设节点索引值为编码器和解码器双方规定或者协议好的索引值。In the embodiment of the present application, the preset node index value is a pre-set node index value, that is, the preset node index value is an index value specified or agreed upon by both the encoder and the decoder.
在本申请实施例中,预设节点索引值包括至少一个参考帧对应的至少一个节点索引值。也就是说,预设节点索引值规定了节点索引值属于哪个参考帧。In the embodiment of the present application, the preset node index value includes at least one node index value corresponding to at least one reference frame. In other words, the preset node index value specifies which reference frame the node index value belongs to.
也就是说,解码器根据待解码节点的预测节点索引值可以在参考帧中的多个已解码节点中,确定待解码节点。其中,参考帧中的多个已解码节点为预测节点的候选节点。That is, the decoder can determine the node to be decoded from multiple decoded nodes in the reference frame according to the predicted node index value of the node to be decoded, wherein the multiple decoded nodes in the reference frame are candidate nodes for the predicted node.
示例性的,参考帧中的多个已解码节点为:已解码节点c、已解码节点d、已解码节点e、已解码节点f、已解码节点m、已解码节点n、已解码节点o、已解码节点p等等。其中,已解码节点c 的索引值为0、已解码节点d的索引值为1、已解码节点e的索引值为2、已解码节点f的索引值为3、已解码节点m的索引值为4、已解码节点n的索引值为5、已解码节点o的索引值为6、已解码节点p的索引值为7。假设解码器通过解析码流,确定待解码节点对应的预测节点索引值为3,则解码器可以确定待解码节点为已解码节点f。Exemplarily, the multiple decoded nodes in the reference frame are: decoded node c, decoded node d, decoded node e, decoded node f, decoded node m, decoded node n, decoded node o, decoded node p, etc. Among them, decoded node c The index value of is 0, the index value of the decoded node d is 1, the index value of the decoded node e is 2, the index value of the decoded node f is 3, the index value of the decoded node m is 4, the index value of the decoded node n is 5, the index value of the decoded node o is 6, and the index value of the decoded node p is 7. Assuming that the decoder determines that the predicted node index value corresponding to the node to be decoded is 3 by parsing the bitstream, the decoder can determine that the node to be decoded is the decoded node f.
在本申请实施例中,预测节点索引值可以是写入在概述(profile)中的参数,也可以是一个标志(flag)的取值,这里对此不作具体限定。In the embodiment of the present application, the predicted node index value may be a parameter written in a profile, or may be the value of a flag, which is not specifically limited here.
示例性地,以flag为例,可以将flag设置为数字的形式,比如,当flag的取值为0时,表示待解码节点为预测节点索引值0对应的解码点(比如节点c),当flag的取值为2时,表示待解码节点为预测节点索引值2对应的解码点(比如节点e)。Exemplarily, taking flag as an example, flag can be set to a digital form. For example, when the value of flag is 0, it indicates that the node to be decoded is the decoding point corresponding to the predicted node index value 0 (such as node c). When the value of flag is 2, it indicates that the node to be decoded is the decoding point corresponding to the predicted node index value 2 (such as node e).
在本申请实施例中,节点索引值可以采用二进制形式进行表示。比如,节点索引值2可以表示为10,节点索引值3可以表示为11,节点索引值也可才用其他进制形式表示,本申请对此不作限定。In the embodiment of the present application, the node index value can be represented in binary form. For example, the node index value 2 can be represented as 10, and the node index value 3 can be represented as 11. The node index value can also be represented in other base forms, which is not limited in the present application.
S102、确定当前帧中待解码节点的前一个第一已解码节点。S102: Determine the first decoded node before the node to be decoded in the current frame.
在本申请实施例中,在确定当前帧中待解码节点的前一个第一已解码节点时,即确定了第一已解码节点的几何信息(几何位置信息)。In the embodiment of the present application, when the first decoded node preceding the node to be decoded in the current frame is determined, the geometric information (geometric position information) of the first decoded node is determined.
需要说明的是,这里的第一已解码节点指的是第一已解码节点的几何信息。也就是说,在确定当前帧中待解码节点的前一个第一已解码节点之后,即确定了第一已解码节点在点云中的几何信息。这里的几何信息可以理解为第一已解码节点在点云中的位置信息,比如,第一已解码节点的几何信息可以为雷达坐标信息或者笛卡尔坐标信息等等,本申请对此不作任何限定。It should be noted that the first decoded node here refers to the geometric information of the first decoded node. That is to say, after determining the first decoded node before the node to be decoded in the current frame, the geometric information of the first decoded node in the point cloud is determined. The geometric information here can be understood as the position information of the first decoded node in the point cloud. For example, the geometric information of the first decoded node can be radar coordinate information or Cartesian coordinate information, etc., and this application does not impose any limitation on this.
还需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,这里的几何参数(几何信息)是指雷达坐标系下的参数。其中,几何参数可以包括:水平方位角雷达激光索引值laserID和深度信息radius。It should also be noted that in the embodiment of the present application, the geometric parameters (geometric information) here refer to the parameters in the radar coordinate system. Among them, the geometric parameters may include: horizontal azimuth Radar laser index value laserID and depth information radius.
在本申请实施例中,第一已解码节点的几何信息为雷达坐标信息时,第一已解码节点的几何信息至少包括第一已解码节点对应的角度参数,即第三角度参数值。In an embodiment of the present application, when the geometric information of the first decoded node is radar coordinate information, the geometric information of the first decoded node at least includes an angle parameter corresponding to the first decoded node, that is, a third angle parameter value.
在本申请实施例中,角度参数值为在水平面的水平方位的角度信息,即 In the embodiment of the present application, the angle parameter value is the angle information of the horizontal position of the horizontal plane, that is,
在本申请实施例中,第一已解码节点的第三角度参数值为第一已解码节点在水平面的水平方位的角度信息。In the embodiment of the present application, the third angle parameter value of the first decoded node is the angle information of the horizontal position of the first decoded node on the horizontal plane.
在本申请实施例中,当前帧为当前待解码节点所在的帧,当前帧包括至少一个点。In an embodiment of the present application, the current frame is a frame where the current node to be decoded is located, and the current frame includes at least one point.
在本申请实施例中,当前帧为激光雷达沿着XY平面(水平面)扫描一圈得到的,当前帧可以包括多个点。In an embodiment of the present application, the current frame is obtained by scanning a circle of the laser radar along the XY plane (horizontal plane), and the current frame may include multiple points.
在本申请实施例中,由于当前帧通过激光雷达沿着XY平面(水平面)扫描一圈得到,因此,当前帧中所包含的各个点对应同一个雷达索引值,即对应同一个激光雷达。In the embodiment of the present application, since the current frame is obtained by scanning a circle along the XY plane (horizontal plane) by the laser radar, each point contained in the current frame corresponds to the same radar index value, that is, corresponds to the same laser radar.
在本申请实施例中,雷达索引值为激光雷达的唯一标识信息。In this embodiment of the present application, the radar index value is the unique identification information of the laser radar.
在本申请实施例中,第一已解码节点为当前帧中待解码节点的前一个已经解码的节点。In an embodiment of the present application, the first decoded node is a node that has been decoded before the node to be decoded in the current frame.
需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,第一已解码节点还可以为当前帧中待解码节点的之前任意H个已解码的节点,其中,H为大于等于1的正整数。比如,第一已解码节点可以为当前帧中待解码节点的之前两个的已解码的节点,第一已解码节点还可以为当前帧中待解码节点的之前四个的已解码的节点等,本申请对此不作限定。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, the first decoded node may also be any H decoded nodes before the node to be decoded in the current frame, where H is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1. For example, the first decoded node may be the two decoded nodes before the node to be decoded in the current frame, the first decoded node may also be the four decoded nodes before the node to be decoded in the current frame, etc., and the present application does not limit this.
在本申请的一些实施例中,确定当前帧中待解码节点的前一个第一已解码节点,可以包括:In some embodiments of the present application, determining a first decoded node before a node to be decoded in a current frame may include:
基于预测树的解码顺序,确定待解码节点的前一个已解码节点,将前一个已解码节点作为第一已解码节点。Based on the decoding order of the prediction tree, a previous decoded node of the node to be decoded is determined, and the previous decoded node is used as the first decoded node.
在本申请实施例中,按照当前帧对应的预测树的解码顺序,将待解码节点的前一个已解码节点作为第一已解码节点。In the embodiment of the present application, according to the decoding order of the prediction tree corresponding to the current frame, the previous decoded node of the node to be decoded is used as the first decoded node.
S103、根据预测节点索引值和第一已解码节点,确定预测节点。S103: Determine a prediction node according to the prediction node index value and the first decoded node.
在本申请实施例中,根据待解码节点对应的预测节点索引值以及第一已解码节点,确定预测节点,需要说明的是,在确定预测节点之后,即确定了预测节点的几何信息(即为几何参数)。In an embodiment of the present application, a predicted node is determined based on a predicted node index value corresponding to the node to be decoded and the first decoded node. It should be noted that after the predicted node is determined, the geometric information (i.e., geometric parameters) of the predicted node is determined.
在本申请实施例中,根据第一已解码节点的第三角度参数值,在参考帧中的至少一个已解码节点中确定与预测节点索引值对应的已解码节点,并将该预测节点索引值对应的已解码节点作为预测节点。In an embodiment of the present application, according to the third angle parameter value of the first decoded node, a decoded node corresponding to the predicted node index value is determined in at least one decoded node in the reference frame, and the decoded node corresponding to the predicted node index value is used as the predicted node.
在本申请实施例中,预测节点为第一已解码节点的第三角度参数值与预测节点索引值确定的。In the embodiment of the present application, the predicted node is determined by the third angle parameter value of the first decoded node and the predicted node index value.
在本申请实施例中,预测节点也称为预测节点、目标节点、目标点等,本申请实施例对此不作限定。In the embodiment of the present application, the prediction node is also called a prediction node, a target node, a target point, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在本申请实施例中,预测节点可以为非当前帧的参考帧中的节点,预测节点还可以为当前帧中 的节点。In the embodiment of the present application, the prediction node may be a node in a reference frame other than the current frame, or a node in the current frame. Node.
在本申请实施例中,预测节点是非当前帧的参考帧中的节点还是当前帧中的节点,取决于待解码节点的预测模式。其中,预测模式可以包括帧间预测模式以及帧内预测模式。In the embodiment of the present application, whether the predicted node is a node in a reference frame other than the current frame or a node in the current frame depends on the prediction mode of the node to be decoded, wherein the prediction mode may include an inter-frame prediction mode and an intra-frame prediction mode.
示例性的,在待解码节点的预测模式为帧间预测模式的情况下,预测节点为非当前帧的参考帧中的节点;在待解码节点的预测模式为帧内预测模式的情况下,预测节点为当前帧的参考帧中的节点。Exemplarily, when the prediction mode of the node to be decoded is the inter-frame prediction mode, the prediction node is a node in a reference frame other than the current frame; when the prediction mode of the node to be decoded is the intra-frame prediction mode, the prediction node is a node in a reference frame of the current frame.
S104、基于第一已解码节点,对预测节点的第一角度参数值进行局部运动处理,确定预测节点的第二角度参数值。S104 . Based on the first decoded node, perform local motion processing on the first angle parameter value of the prediction node to determine a second angle parameter value of the prediction node.
S105、基于第一角度参数值或者第二角度参数值,确定预测节点的几何参数。S105. Determine a geometric parameter of the prediction node based on the first angle parameter value or the second angle parameter value.
S106、基于几何参数,确定待解码节点的几何预测值。S106. Determine a geometric prediction value of the node to be decoded based on the geometric parameters.
在本申请实施例中,根据第一已解码节点的第三角度参数值,对预测节点的第一角度参数值进行局部运动处理,从而得到预测节点的第二角度参数值。In the embodiment of the present application, local motion processing is performed on the first angle parameter value of the predicted node according to the third angle parameter value of the first decoded node, so as to obtain the second angle parameter value of the predicted node.
在本申请实施例中,第一角度参数值为根据第一已解码节点的第三角度参数值获取的预测节点的角度参数值。In the embodiment of the present application, the first angle parameter value is an angle parameter value of the predicted node obtained according to the third angle parameter value of the first decoded node.
在本申请实施例中,第二角度参数值为对第一角度参数值进行局部运动处理得到的角度参数值。In the embodiment of the present application, the second angle parameter value is an angle parameter value obtained by performing local motion processing on the first angle parameter value.
在本申请实施例中,预测节点的几何参数包括第一几何参数和第二几何参数;其中,第一几何参数包括:预测节点的深度信息、预测节点的雷达索引值以及第一角度参数值;第二几何参数包括:预测节点的深度信息、预测节点的雷达索引值以及第二角度参数值。In an embodiment of the present application, the geometric parameters of the predicted node include first geometric parameters and second geometric parameters; wherein the first geometric parameters include: depth information of the predicted node, radar index value of the predicted node and first angle parameter value; the second geometric parameters include: depth information of the predicted node, radar index value of the predicted node and second angle parameter value.
在本申请的一些实施例中,S105可以包括:In some embodiments of the present application, S105 may include:
将预测节点的深度信息、预测节点的雷达索引值以及第一角度参数值确定为预测节点的几何参数;或者,Determine the depth information of the prediction node, the radar index value of the prediction node, and the first angle parameter value as the geometric parameters of the prediction node; or,
将预测节点的深度信息、预测节点的雷达索引值以及第二角度参数值确定为预测节点的几何参数。The depth information of the prediction node, the radar index value of the prediction node, and the second angle parameter value are determined as the geometric parameters of the prediction node.
在本申请实施例中,在确定出预测节点之后,可以将几何参数(例如几何位置信息)作为待解码节点的几何预测值。In an embodiment of the present application, after the prediction node is determined, the geometric parameter (eg, geometric position information) may be used as the geometric prediction value of the node to be decoded.
在本申请实施例中,这里的几何参数是指雷达坐标系下的参数。其中,几何参数可以包括:水平方位角(即角度参数值)、雷达激光索引值laserID和预测节点的深度信息radius。In the embodiment of the present application, the geometric parameters here refer to the parameters in the radar coordinate system. Among them, the geometric parameters may include: horizontal azimuth (i.e. angle parameter value), radar laser index value laserID and depth information radius of the predicted node.
在本申请实施例中,几何预测值可以为:预测节点的深度信息、预测节点的雷达索引值以及第一角度参数值;几何预测值还可以为:预测节点的深度信息、预测节点的雷达索引值以及第二角度参数值。In an embodiment of the present application, the geometric prediction value may be: depth information of the prediction node, radar index value of the prediction node, and a first angle parameter value; the geometric prediction value may also be: depth information of the prediction node, radar index value of the prediction node, and a second angle parameter value.
可以理解,由于第一角度参数值经过局部运动处理之后得到第二角度参数值,因此,第二角度参数值相比于第一角度参数值具有局部运动这一先验信息,从而实现对预测节点的几何信息进行更加精细化的预测,进而提高了帧间预测的准确性。It can be understood that since the first angle parameter value is obtained after local motion processing to obtain the second angle parameter value, the second angle parameter value has the prior information of local motion compared to the first angle parameter value, thereby achieving a more refined prediction of the geometric information of the prediction node, thereby improving the accuracy of inter-frame prediction.
可以理解,由于第二角度参数值考虑了局部运动这一先验信息,因此在利用预测节点的第二角度参数值确定待解码节点的重构几何信息时,可以提高待解码节点的几何重构的准确性。It can be understood that, since the second angle parameter value takes into account the prior information of local motion, when the reconstructed geometric information of the node to be decoded is determined using the second angle parameter value of the predicted node, the accuracy of the geometric reconstruction of the node to be decoded can be improved.
在本申请实施例中,解码器对首先解析码流,确定待解码节点对应的预测节点索引值;然后,解码器确定当前帧中待解码节点的前一个第一已解码节点;随后,解码器根据预测节点索引值和第一已解码节点,确定预测节点;随后,解码器基于第一已解码节点,对预测节点的第一角度参数值进行局部运动处理,确定预测节点的第二角度参数值;最后,解码器基于第一角度参数值或者第二角度参数值,确定预测节点的几何参数;基于几何参数,确定待解码节点的几何预测值。由于解码器对预测节点的第一角度参数值进行局部运动处理得到第二角度参数值,使得第二角度参数值具有局部运动相关的先验信息,可以提升帧间预测的准确度,从而能够提升点云的几何信息的解码效率,提高点云的解码性能。In an embodiment of the present application, the decoder first parses the code stream to determine the predicted node index value corresponding to the node to be decoded; then, the decoder determines the first decoded node before the node to be decoded in the current frame; then, the decoder determines the predicted node based on the predicted node index value and the first decoded node; then, the decoder performs local motion processing on the first angle parameter value of the predicted node based on the first decoded node to determine the second angle parameter value of the predicted node; finally, the decoder determines the geometric parameters of the predicted node based on the first angle parameter value or the second angle parameter value; based on the geometric parameters, the geometric prediction value of the node to be decoded is determined. Since the decoder performs local motion processing on the first angle parameter value of the predicted node to obtain the second angle parameter value, the second angle parameter value has prior information related to the local motion, which can improve the accuracy of inter-frame prediction, thereby improving the decoding efficiency of the geometric information of the point cloud and improving the decoding performance of the point cloud.
在本申请的一些实施例中,S104包括S1041至S1042:In some embodiments of the present application, S104 includes S1041 to S1042:
S1041、在预测节点索引值表征预测节点为预设节点的情况下,基于获取的第二已解码节点的第四角度参数值和预测节点的第一角度参数值,确定局部运动信息;第二已解码节点的第四角度参数值小于或等于且最接近第一已解码节点的第三角度参数值;第二已解码节点是基于第一已解码节点,在预测节点所在的参考帧中确定的。S1041. When the prediction node index value represents that the prediction node is a preset node, local motion information is determined based on the fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node and the first angle parameter value of the prediction node; the fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node is less than or equal to and closest to the third angle parameter value of the first decoded node; the second decoded node is determined based on the first decoded node in the reference frame where the prediction node is located.
在本申请实施例中,在预测节点索引值表征预测节点为预设节点的情况下,确定对预测节点索引值对应的预测节点的第一角度参数值进行局部运动处理。In the embodiment of the present application, when the predicted node index value represents that the predicted node is a preset node, it is determined to perform local motion processing on the first angle parameter value of the predicted node corresponding to the predicted node index value.
在本申请实施例中,在预测节点索引值表征预测节点不为预设节点的情况下,确定对预测节点 索引值对应的预测节点的第一角度参数值不进行局部运动处理,将预测节点的第一角度参数值直接作为预测节点的角度参数值。In the embodiment of the present application, when the predicted node index value indicates that the predicted node is not a preset node, determining the predicted node The first angle parameter value of the prediction node corresponding to the index value is not subjected to local motion processing, and the first angle parameter value of the prediction node is directly used as the angle parameter value of the prediction node.
也就是说,只有在预测节点索引值表征预测节点为预设节点的情况下,解码器才会对预测节点的第一角度参数值进行局部运动处理,得到第二角度参数值;在预测节点索引值表征预测节点不为预设节点的情况下,解码器不需要对预测节点的第一角度参数值进行局部运动处理,将第一角度参数值作为第二角度参数值即可。That is to say, only when the prediction node index value represents that the prediction node is a preset node, the decoder will perform local motion processing on the first angle parameter value of the prediction node to obtain the second angle parameter value; when the prediction node index value represents that the prediction node is not a preset node, the decoder does not need to perform local motion processing on the first angle parameter value of the prediction node, and can use the first angle parameter value as the second angle parameter value.
在本申请实施例中,预设节点为解码器与编码器双方规定或者协商好的节点。也就是说,预设节点为预先指定好的对哪些节点进行局部运动处理。In the embodiment of the present application, the preset nodes are nodes specified or negotiated by both the decoder and the encoder. In other words, the preset nodes are pre-specified nodes for which local motion processing is performed.
示例性的,解码器和编码器双方协议好对第一参考帧中的节点e(索引值为2)、节点f(索引值为3)、节点o(索引值为6)以及节点p(索引值为7)进行局部运动处理,即预设节点为节点e、节点f、节点o和节点p。假设预测节点的预测节点索引值为6,这时,预测节点索引值表征预测节点为预设节点中的节点o,此时,解码器对预测节点(节点o)的第一角度参数值进行局部运动处理。假设预测节点的预测节点索引值为0,这时,预测节点索引值表征预测节点不为预设节点中的节点,此时,解码器对预测节点(节点c)的第一角度参数值不进行局部运动处理,直接将预测节点(节点c)的第一角度参数值作为预测节点的第二角度参数值。Exemplarily, the decoder and the encoder agree to perform local motion processing on node e (index value is 2), node f (index value is 3), node o (index value is 6), and node p (index value is 7) in the first reference frame, that is, the preset nodes are node e, node f, node o, and node p. Assume that the prediction node index value of the prediction node is 6. At this time, the prediction node index value represents that the prediction node is node o in the preset nodes. At this time, the decoder performs local motion processing on the first angle parameter value of the prediction node (node o). Assume that the prediction node index value of the prediction node is 0. At this time, the prediction node index value represents that the prediction node is not a node in the preset nodes. At this time, the decoder does not perform local motion processing on the first angle parameter value of the prediction node (node c), and directly uses the first angle parameter value of the prediction node (node c) as the second angle parameter value of the prediction node.
在本申请实施例中,解码器也可以在预测节点索引值与预设节点索引值匹配的情况下,解码器才会对预测节点的第一角度参数值进行局部运动处理,得到第二角度参数值。In an embodiment of the present application, the decoder may perform local motion processing on the first angle parameter value of the predicted node to obtain the second angle parameter value only when the predicted node index value matches the preset node index value.
也就是说,在预测节点索引值与预设节点索引值匹配的情况下,不仅可以获知预测节点索引值对应的预测节点属于哪一参考帧,也可以确定是否需要对该预测节点的第一角度参数值进行局部运动处理。That is to say, when the predicted node index value matches the preset node index value, it is possible to not only know to which reference frame the predicted node corresponding to the predicted node index value belongs, but also to determine whether local motion processing is required for the first angle parameter value of the predicted node.
在本申请实施例中,第二已解码节点为参考帧中的已解码节点。另外,第二已解码节点的第四角度参数值小于或等于第一已解码节点的第三角度参数值。In the embodiment of the present application, the second decoded node is a decoded node in the reference frame. In addition, the fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node is less than or equal to the third angle parameter value of the first decoded node.
在本申请实施例中,第二已解码节点为参考帧中与第一已解码节点具有相同的雷达索引且第一个点的角度参数值小于等于且最接近第一已解码节点的角度参数值的已解码节点。In an embodiment of the present application, the second decoded node is a decoded node in the reference frame that has the same radar index as the first decoded node and whose angle parameter value of the first point is less than or equal to and closest to the angle parameter value of the first decoded node.
也就是说,第二已解码节点为参考帧中角度参数值小于等于第一已解码节点的角度参数值的第一个已解码节点。That is, the second decoded node is the first decoded node in the reference frame whose angle parameter value is less than or equal to the angle parameter value of the first decoded node.
示例性的,当参考帧中包括已解码节点c、已解码节点b和已解码节点h,其中,已解码节点c的角度参数值大于第一已解码节点的角度参数值,已解码节点b的角度参数值和已解第码节点h的角度参数值均小于等于一已解码节点的角度参数值。但是已解码节点b的角度参数值大于已解码节点h的角度参数值。可以看出,已解码节点b为角度参数值小于等于第一已解码节点的角度参数值的第一个已解码节点。如此,将已解码节点b确定为第二已解码节点。Exemplarily, when the reference frame includes a decoded node c, a decoded node b, and a decoded node h, wherein the angle parameter value of the decoded node c is greater than the angle parameter value of the first decoded node, and the angle parameter value of the decoded node b and the angle parameter value of the decoded node h are both less than or equal to the angle parameter value of the first decoded node. However, the angle parameter value of the decoded node b is greater than the angle parameter value of the decoded node h. It can be seen that the decoded node b is the first decoded node whose angle parameter value is less than or equal to the angle parameter value of the first decoded node. In this way, the decoded node b is determined to be the second decoded node.
在本申请实施例中,第二已解码节点与第一已解码节点可以具有相同的雷达索引,第二已解码节点与第一已解码节点也可以具有不同的雷达索引;第二已解码节点与第一已解码节点可以具有相同的深度信息,第二已解码节点与第一已解码节点也可以具有不同的深度信息;第二已解码节点与第一已解码节点可以具有相同的角度参数值,第二已解码节点与第一已解码节点也可以具有不同的角度参数值,本申请对此不作限定。In an embodiment of the present application, the second decoded node and the first decoded node may have the same radar index, or the second decoded node and the first decoded node may have different radar indexes; the second decoded node and the first decoded node may have the same depth information, or the second decoded node and the first decoded node may have different depth information; the second decoded node and the first decoded node may have the same angle parameter value, or the second decoded node and the first decoded node may have different angle parameter values, and the present application does not limit this.
在本申请实施例中,第二已解码节点是基于第一已解码节点的角度参数值,在预测节点所在的参考帧中确定的。也就是说,第二已解码节点与第一已解码节点的第三角度参数值相关。In the embodiment of the present application, the second decoded node is determined based on the angle parameter value of the first decoded node in the reference frame where the prediction node is located. In other words, the second decoded node is related to the third angle parameter value of the first decoded node.
在本申请实施例中,在根据预测节点索引值和第一已解码节点,确定预测节点的过程中,就已经确定了第二已解码节点的第四角度参数值。In the embodiment of the present application, in the process of determining the predicted node according to the predicted node index value and the first decoded node, the fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node has been determined.
因此,在本申请实施例中,根据获取的第二已解码节点的目标角度参数值和预测节点的第一角度参数值,确定预测节点对应的局部运动信息。其中,局部运动信息表征对第一角度参数值进行局部运动之后的先验信息。Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the local motion information corresponding to the predicted node is determined according to the obtained target angle parameter value of the second decoded node and the first angle parameter value of the predicted node, wherein the local motion information represents the prior information after the first angle parameter value is locally moved.
在本申请的一些实施例中,将第二已解码节点的第四角度参数值,与预测节点的第一角度参数值之间的差异值,确定为局部运动信息。In some embodiments of the present application, a difference value between a fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node and a first angle parameter value of the predicted node is determined as local motion information.
在本申请实施例中,可以将第四角度参数值与第一角度参数值之间的差值作为局部运动信息。In the embodiment of the present application, the difference between the fourth angle parameter value and the first angle parameter value may be used as local motion information.
在本申请实施例中,也可以将乘以第一权重之后的第四角度参数值,与乘以第二权重之后的第一角度参数值之间的差值作为局部运动信息。In the embodiment of the present application, the difference between the fourth angle parameter value after being multiplied by the first weight and the first angle parameter value after being multiplied by the second weight may also be used as local motion information.
示例性的,将第四角度参数值与第一角度参数值之间的差值作为局部运动信息,可以表示为:
auto deltaPhi=interPred.second[1]-interPredPrev.second[1];Exemplarily, the difference between the fourth angle parameter value and the first angle parameter value is used as the local motion information, which can be expressed as:
auto deltaPhi=interPred.second[1]-interPredPrev.second[1];
其中,deltaPhi表示第四角度参数值与第一角度参数值之间的差值(差异值),interPred.second[1] 表示预测节点的第一角度参数值,interPredPrev.second[1]表示第二已解码节点的第四角度参数值。Wherein, deltaPhi represents the difference (difference value) between the fourth angle parameter value and the first angle parameter value, interPred.second[1] represents the first angle parameter value of the predicted node, and interPredPrev.second[1] represents the fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node.
在本申请的一些实施例中,预测节点所在的参考帧包括:第一参考帧和第二参考帧。In some embodiments of the present application, the reference frame where the prediction node is located includes: a first reference frame and a second reference frame.
在本申请的一些实施例中,第一参考帧为第二参考帧进行全局运动得到的至少一帧。In some embodiments of the present application, the first reference frame is at least one frame obtained by performing global motion on the second reference frame.
在本申请的一些实施例中,第二参考帧为当前帧的前K帧的已解码帧,其中,K为大于0的整数。In some embodiments of the present application, the second reference frame is a decoded frame that is K frames before the current frame, where K is an integer greater than 0.
在本申请的一些实施例中,预设节点为第一参考帧中除第二已解码节点以外的至少一个已解码节点。In some embodiments of the present application, the preset node is at least one decoded node in the first reference frame except the second decoded node.
示例性的,第一参考帧中的第二已解码节点为节点g,第一参考帧中除第二已解码节点之外还包括:节点e、节点f、节点o和节点p。则预设节点可以为节点e、节点f、节点o和节点p中的至少一个。Exemplarily, the second decoded node in the first reference frame is node g, and the first reference frame, in addition to the second decoded node, also includes: node e, node f, node o, and node p. Then the preset node may be at least one of node e, node f, node o, and node p.
在一些实施例中,第二参考帧可以为当前帧的前一帧;第一参考帧可以为当前帧的前一帧的前一帧。示例性地,如果当前帧为Frame t,那么第一参考帧可以为Frame t-1,第二参考帧可以为Frame t-2;t为整数。In some embodiments, the second reference frame may be a previous frame of the current frame; the first reference frame may be a previous frame of the previous frame of the current frame. For example, if the current frame is Frame t, the first reference frame may be Frame t-1, and the second reference frame may be Frame t-2; t is an integer.
还需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,这里也可以包括第三参考帧,针对参考帧的数量和候选节点的数量均不作具体限定。在本申请实施例中,这里仅以第一参考帧和第二参考帧为例进行详细说明。It should also be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, a third reference frame may also be included, and the number of reference frames and the number of candidate nodes are not specifically limited. In the embodiment of the present application, only the first reference frame and the second reference frame are used as examples for detailed description.
S1042、基于局部运动信息,确定预测节点的第二角度参数值。S1042. Determine a second angle parameter value of the prediction node based on the local motion information.
在本申请实施例中,根据预测节点的局部运动信息,对第一角度参数值进行更新,确定预测节点的第二角度参数值。In the embodiment of the present application, the first angle parameter value is updated according to the local motion information of the prediction node to determine the second angle parameter value of the prediction node.
在本申请实施例中,预测节点索引值表征预测节点不为预设节点的情况下,将预测节点的第一角度参数值作为第二角度参数值。在预测节点索引值与预设节点索引值不匹配的情况下,解码器不需要对预测节点的第一角度参数值进行局部运动处理,将第一角度参数值作为第二角度参数值即可。In the embodiment of the present application, when the predicted node index value represents that the predicted node is not a preset node, the first angle parameter value of the predicted node is used as the second angle parameter value. When the predicted node index value does not match the preset node index value, the decoder does not need to perform local motion processing on the first angle parameter value of the predicted node, and the first angle parameter value can be used as the second angle parameter value.
需要说明的是,预测节点索引值表征预测节点不为预设节点的情况下,将预测节点的第一角度参数值作为第二角度参数值。It should be noted that the predicted node index value represents that when the predicted node is not a preset node, the first angle parameter value of the predicted node is used as the second angle parameter value.
在预测节点索引值表征预测节点不为预设节点的情况下,直接将第一角度参数值作为预测节点的第二角度参数值与S104和S105是并列方案,具体执行顺序,需要根据预测节点具体确定。When the prediction node index value indicates that the prediction node is not a preset node, directly using the first angle parameter value as the second angle parameter value of the prediction node is a parallel solution with S104 and S105. The specific execution order needs to be determined according to the prediction node.
在预测节点索引值表征预测节点不为预设节点的情况下,将预测节点的第一角度参数值作为第二角度参数值,根据第二角度参数值确定预测节点的几何参数。When the predicted node index value indicates that the predicted node is not a preset node, the first angle parameter value of the predicted node is used as the second angle parameter value, and the geometric parameter of the predicted node is determined according to the second angle parameter value.
示例性的,基于图23,解码器和编码器双方协议好对第一参考帧中的节点e(索引值为2)、节点f(索引值为3)、节点o(索引值为6)以及节点p(索引值为7)进行局部运动处理,即预设节点为节点e、节点f、节点o和节点p。假设预测节点的预测节点索引值为0,这时,预测节点索引值表征预测节点不为预设节点中的节点,此时,解码器对预测节点(节点c)的第一角度参数值不进行局部运动处理,直接将预测节点(节点c)的第一角度参数值作为预测节点的第二角度参数值。Exemplarily, based on FIG. 23 , the decoder and the encoder agree to perform local motion processing on node e (index value 2), node f (index value 3), node o (index value 6), and node p (index value 7) in the first reference frame, that is, the preset nodes are node e, node f, node o, and node p. Assume that the predicted node index value of the predicted node is 0. At this time, the predicted node index value indicates that the predicted node is not a node in the preset nodes. At this time, the decoder does not perform local motion processing on the first angle parameter value of the predicted node (node c), and directly uses the first angle parameter value of the predicted node (node c) as the second angle parameter value of the predicted node.
可以理解,由于第二角度参数值是根据预测节点的局部运动信息对第一角度参数值进行更新得到,因此,第二角度参数值相比于第一角度参数值具有局部运动这一先验信息,从而实现对预测节点的几何信息进行更加精细化的预测,进而提高了帧间预测的准确性。另外,由于第二角度参数值具有局部运动这一先验信息,因此在利用预测节点的第二角度参数值确定待解码节点的重构几何信息时,可以提高待解码节点的几何重构的准确性,从而提高了点云的几何信息的解码效率以及准确度。It can be understood that since the second angle parameter value is obtained by updating the first angle parameter value according to the local motion information of the prediction node, the second angle parameter value has the prior information of local motion compared to the first angle parameter value, thereby achieving a more refined prediction of the geometric information of the prediction node, thereby improving the accuracy of inter-frame prediction. In addition, since the second angle parameter value has the prior information of local motion, when the second angle parameter value of the prediction node is used to determine the reconstructed geometric information of the node to be decoded, the accuracy of the geometric reconstruction of the node to be decoded can be improved, thereby improving the decoding efficiency and accuracy of the geometric information of the point cloud.
在本申请的一些实施例中,S1042包括S201至S202:In some embodiments of the present application, S1042 includes S201 to S202:
S201、确定与待解码节点对应激光雷达的旋转角速度。S201. Determine the rotation angular velocity of the laser radar corresponding to the node to be decoded.
在本申请实施例中,激光雷达的旋转角速度为当前帧对应的激光雷达的旋转角速度;或者,激光雷达的旋转角速度为第一参考帧对应的激光雷达的旋转角速度;或者,激光雷达的旋转角速度为第二参考帧对应的激光雷达的旋转角速度。In an embodiment of the present application, the angular velocity of rotation of the laser radar is the angular velocity of rotation of the laser radar corresponding to the current frame; or, the angular velocity of rotation of the laser radar is the angular velocity of rotation of the laser radar corresponding to the first reference frame; or, the angular velocity of rotation of the laser radar is the angular velocity of rotation of the laser radar corresponding to the second reference frame.
在本申请实施例中,当前帧、第一参考帧以及第二参考帧可以对应相同的旋转角速度。In the embodiment of the present application, the current frame, the first reference frame and the second reference frame may correspond to the same rotation angular velocity.
在本申请实施例中,激光雷达的旋转角速度由激光雷达旋转一圈得到点数(节点数)相关。比如,激光雷达的旋转角速度可以为2π/pointnums,其中,pointnums表征激光雷达旋转一圈得到点数。In the embodiment of the present application, the rotational angular velocity of the laser radar is related to the number of points (nodes) obtained by rotating the laser radar one circle. For example, the rotational angular velocity of the laser radar can be 2π/pointnums, where pointnums represents the number of points obtained by rotating the laser radar one circle.
在本申请实施例中,激光雷达的旋转角速度可以为解码器和编码器双方规定或者协议好的值。此时,解码器可以直接确定激光雷达的旋转角速度。In the embodiment of the present application, the rotational angular velocity of the laser radar can be a value specified or agreed upon by both the decoder and the encoder. In this case, the decoder can directly determine the rotational angular velocity of the laser radar.
在本申请实施例中,激光雷达的旋转角速度可以通过解析码流直接获取到。编码器将激光雷达 的旋转角速度进行编码,将所得到的编码比特写入码流。解码器通过解析码流,对激光雷达的旋转角速度的进行解码,从而得到旋转角速度。In the embodiment of the present application, the rotation angular velocity of the laser radar can be directly obtained by parsing the code stream. The rotation angular velocity of the laser radar is encoded and the obtained coded bits are written into the bit stream. The decoder decodes the rotation angular velocity of the laser radar by parsing the bit stream to obtain the rotation angular velocity.
在本申请实施例中,激光雷达的旋转角速度还可以根据解析码流得到的激光雷达的点数来确定。编码器将激光雷达的点数进行编码,将所得到的编码比特写入码流。解码器通过解析码流,对激光雷达的点数的进行解码,从而得到激光雷达的点数。随后,解码器根据激光雷达的点数确定激光雷达的旋转角速度(2π/pointnums)。In an embodiment of the present application, the rotational angular velocity of the laser radar can also be determined based on the number of laser radar points obtained by parsing the code stream. The encoder encodes the number of laser radar points and writes the obtained coded bits into the code stream. The decoder decodes the number of laser radar points by parsing the code stream to obtain the number of laser radar points. Subsequently, the decoder determines the rotational angular velocity of the laser radar (2π/pointnums) based on the number of laser radar points.
在本申请实施例中,激光雷达的旋转角速度可以为解码器和编码器双方规定或者协议好的值。此时,解码器可以直接确定激光雷达的旋转角速度。In the embodiment of the present application, the rotational angular velocity of the laser radar can be a value specified or agreed upon by both the decoder and the encoder. In this case, the decoder can directly determine the rotational angular velocity of the laser radar.
S202、基于局部运动信息、第三角度参数值和旋转角速度,确定第二角度参数值。S202: Determine a second angle parameter value based on the local motion information, the third angle parameter value and the rotation angular velocity.
在本申请实施例中,在预测节点索引值表征预测节点为预设节点的情况下,解码器通过预测节点的局部运动信息、第一已解码节点的第三角度参数值和激光雷达的旋转角速度,确定预测节点的第二角度参数值。In an embodiment of the present application, when the predicted node index value represents that the predicted node is a preset node, the decoder determines the second angle parameter value of the predicted node through the local motion information of the predicted node, the third angle parameter value of the first decoded node and the rotation angular velocity of the lidar.
在本申请的一些实施例中,S202包括S2021至S2024:In some embodiments of the present application, S202 includes S2021 to S2024:
S2021、基于局部运动信息与旋转角速度的比值,确定第一中间值。S2021. Determine a first intermediate value based on the ratio of the local motion information to the rotation angular velocity.
在本申请实施例中,解码器根据预测节点的局部运动信息与激光雷达的旋转角速度的比值,确定第一中间值,其中,上述过程可以表示为:其中,表征预测节点的局部运动信息,angular azimuth speed表征激光雷达的旋转角速度。In the embodiment of the present application, the decoder determines the first intermediate value according to the ratio of the local motion information of the prediction node to the rotation angular velocity of the laser radar, wherein the above process can be expressed as: in, It represents the local motion information of the prediction node, and angular azimuth speed represents the angular velocity of the lidar.
S2022、对第一中间值进行取整运算,得到第二中间值。S2022. Perform a rounding operation on the first intermediate value to obtain a second intermediate value.
在本申请实施例中,解码器在确定第一中间值之后,对第一中间值进行取整运算,得到第二中间值。也就是说,第二中间值为一个正整数,采用qphi0表示第二中间值。In the embodiment of the present application, after determining the first intermediate value, the decoder performs a rounding operation on the first intermediate value to obtain a second intermediate value. That is, the second intermediate value is a positive integer, and qphi0 is used to represent the second intermediate value.
S2023、对第二中间值与旋转角速度相乘,得到第三中间值。S2023. Multiply the second intermediate value by the rotation angular velocity to obtain a third intermediate value.
在本申请实施例中,解码器在确定第二中间值之后,将第二中间值与旋转角速度相乘,得到第三中间值;其中,上述过程可以表示为:qphi0*_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed;其中,qphi0表示第二中间值,_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed表示激光雷达的旋转角速度。In an embodiment of the present application, after determining the second intermediate value, the decoder multiplies the second intermediate value by the angular velocity of rotation to obtain a third intermediate value; wherein, the above process can be expressed as: qphi0*_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed; wherein, qphi0 represents the second intermediate value, and _geomAngularAzimuthSpeed represents the angular velocity of rotation of the lidar.
S2024、对第三中间值与第三角度参数值相加,得到第二角度参数值。S2024. Add the third intermediate value and the third angle parameter value to obtain a second angle parameter value.
在本申请实施例中,解码器在得到第三中间值之后,将第三中间值与第一已解码节点的第三角度参数值相加,得到预测节点的第二角度参数值;其中,上述过程可以表示为:In the embodiment of the present application, after obtaining the third intermediate value, the decoder adds the third intermediate value to the third angle parameter value of the first decoded node to obtain the second angle parameter value of the predicted node; wherein the above process can be expressed as:
interPred.second[1]=prevPos[1]+qphi0*_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed;interPred.second[1]=prevPos[1]+qphi0*_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed;
其中,prevPos[1]表示第一已解码节点的第三角度参数值,interPred.second[1]表示预测节点的第二角度参数值。Among them, prevPos[1] represents the third angle parameter value of the first decoded node, and interPred.second[1] represents the second angle parameter value of the predicted node.
在本申请的一些实施例中,若局部运动信息大于或等于第一预设阈值,或局部运动信息小于或等于第二预设阈值,则基于局部运动信息,确定预测节点的第二角度参数值;第一预设阈值大于第二预设阈值。In some embodiments of the present application, if the local motion information is greater than or equal to a first preset threshold, or the local motion information is less than or equal to a second preset threshold, the second angle parameter value of the prediction node is determined based on the local motion information; the first preset threshold is greater than the second preset threshold.
在本申请的一些实施例中,若局部运动信息小于第一预设阈值且局部运动信息大于第二预设阈值,则将第一角度参数值确定为第二角度参数值;第一预设阈值大于第二预设阈值。In some embodiments of the present application, if the local motion information is less than a first preset threshold and the local motion information is greater than a second preset threshold, the first angle parameter value is determined as the second angle parameter value; the first preset threshold is greater than the second preset threshold.
在本申请实施例中,在预测节点的局部运动信息大于或等于第一预设阈值,或局部运动信息小于或等于第二预设阈值的情况下,解码器基于预测节点的局部运动信息确定预测节点的第二角度参数值;在预测节点的局部运动信息小于第一预设阈值且局部运动信息大于第二预设阈值的情况下,解码器将预测节点的第一角度参数值作为第二角度参数值。其中,上述过程可以表示为:
if(deltaPhi>=(_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed>>1)||deltaPhi<=-(_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed>>
1));In the embodiment of the present application, when the local motion information of the prediction node is greater than or equal to the first preset threshold, or the local motion information is less than or equal to the second preset threshold, the decoder determines the second angle parameter value of the prediction node based on the local motion information of the prediction node; when the local motion information of the prediction node is less than the first preset threshold and the local motion information is greater than the second preset threshold, the decoder uses the first angle parameter value of the prediction node as the second angle parameter value. The above process can be expressed as:
if(deltaPhi>=(_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed>>1)||deltaPhi<=-(_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed>>
1));
其中,_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed>>1表示右移一位,即_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed乘以0.5。Among them, _geomAngularAzimuthSpeed>>1 means shifting right by one bit, that is, _geomAngularAzimuthSpeed multiplied by 0.5.
在本申请实施例中,第一预设阈值和第二预设值预先设置好的,且第一预设阈值大于第二预设阈值。In the embodiment of the present application, the first preset threshold and the second preset value are pre-set, and the first preset threshold is greater than the second preset threshold.
在本申请的一些实施例中,第一预设阈值为Q倍的旋转角速度,其中,Q为正数;第二预设阈值为负Q倍的旋转角速度。In some embodiments of the present application, the first preset threshold is Q times the rotation angular velocity, where Q is a positive number; and the second preset threshold is negative Q times the rotation angular velocity.
在本申请实施例中,Q为预先设置好的。In the embodiment of the present application, Q is preset.
在本申请实施例中,Q为0.5。In the embodiment of the present application, Q is 0.5.
示例性的,预设节点为第一参考帧中的节点e、节点f、节点o以及节点p。在预测节点索引值表征预测节点为预设节点的情况下,解码器对预测节点的第一角度参数值进行局部运动处理,得到预测节点的第二角度参数值。即将预测节点(节点e、节点f、节点o以及节点p中的其中一个节点) 的第一角度参数值用以下局部运动方式替换掉:Exemplarily, the preset nodes are nodes e, f, o, and p in the first reference frame. When the predicted node index value indicates that the predicted node is a preset node, the decoder performs local motion processing on the first angle parameter value of the predicted node to obtain the second angle parameter value of the predicted node. That is, the predicted node (one of the nodes e, f, o, and p) is The first angle parameter value Replace it with the following local motion:
1)、将预测节点的第一角度预测预测值减去第二已解码节点(节点g)的第四角度参数值,得到预测节点的局部运动信息,即第四角度参数值与第一角度参数值之间的差异值 1) Subtract the fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node (node g) from the first angle prediction value of the prediction node to obtain the local motion information of the prediction node, that is, the difference between the fourth angle parameter value and the first angle parameter value.
2)、若预测节点的局部运动信息大于等于第一预设阈值(k倍的旋转角度值angular azimuth speed),或者,预测节点的局部运动信息小于等于第二预设阈值(负k倍的旋转角度值angular azimuth speed),则进行步骤3);2) If the local motion information of the predicted node Greater than or equal to the first preset threshold (k times the rotation angle value angular azimuth speed), or, predict the local motion information of the node is less than or equal to a second preset threshold (minus k times the rotation angle value angular azimuth speed), proceed to step 3);
其中,这里的k倍即为上述的Q倍,两者含义相同。The k times here are the Q times mentioned above, and the two have the same meaning.
若预测节点的局部运动信息小于第一预设阈值(k倍的旋转角度值angular azimuth speed)且预测节点的局部运动信息大于第二预设阈值(负k倍的旋转角度值angular azimuth speed),则进行步骤5);If the local motion information of the predicted node The local motion information of the predicted node is smaller than the first preset threshold (k times the rotation angle value angular azimuth speed) If it is greater than a second preset threshold (minus k times the rotation angle value angular azimuth speed), proceed to step 5);
3)、基于局部运动信息与旋转角速度的比值,确定第一中间值;对第一中间值进行取整运算,得到第二中间值。即,计算需要说明的是,qphi0表示第二中间值,表示向上取整,即qphi0为整数。3) Based on the ratio of the local motion information to the rotation angular velocity, determine the first intermediate value; perform rounding operation on the first intermediate value to obtain the second intermediate value. That is, calculate It should be noted that qphi0 represents the second intermediate value. It means rounding up, that is, qphi0 is an integer.
4)、对第二中间值与旋转角速度(angular azimuth speed)相乘,得到第三中间值,对第三中间值与第三角度参数值相加,得到第二角度参数值。即,将预测节点的第一角度参数值替换为第一已解码节点(a)的第三角度参数值加上第三中间值(qphi0*angular azimuth speed);4) Multiply the second intermediate value by the rotational angular speed (angular azimuth speed) to obtain a third intermediate value, and add the third intermediate value to the third angle parameter value to obtain a second angle parameter value. That is, replace the first angle parameter value of the predicted node with the third angle parameter value of the first decoded node (a) plus the third intermediate value (qphi0*angular azimuth speed);
5)、对预测节点的第一角度参数值不进行局部运动处理,直接将第一角度参数值确定为第二角度参数值。5) No local motion processing is performed on the first angle parameter value of the prediction node, and the first angle parameter value is directly determined as the second angle parameter value.
在本申请实施例中,上述步骤可以表示为:
auto deltaPhi=interPred.second[1]-interPredPrev.second[1];//确定第四角度参数值与第一角度
参数值之间的差异值
if(
deltaPhi>=(_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed>>1)
||deltaPhi<=-(_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed>>1)){//满足该条件则执行后续步骤
int qphi0=divApprox(
int64_t(deltaPhi)+(_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed>>1),
_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed,0);//确定第二中间值
interPred.second[1]=
prevPos[1]+qphi0*_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed;//将第三中间值与第三角度参数值相加,得到
第二角度参数值
}In the embodiment of the present application, the above steps can be expressed as:
auto deltaPhi = interPred.second[1] - interPredPrev.second[1]; // Determine the difference between the fourth angle parameter value and the first angle parameter value
if(
deltaPhi>=(_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed>>1)
||deltaPhi<=-(_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed>>1)){//If this condition is met, the subsequent steps will be executed
int qphi0=divApprox(
int64_t(deltaPhi)+(_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed>>1),
_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed,0); //Determine the second intermediate value
interPred.second[1]=
prevPos[1]+qphi0*_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed; //Add the third intermediate value to the third angle parameter value to get the second angle parameter value
}
可以理解,在确定预测节点的过程中,解码器计算了预测节点的第一角度参数值(比如e)和第一已解码节点的第三角度参数值(比如a)之间的运动的局部运动信息,利用该先验的局部运动信息,可以对待解码节点进行更好的帧间预测,从而实现对预测节点的几何信息进行更加精细化的预测,进而提高了帧间预测的准确性。It can be understood that in the process of determining the prediction node, the decoder calculates the local motion information of the motion between the first angle parameter value of the prediction node (such as e) and the third angle parameter value of the first decoded node (such as a). By using this prior local motion information, better inter-frame prediction can be performed on the node to be decoded, thereby achieving a more refined prediction of the geometric information of the prediction node, thereby improving the accuracy of inter-frame prediction.
在本申请的一些实施例中,S103包括S1031至S1032:In some embodiments of the present application, S103 includes S1031 to S1032:
S1031、根据第一已解码节点,在预测节点索引值表征的预测节点所在的参考帧中,确定第二已解码节点;第二已解码节点的第四角度参数值小于或等于且最接近第一已解码节点的第三角度参数值,第二已解码节点与第一已解码节点具有相同的雷达索引。S1031. According to the first decoded node, determine a second decoded node in a reference frame where the predicted node represented by the predicted node index value is located; the fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node is less than or equal to and closest to the third angle parameter value of the first decoded node, and the second decoded node has the same radar index as the first decoded node.
在本申请实施例中,根据第一已解码节点的第三角度参数值,在预测节点所在的参考帧中确定第二已解码节点。In an embodiment of the present application, a second decoded node is determined in a reference frame where the prediction node is located according to the third angle parameter value of the first decoded node.
在本申请实施例中,第二已解码节点是根据第三角度参数值进行确定的。In the embodiment of the present application, the second decoded node is determined according to the third angle parameter value.
在本申请实施例中,第二已解码节点所在的参考帧与当前帧具有相同的雷达索引,因此,第二已解码节点与第一已解码节点具有相同的雷达索引,即对应相同的激光雷达。In an embodiment of the present application, the reference frame where the second decoded node is located has the same radar index as the current frame. Therefore, the second decoded node has the same radar index as the first decoded node, that is, it corresponds to the same laser radar.
示例性的,基于图23,在第一参考帧中,第二已解码节点为节点g,在第二参考帧中,第二已解码节点为节点b。Exemplarily, based on FIG. 23 , in the first reference frame, the second decoded node is node g, and in the second reference frame, the second decoded node is node b.
其中,节点g为第一参考帧中与第一已解码节点(a)具有相同的雷达索引且第一个角度参数值小于等于第一已解码节点的第三角度参数值的已解码节点。节点b为第二参考帧中与第一已解码节点(a)具有相同的雷达索引且第一个角度参数值小于等于第一已解码节点的第三角度参数值的已解码节点。Wherein, node g is a decoded node in the first reference frame that has the same radar index as the first decoded node (a) and whose first angle parameter value is less than or equal to the third angle parameter value of the first decoded node. Node b is a decoded node in the second reference frame that has the same radar index as the first decoded node (a) and whose first angle parameter value is less than or equal to the third angle parameter value of the first decoded node.
在本申请实施例中,预测节点索引值包括至少一个参考帧对应的至少一个节点索引值。也就是说,通过预测节点索引值对应了节点索引值属于哪个参考帧。即,通过预测节点索引值可以获知预 测节点所在的参考帧。In the embodiment of the present application, the predicted node index value includes at least one node index value corresponding to at least one reference frame. That is, the predicted node index value corresponds to which reference frame the node index value belongs to. That is, the predicted node index value can be used to know the predicted node index value. The reference frame where the measured node is located.
在本申请实施例中,根据预测节点的预测节点索引值可以确定出预测节点对应的确定顺序。示例性的,基于图23,当预测节点(节点e)的预测节点索引值为2时,则该预测节点的确定顺序为ge,即,先确定出节点g,再基于节点g确定节点e。再比如,当预测节点(节点f)的预测节点索引值为3时,则该预测节点的确定顺序为gef,即,先确定出节点g,再基于节点g确定节点e,最后基于节点e确定出节点f。In an embodiment of the present application, the determination order corresponding to the prediction node can be determined according to the prediction node index value of the prediction node. Exemplarily, based on Figure 23, when the prediction node index value of the prediction node (node e) is 2, the determination order of the prediction node is ge, that is, first determine node g, and then determine node e based on node g. For another example, when the prediction node index value of the prediction node (node f) is 3, the determination order of the prediction node is gef, that is, first determine node g, then determine node e based on node g, and finally determine node f based on node e.
示例性的,当预测节点索引值为0(对应节点c)时,可知预测节点索引值0表征的预测节点所在的参考帧为第二参考帧;当预测节点索引值为2(对应节点e)时,可知预测节点索引值2表征的预测节点所在的参考帧为第一参考帧。Exemplarily, when the prediction node index value is 0 (corresponding to node c), it can be known that the reference frame where the prediction node represented by the prediction node index value 0 is located is the second reference frame; when the prediction node index value is 2 (corresponding to node e), it can be known that the reference frame where the prediction node represented by the prediction node index value 2 is located is the first reference frame.
S1032、基于第二已解码节点,确定预测节点,预测节点的第一角度参数值大于第二已解码节点的第四角度参数值,预测节点与第二已解码节点具有相同的雷达索引。S1032. Determine a predicted node based on the second decoded node, wherein a first angle parameter value of the predicted node is greater than a fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node, and the predicted node and the second decoded node have the same radar index.
在本申请实施例中,根据第二已解码节点的第四角度参数值,在第二已解码节点所在的参考帧中确定预测节点。In the embodiment of the present application, a predicted node is determined in a reference frame where the second decoded node is located according to the fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node.
在本申请实施例中,预测节点是根据第二已解码节点的第四角度参数值来确定的。In the embodiment of the present application, the predicted node is determined according to the fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node.
示例性的,当第二已解码节点为节点g时,则根据节点g的角度参数值,在第一参考帧中确定预测节点。当第二已解码节点为节点b时,则根据节点b的角度参数值,在第二参考帧中确定预测节点。Exemplarily, when the second decoded node is node g, the predicted node is determined in the first reference frame according to the angle parameter value of node g. When the second decoded node is node b, the predicted node is determined in the second reference frame according to the angle parameter value of node b.
在本申请实施例中,由于预测节点与第二已解码节点属于同一参考帧,故而预测节点与第二已解码节点具有相同的雷达索引。In the embodiment of the present application, since the predicted node and the second decoded node belong to the same reference frame, the predicted node and the second decoded node have the same radar index.
在本申请的一些实施例中,S1032包括S10321至S10322:In some embodiments of the present application, S1032 includes S10321 to S10322:
S10321、将第二已解码节点对应的第四角度参数值,作为预测节点的第一角度参数值。S10321. Use the fourth angle parameter value corresponding to the second decoded node as the first angle parameter value of the predicted node.
在本申请实施例中,在预测节点索引值表征预测节点为第二已解码节点的情况下,将第二已解码节点作为预测节点,且,将第二已解码节点的第四角度参数值作为预测节点的第一角度参数值。In an embodiment of the present application, when the predicted node index value indicates that the predicted node is the second decoded node, the second decoded node is used as the predicted node, and the fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node is used as the first angle parameter value of the predicted node.
示例性的,基于图23,假设预测节点的索引值为9(对应节点g),且第一参考帧中的第二已解码节点为节点g,则将节点g作为预测节点。假设预测节点的索引值为8(对应节点b),且第二参考帧中的第二已解码节点为节点b,则将节点b作为预测节点。Exemplarily, based on FIG. 23 , assuming that the index value of the prediction node is 9 (corresponding to node g), and the second decoded node in the first reference frame is node g, node g is used as the prediction node. Assuming that the index value of the prediction node is 8 (corresponding to node b), and the second decoded node in the second reference frame is node b, node b is used as the prediction node.
S10322、在预测节点所在的参考帧中,基于第二已解码节点和预测节点索引值,确定至少一个下一个已解码节点,至少一个下一个已解码节点包括预测节点;下一个已解码节点的下一个角度参数值大于且最接近其上一个已解码节点的上一个角度参数值,至少一个下一个已解码节点与第二已解码节点具有相同的雷达索引。S10322. In the reference frame where the predicted node is located, based on the second decoded node and the predicted node index value, determine at least one next decoded node, wherein the at least one next decoded node includes the predicted node; a next angle parameter value of the next decoded node is greater than and closest to a previous angle parameter value of its previous decoded node, and at least one next decoded node has the same radar index as the second decoded node.
在本申请实施例中,在预测节点所在的参考帧中,可以根据预测节点索引值和第二已解码节点,确定下一个已解码节点;根据下一个已解码节点,确定下一个已解码节点的下一个已解码节点,得到至少一个下一个已解码节点。至少一个下一个已解码节点中包括预测节点,而且,至少一个下一个已解码节点的雷达索引均相同。In an embodiment of the present application, in a reference frame where the predicted node is located, the next decoded node can be determined according to the predicted node index value and the second decoded node; and the next decoded node of the next decoded node can be determined according to the next decoded node to obtain at least one next decoded node. The at least one next decoded node includes the predicted node, and the radar indexes of the at least one next decoded node are the same.
在本申请实施例中,在预测节点索引值表征预测节点不为第二已解码节点的情况下,在预测节点所在的参考帧中,根据第二已解码节点和预测节点索引值,确定至少一个下一个已解码节点。In an embodiment of the present application, when the predicted node index value indicates that the predicted node is not the second decoded node, in the reference frame where the predicted node is located, at least one next decoded node is determined based on the second decoded node and the predicted node index value.
在本申请实施例中,基于第二已解码节点,在预测节点所在的参考帧中确定预设数量的至少一个下一个已解码节点;此时,预测节点为至少一个下一个已解码节点中的其中一个已解码节点;或者,基于第二已解码节点,在预测节点所在的参考帧中确定下一个已解码节点,直至确定预测节点索引值对应的预测节点为止,此时,最后一个已解码节点为预测节点,本申请对此不作限定。In an embodiment of the present application, based on the second decoded node, a preset number of at least one next decoded node is determined in the reference frame where the prediction node is located; at this time, the prediction node is one of the at least one next decoded nodes; or, based on the second decoded node, the next decoded node is determined in the reference frame where the prediction node is located, until the prediction node corresponding to the prediction node index value is determined, at this time, the last decoded node is the prediction node, and the present application does not limit this.
示例性的,预测节点索引值为2,可以根据第二已解码节点,确定下一个已解码节点,得到两个已解码节点,预测节点为下一个已解码节点。还可以根据第二已解码节点,确定下一个已解码节点;根据下一个已解码节点,确定下一个已解码节点的下一个已解码节点,得到3个已解码节点,预测节点为下一个已解码节点。Exemplarily, the predicted node index value is 2. The next decoded node can be determined based on the second decoded node, and two decoded nodes are obtained. The predicted node is the next decoded node. The next decoded node can also be determined based on the second decoded node; the next decoded node of the next decoded node is determined based on the next decoded node, and three decoded nodes are obtained. The predicted node is the next decoded node.
示例性的,基于图23,假设预设数量为4个,且预测节点索引值为6(对应节点o),此时,需要在预测节点所在的参考帧中确定4个下一个已解码节点:第1个已解码节点(节点e)、第2个已解码节点(节点f)、第3个已解码节点(节点o)和第4个已解码节点(节点p)。那么,在预测节点所在的第一参考帧中,基于第二已解码节点(节点g),依次确定第1个已解码节点(节点e)、第2个已解码节点(节点f)、第3个已解码节点(节点o)和第4个已解码节点(节点p),共4个下一个已解码节点。根据预测节点索引值(6),在得到的4个下一个已解码节点中,确定预测节点索引值对应的第3个已解码节点(节点o),将第3个已解码节点(节点o)作为预测节点。 Exemplarily, based on FIG. 23 , assuming that the preset number is 4 and the predicted node index value is 6 (corresponding to node o), at this time, it is necessary to determine 4 next decoded nodes in the reference frame where the predicted node is located: the first decoded node (node e), the second decoded node (node f), the third decoded node (node o) and the fourth decoded node (node p). Then, in the first reference frame where the predicted node is located, based on the second decoded node (node g), the first decoded node (node e), the second decoded node (node f), the third decoded node (node o) and the fourth decoded node (node p) are determined in sequence, for a total of 4 next decoded nodes. According to the predicted node index value (6), among the obtained 4 next decoded nodes, the third decoded node (node o) corresponding to the predicted node index value is determined, and the third decoded node (node o) is used as the predicted node.
在本申请实施例中,在预测节点索引值表征预测节点不为第二已解码节点的情况下,在预测节点所在的参考帧中,基于第二已解码节点,确定下一个已解码节点,直至确定出预测节点时为止。In an embodiment of the present application, when the predicted node index value indicates that the predicted node is not the second decoded node, in the reference frame where the predicted node is located, the next decoded node is determined based on the second decoded node until the predicted node is determined.
在本申请实施例中,预测节点与第二已解码节点对应同一个参考帧。In the embodiment of the present application, the predicted node and the second decoded node correspond to the same reference frame.
在本申请实施例中,在预测节点索引值表征预测节点不为第二已解码节点的情况下,基于第二已解码节点,在预测节点所在的参考帧中确定第i个已解码节点;其中,i为大于或等于1,且小于M的正整数;第i个已解码节点的第i个角度参数值大于第四角度参数值;在第i个已解码节点不为预测节点的情况下,继续基于第i个已解码节点,确定第i+1个已解码节点,直至第i+1个已解码节点为预测节点为止;其中,第i+1个已解码节点的第i+1个角度参数值大于第i个已解码节点的第i个角度参数值。In an embodiment of the present application, when the predicted node index value indicates that the predicted node is not the second decoded node, the i-th decoded node is determined in the reference frame where the predicted node is located based on the second decoded node; wherein i is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than M; the i-th angle parameter value of the i-th decoded node is greater than the fourth angle parameter value; when the i-th decoded node is not the predicted node, continue to determine the i+1-th decoded node based on the i-th decoded node until the i+1-th decoded node is the predicted node; wherein, the i+1-th angle parameter value of the i+1-th decoded node is greater than the i-th angle parameter value of the i-th decoded node.
在本申请实施例中,第i+1个已解码节点为预测节点,且第i+1个已解码节点为最后一个已解码节点。In the embodiment of the present application, the i+1th decoded node is a predicted node, and the i+1th decoded node is the last decoded node.
示例1:基于图23,第一参考帧(第二参考帧经过全局运动之后的参考帧)中的第二已解码节点为节点g,第一参考帧中除第二已解码节点之外还包括:第1个已解码节点(节点e)、第2个已解码节点(节点f)、第3个已解码节点(节点o)和第4个已解码节点(节点p)。当预测节点的预测节点索引值表征预测节点为第2个已解码节点(节点f)时,即i=2,且,根据预测节点索引值可以确定该预测节点的确定顺序为gef,则可以通过以下步骤确定预测节点:Example 1: Based on Figure 23, the second decoded node in the first reference frame (the reference frame after the second reference frame undergoes global motion) is node g, and the first reference frame includes, in addition to the second decoded node: the first decoded node (node e), the second decoded node (node f), the third decoded node (node o) and the fourth decoded node (node p). When the predicted node index value of the predicted node indicates that the predicted node is the second decoded node (node f), that is, i=2, and, according to the predicted node index value, the determination order of the predicted node can be determined as gef, then the predicted node can be determined by the following steps:
1)、基于第二已解码节点(节点g),在预测节点所在的第一参考帧中确定第1个已解码节点(节点e),其中,第1个已解码节点(节点e)的第1个角度参数值大于第二已解码节点(节点g)的第四角度参数值;1) Based on the second decoded node (node g), determine the first decoded node (node e) in the first reference frame where the prediction node is located, wherein the first angle parameter value of the first decoded node (node e) is greater than the fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node (node g);
2)、基于第1个已解码节点(节点e),在预测节点所在的第一参考帧中确定第2个已解码节点(节点f),其中,第2个已解码节点(节点f)的第2个角度参数值大于第1个已解码节点(节点e)的第1个角度参数值。2) Based on the first decoded node (node e), determine the second decoded node (node f) in the first reference frame where the prediction node is located, wherein the second angle parameter value of the second decoded node (node f) is greater than the first angle parameter value of the first decoded node (node e).
示例2:基于图23和示例1,当预测节点的预测节点索引值表征预测节点为第4个已解码节点(节点p)时,即i=4,且,根据预测节点索引值可以确定该预测节点的确定顺序为gefop,则可以通过以下步骤确定预测节点:Example 2: Based on FIG. 23 and Example 1, when the predicted node index value of the predicted node indicates that the predicted node is the fourth decoded node (node p), that is, i=4, and the determination order of the predicted node can be determined as gefop according to the predicted node index value, the predicted node can be determined by the following steps:
1)、基于第二已解码节点(节点g),在预测节点所在的第一参考帧中确定第1个已解码节点(节点e),其中,第1个已解码节点(节点e)的第1个角度参数值大于第二已解码节点(节点g)的第四角度参数值;1) Based on the second decoded node (node g), determine the first decoded node (node e) in the first reference frame where the prediction node is located, wherein the first angle parameter value of the first decoded node (node e) is greater than the fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node (node g);
2)、基于第1个已解码节点(节点e),在预测节点所在的第一参考帧中确定第2个已解码节点(节点f),其中,第2个已解码节点(节点f)的第2个角度参数值大于第1个已解码节点(节点e)的第1个角度参数值;2) Based on the first decoded node (node e), determine the second decoded node (node f) in the first reference frame where the prediction node is located, wherein the second angle parameter value of the second decoded node (node f) is greater than the first angle parameter value of the first decoded node (node e);
3)、基于第2个已解码节点(节点f),在预测节点所在的第一参考帧中确定第3个已解码节点(节点o),其中,第3个已解码节点(节点o)的第3个角度参数值大于第2个已解码节点(节点f)的第2个角度参数值;3) Based on the second decoded node (node f), determine the third decoded node (node o) in the first reference frame where the prediction node is located, wherein the third angle parameter value of the third decoded node (node o) is greater than the second angle parameter value of the second decoded node (node f);
4)、基于第3个已解码节点(节点o),在预测节点所在的第一参考帧中确定第4个已解码节点(节点p),其中,第4个已解码节点(节点p)的第4个角度参数值大于第3个已解码节点(节点o)的第3个角度参数值。4) Based on the third decoded node (node o), determine the fourth decoded node (node p) in the first reference frame where the prediction node is located, wherein the fourth angle parameter value of the fourth decoded node (node p) is greater than the third angle parameter value of the third decoded node (node o).
示例3:基于图23,第二参考帧(当前帧的前1个已解码帧)中的第二已解码节点为节点b,第二参考帧中除第二已解码节点之外还包括:第1个已解码节点(节点c)、第2个已解码节点(节点d)、第3个已解码节点(节点m)和第4个已解码节点(节点n)。当预测节点的预测节点索引值表征预测节点为第4个已解码节点(节点n)时,即i=4,且,根据预测节点索引值可以确定该预测节点的确定顺序为bcdmn,则可以通过以下步骤确定预测节点:Example 3: Based on Figure 23, the second decoded node in the second reference frame (the first decoded frame before the current frame) is node b, and the second reference frame includes, in addition to the second decoded node: the first decoded node (node c), the second decoded node (node d), the third decoded node (node m) and the fourth decoded node (node n). When the predicted node index value of the predicted node indicates that the predicted node is the fourth decoded node (node n), that is, i=4, and the determination order of the predicted node can be determined as bcdmn according to the predicted node index value, the predicted node can be determined by the following steps:
1)、基于第二已解码节点(节点b),在预测节点所在的第二参考帧中确定第1个已解码节点(节点c),其中,第1个已解码节点(节点c)的第1个角度参数值大于第二已解码节点(节点b)的第四角度参数值;1) Based on the second decoded node (node b), determine the first decoded node (node c) in the second reference frame where the prediction node is located, wherein the first angle parameter value of the first decoded node (node c) is greater than the fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node (node b);
2)、基于第1个已解码节点(节点c),在预测节点所在的第二参考帧中确定第2个已解码节点(节点d),其中,第2个已解码节点(节点d)的第2个角度参数值大于第1个已解码节点(节点c)的第1个角度参数值;2) Based on the first decoded node (node c), determine the second decoded node (node d) in the second reference frame where the prediction node is located, wherein the second angle parameter value of the second decoded node (node d) is greater than the first angle parameter value of the first decoded node (node c);
3)、基于第2个已解码节点(节点d),在预测节点所在的第二参考帧中确定第3个已解码节点(节点m),其中,第3个已解码节点(节点m)的第3个角度参数值大于第2个已解码节点(节点d)的第2个角度参数值; 3) Based on the second decoded node (node d), determine the third decoded node (node m) in the second reference frame where the prediction node is located, wherein the third angle parameter value of the third decoded node (node m) is greater than the second angle parameter value of the second decoded node (node d);
4)、基于第3个已解码节点(节点m),在预测节点所在的第二参考帧中确定第4个已解码节点(节点n),其中,第4个已解码节点(节点n)的第4个角度参数值大于第3个已解码节点(节点m)的第3个角度参数值。4) Based on the third decoded node (node m), determine the fourth decoded node (node n) in the second reference frame where the prediction node is located, wherein the fourth angle parameter value of the fourth decoded node (node n) is greater than the third angle parameter value of the third decoded node (node m).
示例4、基于图23和示例1,若在预测节点索引值表征预测节点为第二已解码节点(节点g)的情况下,则将预测节点所在的第一参考帧中的节点g作为预测节点,其中,第二已解码节点(节点g)的第四角度参数值小于等于第一已解码节点(节点a)的第三角度参数值。Example 4. Based on Figure 23 and Example 1, if the predicted node index value represents that the predicted node is the second decoded node (node g), then node g in the first reference frame where the predicted node is located is used as the predicted node, where the fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node (node g) is less than or equal to the third angle parameter value of the first decoded node (node a).
示例5、基于示例3,若在预测节点索引值表征预测节点为第二已解码节点(节点b)的情况下,则将预测节点所在的第二参考帧中的节点b作为预测节点,其中,第二已解码节点(节点b)的第四角度参数值小于等于第一已解码节点(节点a)的第三角度参数值。Example 5. Based on Example 3, if the predicted node index value represents that the predicted node is the second decoded node (node b), then node b in the second reference frame where the predicted node is located is used as the predicted node, wherein the fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node (node b) is less than or equal to the third angle parameter value of the first decoded node (node a).
在本申请的一些实施例中,S103包括S301至S303:In some embodiments of the present application, S103 includes S301 to S303:
S301、根据第一已解码节点,在预测节点索引值表征的预测节点所在的参考帧中,确定第二已解码节点;第二已解码节点的第四角度参数值小于或等于且最接近第一已解码节点的第三角度参数值,第二已解码节点与第一已解码节点具有相同的雷达索引。S301. According to the first decoded node, in a reference frame where the predicted node represented by the predicted node index value is located, determine a second decoded node; a fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node is less than or equal to and closest to a third angle parameter value of the first decoded node, and the second decoded node and the first decoded node have the same radar index.
在本申请实施例中,根据第一已解码节点的第一角度参数,在预测节点索引值表征的预测节点所在的参考帧中,将角度参数值小于或等于且最接近第一已解码节点的第三角度参数值对应的已解码节点确定为第二已解码节点。In an embodiment of the present application, based on the first angle parameter of the first decoded node, in the reference frame where the predicted node represented by the predicted node index value is located, the decoded node corresponding to the third angle parameter value that is less than or equal to and closest to the first decoded node is determined as the second decoded node.
S302、将第二已解码节点对应的第四角度参数值,作为预测节点的第一角度参数值。S302: Use the fourth angle parameter value corresponding to the second decoded node as the first angle parameter value of the predicted node.
在本申请实施例中,在预测节点索引值表征的预测节点为第二已解码节点的情况下,将第二已解码节点作为预测节点,即,将第二已解码节点的第二角度参数作为预测节点的第一角度参数值。In an embodiment of the present application, when the predicted node represented by the predicted node index value is the second decoded node, the second decoded node is used as the predicted node, that is, the second angle parameter of the second decoded node is used as the first angle parameter value of the predicted node.
S303、在第二已解码节点之后的已解码节点中,按照预测树的顺序,确定预测节点。S303 . Determine a prediction node among the decoded nodes after the second decoded node according to the order of the prediction tree.
在本申请实施例中,在预测节点索引值表征的预测节点不为第二已解码节点的情况下,则按照预测树的顺序,确定预测节点。In the embodiment of the present application, when the prediction node represented by the prediction node index value is not the second decoded node, the prediction node is determined according to the order of the prediction tree.
在本申请实施例中,采用预测树方式确定预测节点。In the embodiment of the present application, a prediction tree method is used to determine the prediction node.
在本申请实施例中,在预测节点索引值表征的预测节点不为第二已解码节点,并且,第二已解码节点的第四角度参数值等于第一已解码节点的第三角度参数值,且,第二已解码节点与第一已解码节点具有相同的雷达索引的情况下,则按照预测树的顺序,确定预测节点。In an embodiment of the present application, when the predicted node represented by the predicted node index value is not the second decoded node, and the fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node is equal to the third angle parameter value of the first decoded node, and the second decoded node and the first decoded node have the same radar index, the predicted node is determined according to the order of the prediction tree.
需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,确定当前节点的前一个已解码节点,可以包括:确定当前帧对应的预测树;基于预测树的解码顺序,确定当前节点的前一个已解码节点。It should be noted that, in an embodiment of the present application, determining the previous decoded node of the current node may include: determining a prediction tree corresponding to the current frame; and determining the previous decoded node of the current node based on the decoding order of the prediction tree.
在本申请实施例中,首先需要构建当前帧对应的预测树。其中,可以利用两种不同的方式构建预测树结构,这里可以包括:KD-Tree(高时延慢速模式)和低时延快速模式(利用激光雷达标定信息)。在利用激光雷达标定信息时,将每个点划分到不同的Laser上,按照不同的Laser建立预测树结构。In the embodiment of the present application, it is first necessary to construct a prediction tree corresponding to the current frame. Among them, the prediction tree structure can be constructed in two different ways, which can include: KD-Tree (high-latency slow mode) and low-latency fast mode (using laser radar calibration information). When using laser radar calibration information, each point is divided into different lasers, and the prediction tree structure is established according to different lasers.
还需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,预测树的解码顺序可以为下述其中之一:无序、莫顿序、方位角序和径向距离序等,这里不作具体限定。It should also be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, the decoding order of the prediction tree can be one of the following: unordered, Morton order, azimuth order, radial distance order, etc., which is not specifically limited here.
这样,在解码端,通过解析码流来重构预测树结构。然后遍历预测树,在预测树的解码顺序上确定位于待解码节点的前一个点,即为待解码节点的前一个已解码节点(即为第一已解码节点)。Thus, at the decoding end, the prediction tree structure is reconstructed by parsing the bitstream, and then the prediction tree is traversed to determine the previous point of the node to be decoded in the decoding order of the prediction tree, which is the previous decoded node of the node to be decoded (i.e., the first decoded node).
示例性的,假定在第二参考帧中第二已解码节点(节点b)之后的已解码节点包括:节点c、节点d、节点m和节点n。在根据预测节点的预测节点索引值表征预测节点为节点d时,这时候首先确定待解码节点的前一个已解码节点a;然后基于已解码节点a的角度参数值在第二参考帧中确定第二已解码节点b;根据预测树的解码顺序,在第二参考帧中依次确定第二已解码节点b之后的节点c、节点d;此时所确定的最后一个节点d即为预测节点。Exemplarily, it is assumed that the decoded nodes after the second decoded node (node b) in the second reference frame include: node c, node d, node m and node n. When the predicted node is characterized as node d according to the predicted node index value of the predicted node, the previous decoded node a of the node to be decoded is first determined; then the second decoded node b is determined in the second reference frame based on the angle parameter value of the decoded node a; according to the decoding order of the prediction tree, the nodes c and d after the second decoded node b are determined in the second reference frame in sequence; at this time, the last node d determined is the predicted node.
在本申请的一些实施例中,将预测节点的深度信息、预测节点的雷达索引值以及第二角度参数值确定为待解码节点的几何预测值。In some embodiments of the present application, the depth information of the predicted node, the radar index value of the predicted node, and the second angle parameter value are determined as the geometric prediction value of the node to be decoded.
在本申请实施例中,在确定出预测节点之后,可以将的几何参数(例如几何位置信息)作为待解码节点的几何预测值。In an embodiment of the present application, after the prediction node is determined, the geometric parameters (such as geometric position information) may be used as the geometric prediction value of the node to be decoded.
在本申请实施例中,这里的几何参数是指雷达坐标系下的参数。其中,几何参数可以包括:水平方位角雷达激光索引值laserID和预测节点的深度信息radius。In the embodiment of the present application, the geometric parameters here refer to the parameters in the radar coordinate system. Among them, the geometric parameters may include: horizontal azimuth Radar laser index value laserID and the depth information radius of the predicted node.
在本申请实施例中,第二角度参数值为预测节点的第一角度参数值或者对第一角度参数值进行局部运动处理之后的角度预测值。In the embodiment of the present application, the second angle parameter value is the first angle parameter value of the prediction node or the angle prediction value after local motion processing is performed on the first angle parameter value.
在本申请的一些实施例中,该方法还包括:解析码流,确定待解码点的几何残差信息和量化参数;基于量化参数,对几何残差信息进行反量化处理,确定几何预测残差;基于几何预测残差和几 何预测值,确定待解码点的重构几何参数。In some embodiments of the present application, the method further includes: parsing the bitstream to determine the geometric residual information and quantization parameters of the point to be decoded; performing inverse quantization processing on the geometric residual information based on the quantization parameters to determine the geometric prediction residual; The predicted value is used to determine the reconstructed geometric parameters of the point to be decoded.
在本申请实施例中,基于几何预测残差和几何预测值,确定待解码节点的重构几何参数,可以包括:根据几何预测残差和几何预测值进行加法运算,确定待解码节点的重构几何参数。In an embodiment of the present application, determining the reconstructed geometric parameters of the node to be decoded based on the geometric prediction residual and the geometric prediction value may include: performing an addition operation based on the geometric prediction residual and the geometric prediction value to determine the reconstructed geometric parameters of the node to be decoded.
在本申请实施例中,通过解析码流获得待解码节点的几何残差信息,并且通过解码码流获得量化参数;然后根据量化参数对几何残差信息进行反量化处理,可以得到几何预测残差;再对几何预测残差和几何预测值进行求和运算,可以得到待解码节点的构几何参数,例如恢复待解码节点的重构几何位置信息,最终完成解码端的几何重构。In an embodiment of the present application, the geometric residual information of the node to be decoded is obtained by parsing the bit stream, and the quantization parameter is obtained by decoding the bit stream; then, the geometric residual information is inversely quantized according to the quantization parameter to obtain the geometric prediction residual; then, the geometric prediction residual and the geometric prediction value are summed to obtain the reconstructed geometric parameters of the node to be decoded, such as restoring the reconstructed geometric position information of the node to be decoded, and finally completing the geometric reconstruction at the decoding end.
在本申请的一些实施例中,确定待解码点的几何残差信息,包括:In some embodiments of the present application, determining geometric residual information of a point to be decoded includes:
根据预测节点索引值,确定待解码节点的上下文模型;Determine the context model of the node to be decoded according to the predicted node index value;
采用上下文模型,对待解码节点的几何残差信息进行解码,得到几何残差信息。The context model is used to decode the geometric residual information of the node to be decoded to obtain the geometric residual information.
在本申请实施例中,根据预测节点索引值确定待解码节点对应的上下文模型,解码器采用待解码节点对应的上下文模型,对待解码节点的几何残差信息进行解码,从而得到几何残差信息。In an embodiment of the present application, a context model corresponding to a node to be decoded is determined according to a predicted node index value, and the decoder uses the context model corresponding to the node to be decoded to decode the geometric residual information of the node to be decoded, thereby obtaining the geometric residual information.
也就是说,在参考帧中的不同的已解码节点可以对应不同的上下文模型。或者,对于不同的参考帧中的已解码节点可以对应不同的上下文模型。或者,对于不同的参考帧中的至少一个已解码节点可以对应不同的上下文模型,本申请对此不作限定。That is to say, different decoded nodes in the reference frame may correspond to different context models. Alternatively, decoded nodes in different reference frames may correspond to different context models. Alternatively, at least one decoded node in different reference frames may correspond to different context models, which is not limited in the present application.
示例性的,对于选择帧间预测模式为节点c或节点d或节点m或节点n或节点b对应一个选择contex model(上下文模型)的参数,对于选择帧间预测模式为节点e或节点f或节点o或节点p或节点g对应另一个选择contex model的参数来进行接下来几何残差信息的熵解码。Exemplarily, for selecting the inter-frame prediction mode as node c or node d or node m or node n or node b, a parameter for selecting a context model corresponds to a parameter for selecting a context model, and for selecting the inter-frame prediction mode as node e or node f or node o or node p or node g, another parameter for selecting a context model corresponds to perform entropy decoding of the subsequent geometric residual information.
进一步地,在本申请实施例中,该解码方法主要是针对帧间预测模式进行解码优化的,这里还可以先通过一个标志位来确定当前节点使用是否帧间预测模式。因此,在本申请的一些实施例中,该方法还包括:Further, in the embodiments of the present application, the decoding method is mainly for decoding optimization of the inter-frame prediction mode, and a flag bit can be used to determine whether the current node uses the inter-frame prediction mode. Therefore, in some embodiments of the present application, the method further includes:
解析码流,确定第一标识信息;在第一标识信息指示待解码节点使用帧间预测模式的情况下,执行根据节点索引值和第一已解码节点,确定预测节点的步骤。Parse the bitstream to determine the first identification information; when the first identification information indicates that the node to be decoded uses the inter-frame prediction mode, perform the step of determining the prediction node according to the node index value and the first decoded node.
进一步地,对于第一标识信息而言,在本申请的一些实施例中,该方法还包括:Further, for the first identification information, in some embodiments of the present application, the method further includes:
若第一标识信息为第一值,则确定第一标识信息指示待解码节点不使用帧间预测模式;If the first identification information is the first value, determining that the first identification information indicates that the node to be decoded does not use the inter-frame prediction mode;
若第一标识信息为第二值,则确定第一标识信息指示待解码节点使用帧间预测模式。If the first identification information is the second value, it is determined that the first identification information indicates that the node to be decoded uses the inter-frame prediction mode.
需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,第一值与第二值不同,而且第一值和第二值可以是参数形式,也可以是数字形式。具体地,第一标识信息可以是写入在概述(profile)中的参数,也可以是一个标志(flag)的取值,这里对此不作具体限定。It should be noted that in the embodiment of the present application, the first value is different from the second value, and the first value and the second value can be in parameter form or in digital form. Specifically, the first identification information can be a parameter written in the profile or a flag value, which is not specifically limited here.
示例性地,对于第一值和第二值而言,第一值可以设置为1,第二值可以设置为0;或者,第一值可以设置为0,第二值可以设置为1;或者,第一值可以设置为true,第二值可以设置为false;或者,第一值可以设置为false,第二值可以设置为true;但是这里并不作具体限定。Exemplarily, for the first value and the second value, the first value can be set to 1 and the second value can be set to 0; or, the first value can be set to 0 and the second value can be set to 1; or, the first value can be set to true and the second value can be set to false; or, the first value can be set to false and the second value can be set to true; but this is not specifically limited here.
在本申请实施例中,以写入码流中的flag为例,假设第一值设置为0(false),第二值设置为1(true),这时候如果第一标识信息的取值为0(false),那么可以确定对待解码节点不使用帧间预测模式,即无需执行本申请实施例所述的解码方法;如果第一标识信息的取值为1(true),那么可以确定对待解码节点使用帧间预测模式,即需要执行本申请实施例所述的解码方法。In an embodiment of the present application, taking the flag written into the bitstream as an example, assuming that the first value is set to 0 (false) and the second value is set to 1 (true), if the value of the first identification information is 0 (false), then it can be determined that the inter-frame prediction mode is not used for the node to be decoded, that is, there is no need to execute the decoding method described in the embodiment of the present application; if the value of the first identification information is 1 (true), then it can be determined that the inter-frame prediction mode is used for the node to be decoded, that is, the decoding method described in the embodiment of the present application needs to be executed.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例不限制第一值和第二值的表现形式。It should be noted that the embodiments of the present application do not limit the expression forms of the first value and the second value.
进一步地,在本申请实施例中,这里还可以设置一个标志位来确定是否启用本申请实施例的解码方法。因此,在本申请的一些实施例中,该方法还包括:解析码流,确定第二标识信息;在第二标识信息指示待解码节点启用局部运动处理方式的情况下,执行基于第一已解码节点,对预测节点的第一角度参数值进行局部运动处理,确定预测节点的第二角度参数值的步骤。Further, in the embodiment of the present application, a flag bit can be set here to determine whether to enable the decoding method of the embodiment of the present application. Therefore, in some embodiments of the present application, the method further includes: parsing the code stream to determine the second identification information; when the second identification information indicates that the node to be decoded enables the local motion processing mode, performing the step of performing local motion processing on the first angle parameter value of the predicted node based on the first decoded node to determine the second angle parameter value of the predicted node.
进一步地,对于第二标识信息而言,在本申请的一些实施例中,该方法还包括:Further, for the second identification information, in some embodiments of the present application, the method further includes:
若第二标识信息为第一值,则确定第二标识信息指示待解码节点不启用局部运动处理方式;If the second identification information is the first value, determining that the second identification information indicates that the node to be decoded does not enable the local motion processing mode;
若第二标识信息为第二值,则确定第二标识信息指示待解码节点启用局部运动处理方式。If the second identification information is the second value, it is determined that the second identification information indicates that the node to be decoded enables a local motion processing mode.
需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,第一值与第二值不同,而且第一值与第二值可以是参数形式,也可以是数字形式。具体地,第二标识信息可以是写入在概述(profile)中的参数,也可以是一个标志(flag)的取值,这里对此不作具体限定。It should be noted that in the embodiment of the present application, the first value is different from the second value, and the first value and the second value can be in parameter form or in digital form. Specifically, the second identification information can be a parameter written in the profile or a flag value, which is not specifically limited here.
在本申请实施例中,以写入码流中的flag为例,假设第一值设置为0(false),第二值设置为1(true),这时候如果第二标识信息的取值为0(false),那么可以确定对待解码节点不启用局部运动处理,即无需执行本申请实施例所述的解码方法;如果第二标识信息的取值为1(true),那么可以确定对待解码节点启用局部运动处理,即需要执行本申请实施例所述的解码方法。 In the embodiment of the present application, taking the flag written into the bitstream as an example, assuming that the first value is set to 0 (false) and the second value is set to 1 (true), if the value of the second identification information is 0 (false), then it can be determined that local motion processing is not enabled for the node to be decoded, that is, there is no need to execute the decoding method described in the embodiment of the present application; if the value of the second identification information is 1 (true), then it can be determined that local motion processing is enabled for the node to be decoded, that is, the decoding method described in the embodiment of the present application needs to be executed.
简单来说,在本申请实施例中,这里可以使用一个1比特标志位(即第二标识信息)来表示本申请实施例的解码方法开启与否。这个标志位可以被放在高层语法元素的头信息中,例如geometry header中;而且这个标志位在一些特定条件下可以有条件的开启,如果这个标志位不出现在码流中,那么其默认值为一个固定的值。在解码端,如果这个标志位不出现在码流中,那么可以不进行解码,其默认值为一个固定的值。In short, in the embodiment of the present application, a 1-bit flag (i.e., the second identification information) can be used here to indicate whether the decoding method of the embodiment of the present application is enabled or not. This flag can be placed in the header information of the high-level syntax element, such as the geometry header; and this flag can be conditionally enabled under certain conditions. If this flag does not appear in the bitstream, its default value is a fixed value. At the decoding end, if this flag does not appear in the bitstream, decoding may not be performed, and its default value is a fixed value.
本实施例提供了一种解码方法,该方法包括:解码器对首先解析码流,确定待解码节点对应的预测节点索引值;然后,解码器确定当前帧中待解码节点的前一个第一已解码节点;随后,解码器根据预测节点索引值和第一已解码节点,确定预测节点;随后,解码器基于第一已解码节点,对预测节点的第一角度参数值进行局部运动处理,确定预测节点的第二角度参数值;最后,解码器基于预测节点的第一角度参数值或者第二角度参数值,确定待解码节点的几何预测值。由于解码器对预测节点的第一角度参数值进行局部运动处理得到第二角度参数值,使得第二角度参数值具有局部运动相关的先验信息,使得帧间预测能够更好的对待解码节点进行预测,可以提升帧间预测的准确度,从而能够提升点云的几何信息的解码效率,提高点云的解码性能。This embodiment provides a decoding method, which includes: the decoder first parses the code stream to determine the predicted node index value corresponding to the node to be decoded; then, the decoder determines the first decoded node before the node to be decoded in the current frame; then, the decoder determines the predicted node based on the predicted node index value and the first decoded node; then, the decoder performs local motion processing on the first angle parameter value of the predicted node based on the first decoded node to determine the second angle parameter value of the predicted node; finally, the decoder determines the geometric prediction value of the node to be decoded based on the first angle parameter value or the second angle parameter value of the predicted node. Since the decoder performs local motion processing on the first angle parameter value of the predicted node to obtain the second angle parameter value, the second angle parameter value has prior information related to the local motion, so that the inter-frame prediction can better predict the node to be decoded, which can improve the accuracy of the inter-frame prediction, thereby improving the decoding efficiency of the geometric information of the point cloud and improving the decoding performance of the point cloud.
在本申请的另一实施例中,参见图22,其示出了本申请实施例提供的一种编码方法的流程示意图。如图22所示,该方法可以包括:In another embodiment of the present application, referring to FIG22, a schematic diagram of a flow chart of an encoding method provided in an embodiment of the present application is shown. As shown in FIG22, the method may include:
S401、确定当前帧中待编码节点的前一个的第一已编码节点。S401 , determining a first encoded node preceding a node to be encoded in a current frame.
在本申请实施例中,第一已编码节点对应解码端的第一已解码节点。In the embodiment of the present application, the first encoded node corresponds to the first decoded node of the decoding end.
在本申请的一些实施例中,确定当前帧中待编码节点的前一个的第一已编码节点,可以包括:In some embodiments of the present application, determining a first encoded node preceding a node to be encoded in a current frame may include:
基于预测树的编码顺序,确定待编码节点的前一个已编码节点,将前一个已编码节点作为第一已编码节点。Based on the coding order of the prediction tree, a previous coded node of the node to be coded is determined, and the previous coded node is used as the first coded node.
在本申请实施例中,按照当前帧对应的预测树的编码顺序,将待编码节点的前一个已编码节点作为第一已编码节点。In the embodiment of the present application, according to the coding order of the prediction tree corresponding to the current frame, the previous coded node of the node to be coded is used as the first coded node.
示例性的,在编码端,第一已编码节点为节点a;相对应的,在解码端,第一已解码节点为节点a。Exemplarily, at the encoding end, the first encoded node is node a; correspondingly, at the decoding end, the first decoded node is node a.
需要说明的是,编码端的第一已编码节点的第一角度参数对应于解码端的第一已解码节点的第一角度参数。It should be noted that the first angle parameter of the first encoded node at the encoding end corresponds to the first angle parameter of the first decoded node at the decoding end.
在本申请实施例中,待编码节点为当前帧中的其中一个点。In the embodiment of the present application, the node to be encoded is one of the points in the current frame.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例的编码方法应用于编码器。另外,该编码方法具体可以是指一种点云帧间预测方法;也可以是一种点云帧间几何信息的编码方法,主要是对相关技术中的帧间预测算法进行改进,可以对预测节点的角度参数值进行局部运动处理,从而达到更好的帧间预测效果。It should be noted that the encoding method of the embodiment of the present application is applied to an encoder. In addition, the encoding method may specifically refer to a point cloud inter-frame prediction method; or it may be a method for encoding geometric information between point cloud frames, which mainly improves the inter-frame prediction algorithm in the relevant technology, and can perform local motion processing on the angle parameter value of the prediction node, thereby achieving a better inter-frame prediction effect.
在本申请实施例中,当前帧为当前待编码节点所在的帧,当前帧包括至少一个点。In an embodiment of the present application, the current frame is a frame where the current node to be encoded is located, and the current frame includes at least one point.
在本申请实施例中,当前帧为激光雷达沿着XY平面(水平面)扫描一圈得到的,当前帧可以包括多个点。In an embodiment of the present application, the current frame is obtained by scanning a circle of the laser radar along the XY plane (horizontal plane), and the current frame may include multiple points.
在本申请实施例中,待编码节点也称为待编码点、当前节点、当前点、当前待编码节点、当前待编码点等,本申请对此不作限定。In the embodiments of the present application, the node to be encoded is also referred to as a point to be encoded, a current node, a current point, a current node to be encoded, a current point to be encoded, etc., and the present application does not limit this.
在本申请实施例中,待编码节点可以为当前待编码的点云中的一个点,待编码节点也可以包括当前待编码的点云中的多个点,本申请对此不作限定。In an embodiment of the present application, the node to be encoded may be a point in the current point cloud to be encoded, or the node to be encoded may include multiple points in the current point cloud to be encoded, which is not limited in the present application.
需要说明的是,当待编码节点包括当前待编码的点云中的多个点时,待编码节点包括的多个点为重复点,此时,待编码节点包括多个点具有相同的几何预测信息。It should be noted that, when the node to be encoded includes multiple points in the current point cloud to be encoded, the multiple points included in the node to be encoded are repeated points. In this case, the node to be encoded includes multiple points having the same geometric prediction information.
在本申请实施例中,在确定当前帧中待编码节点的前一个第一已编码节点时,即确定了第一已编码节点的几何信息(几何位置信息)。In the embodiment of the present application, when the first encoded node before the node to be encoded in the current frame is determined, the geometric information (geometric position information) of the first encoded node is determined.
需要说明的是,这里的第一已编码节点指的是第一已编码节点的几何信息。也就是说,在确定当前帧中待编码节点的前一个第一已编码节点之后,即确定了第一已编码节点在点云中的几何信息。这里的几何信息可以理解为第一已编码节点在点云中的位置信息,比如,第一已编码节点的几何信息可以为雷达坐标信息或者笛卡尔坐标信息等等,本申请对此不作任何限定。It should be noted that the first encoded node here refers to the geometric information of the first encoded node. That is to say, after determining the first encoded node before the node to be encoded in the current frame, the geometric information of the first encoded node in the point cloud is determined. The geometric information here can be understood as the position information of the first encoded node in the point cloud. For example, the geometric information of the first encoded node can be radar coordinate information or Cartesian coordinate information, etc., and this application does not make any limitation on this.
还需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,这里的几何参数(几何信息)是指雷达坐标系下的参数。其中,几何参数可以包括:水平方位角雷达激光索引值laserID和深度信息radius。It should also be noted that in the embodiment of the present application, the geometric parameters (geometric information) here refer to the parameters in the radar coordinate system. Among them, the geometric parameters may include: horizontal azimuth Radar laser index value laserID and depth information radius.
在本申请实施例中,第一已编码节点的几何信息为雷达坐标信息时,第一已编码节点的几何信息至少包括第一已编码节点对应的角度参数,即第三角度参数值。In an embodiment of the present application, when the geometric information of the first encoded node is radar coordinate information, the geometric information of the first encoded node at least includes an angle parameter corresponding to the first encoded node, that is, a third angle parameter value.
在本申请实施例中,第一已编码节点的第三角度参数值为第一已编码节点在水平面的水平方位的角度信息。 In the embodiment of the present application, the third angle parameter value of the first encoded node is the angle information of the horizontal position of the first encoded node on the horizontal plane.
在本申请实施例中,第一已编码节点为当前帧中待编码节点的前一个已经编码的节点。In the embodiment of the present application, the first encoded node is the previous encoded node of the node to be encoded in the current frame.
需要说明的是,由于第一已编码节点为待编码节点的前一个已经编码的节点,因此,第一已编码节点的第一角度参数小于待编码节点的角度参数。It should be noted that, since the first encoded node is the previously encoded node of the node to be encoded, the first angle parameter of the first encoded node is smaller than the angle parameter of the node to be encoded.
需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,第一已编码节点还可以为当前帧中待编码节点的之前任意H个已编码的节点,其中,H为大于等于1的正整数。比如,第一已编码节点可以为当前帧中待编码节点的之前两个的已编码的节点,第一已编码节点还可以为当前帧中待编码节点的之前四个的已编码的节点等,本申请对此不作限定。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, the first encoded node may also be any H encoded nodes before the node to be encoded in the current frame, where H is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1. For example, the first encoded node may be the two encoded nodes before the node to be encoded in the current frame, the first encoded node may also be the four encoded nodes before the node to be encoded in the current frame, etc., and the present application does not limit this.
S402、确定在参考帧中与第一已编码节点具有至少一种几何参数相同的第一候选节点,根据第一候选节点在参考帧中确定至少一个第二候选节点。S402, determining a first candidate node having at least one geometric parameter identical to that of a first encoded node in a reference frame, and determining at least one second candidate node in the reference frame based on the first candidate node.
在本申请实施例中,第一候选节点对应解码端的第二已解码节点。In the embodiment of the present application, the first candidate node corresponds to the second decoded node at the decoding end.
示例性的,在编码端,基于图23,第一参考帧中的第一候选节点为节点g,第二参考帧中的第一候选节点为节点b;相对应的,在解码端,第一参考帧中的第二已解码节点为节点g,第二参考帧中的第二已解码节点为节点b。Exemplarily, at the encoding end, based on Figure 23, the first candidate node in the first reference frame is node g, and the first candidate node in the second reference frame is node b; correspondingly, at the decoding end, the second decoded node in the first reference frame is node g, and the second decoded node in the second reference frame is node b.
在本申请实施例中,第二候选节点对应解码端的第二已解码节点所在的参考帧中除第二已解码节点之外的已解码节点。In the embodiment of the present application, the second candidate node corresponds to a decoded node other than the second decoded node in the reference frame where the second decoded node of the decoding end is located.
示例性的,在编码端,基于图23,第一参考帧中的第二候选节点为节点e、节点f、节点o和节点p,第二参考帧中的第二候选节点为节点c、节点d、节点m和节点n;相对应的,在解码端,第一参考帧中除第二已解码节点(节点g)之外的已解码节点为节点e、节点f、节点o和节点p,第二参考帧中除第二已解码节点(节点b)之外的已解码节点为节点c、节点d、节点m和节点n。Exemplarily, at the encoding end, based on Figure 23, the second candidate nodes in the first reference frame are node e, node f, node o and node p, and the second candidate nodes in the second reference frame are node c, node d, node m and node n; correspondingly, at the decoding end, the decoded nodes in the first reference frame except the second decoded node (node g) are node e, node f, node o and node p, and the decoded nodes in the second reference frame except the second decoded node (node b) are node c, node d, node m and node n.
在本申请实施例中,这里的几何参数(几何信息)是指雷达坐标系下的参数。其中,几何参数可以包括:水平方位角雷达激光索引值laserID和深度信息radius。In the embodiment of the present application, the geometric parameters (geometric information) here refer to the parameters in the radar coordinate system. Among them, the geometric parameters may include: horizontal azimuth Radar laser index value laserID and depth information radius.
在本申请实施例中,角度参数值为在水平面的水平方位的角度信息,即 In the embodiment of the present application, the angle parameter value is the angle information of the horizontal position of the horizontal plane, that is,
本申请实施例中,第一候选节点的第四角度参数值小于或等于且最接近第一已编码节点的第三角度参数值。参考帧包括:第一参考帧和第二参考帧;第一参考帧为第二参考帧进行全局运动得到的至少一帧;第二参考帧为当前帧的前K帧的已编码帧,其中,K为大于0的整数。预设节点为第一参考帧中除第一候选节点以外的至少一个候选节点。In the embodiment of the present application, the fourth angle parameter value of the first candidate node is less than or equal to and closest to the third angle parameter value of the first encoded node. The reference frame includes: a first reference frame and a second reference frame; the first reference frame is at least one frame obtained by global motion of the second reference frame; the second reference frame is an encoded frame of the previous K frames of the current frame, where K is an integer greater than 0. The preset node is at least one candidate node in the first reference frame except the first candidate node.
在本申请实施例中,至少一个第二候选节点、第一候选节点和第一已编码节点具有相同的雷达索引。In an embodiment of the present application, at least one second candidate node, the first candidate node, and the first encoded node have the same radar index.
在本申请的一些实施例中,第一候选节点的第四角度参数值小于或等于且最接近所述第一已编码节点的第三角度参数值。In some embodiments of the present application, the fourth angle parameter value of the first candidate node is less than or equal to and closest to the third angle parameter value of the first encoded node.
在本申请实施例中,第一候选节点与第一已编码节点可以具有相同的雷达索引,第一候选节点与第一已编码节点也可以具有不同的雷达索引;第一候选节点与第一已编码节点可以具有相同的深度信息,第一候选节点与第一已编码节点也可以具有不同的深度信息第一候选节点与第一已编码节点可以具有相同的角度参数值,第一候选节点与第一已编码节点也可以具有不同的角度参数值,本申请对此不作限定。In an embodiment of the present application, the first candidate node and the first encoded node may have the same radar index, or the first candidate node and the first encoded node may have different radar indexes; the first candidate node and the first encoded node may have the same depth information, or the first candidate node and the first encoded node may have different depth information; the first candidate node and the first encoded node may have the same angle parameter value, or the first candidate node and the first encoded node may have different angle parameter values, which is not limited in the present application.
在本申请的一些实施例中,参考帧包括:第一参考帧和第二参考帧;第一参考帧为第二参考帧进行全局运动得到的至少一帧;第二参考帧为当前帧的前K帧的已编码帧,其中,K为大于0的整数。In some embodiments of the present application, the reference frame includes: a first reference frame and a second reference frame; the first reference frame is at least one frame obtained by performing global motion on the second reference frame; the second reference frame is an encoded frame of the previous K frames of the current frame, where K is an integer greater than 0.
在本申请实施例中,第二参考帧可以为当前帧的前一帧;第一参考帧可以为当前帧的前一帧的前一帧。示例性地,如果当前帧为Frame t,那么第一参考帧可以为Frame t-1,第二参考帧可以为Frame t-2;t为整数。In an embodiment of the present application, the second reference frame may be a frame before the current frame; the first reference frame may be a frame before the frame before the current frame. For example, if the current frame is Frame t, the first reference frame may be Frame t-1, and the second reference frame may be Frame t-2; t is an integer.
还需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,这里也可以包括第三参考帧,针对参考帧的数量和候选节点的数量均不作具体限定。在本申请实施例中,这里仅以第一参考帧和第二参考帧为例进行详细说明。It should also be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, a third reference frame may also be included, and the number of reference frames and the number of candidate nodes are not specifically limited. In the embodiment of the present application, only the first reference frame and the second reference frame are used as examples for detailed description.
需要说明的是,解码端中的预设节点为编码端的第一参考帧中除第一候选节点以外的至少一个候选节点,即,预设节点为至少一个第二候选节点中的至少一个候选节点。It should be noted that the preset node in the decoding end is at least one candidate node other than the first candidate node in the first reference frame of the encoding end, that is, the preset node is at least one candidate node in at least one second candidate node.
S403、对至少一个第二候选节点中的至少一个候选节点的角度参数值进行局部运动处理,得到更新后的至少一个第二候选节点。S403: Perform local motion processing on the angle parameter value of at least one candidate node among the at least one second candidate node to obtain at least one updated second candidate node.
在本申请实施例中,根据第一候选节点的第四角度参数值,对至少一个第二候选节点中的至少一个候选节点的角度参数值进行局部运动处理,得到更新后的至少一个第二候选节点。In an embodiment of the present application, local motion processing is performed on the angle parameter value of at least one candidate node among at least one second candidate node according to the fourth angle parameter value of the first candidate node to obtain at least one updated second candidate node.
在本申请实施例中,第一候选节点的第四角度参数值对应解码端的第二已解码节点的第四角度 参数值。In the embodiment of the present application, the fourth angle parameter value of the first candidate node corresponds to the fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node at the decoding end. Parameter value.
可以理解,由于对至少一个第二候选节点中的至少一个候选节点经过局部运动处理之后得到更新后的至少一个第二候选节点,因此,更新后的至少一个第二候选节点相比于未更新的第二候选节点具有局部运动这一先验信息,从而实现对预测节点的几何信息进行更加精细化的预测,进而提高了帧间预测的准确性。It can be understood that since at least one of the at least one second candidate nodes is subjected to local motion processing to obtain at least one updated second candidate node, the updated at least one second candidate node has the prior information of local motion compared to the non-updated second candidate node, thereby achieving a more refined prediction of the geometric information of the predicted node, thereby improving the accuracy of inter-frame prediction.
可以理解,由于至少一个第二候选节点考虑了局部运动这一先验信息,因此在利用至少一个第二候选节点确定待编码节点的几何预测信息时,可以提高对待编码节点进行预测的准确性。It can be understood that, since at least one second candidate node takes into account the prior information of local motion, when the geometric prediction information of the node to be encoded is determined using at least one second candidate node, the accuracy of the prediction of the node to be encoded can be improved.
S404、基于第一候选节点和更新后的至少一个第二候选节点,确定待编码节点的几何预测值。S404: Determine a geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded based on the first candidate node and at least one updated second candidate node.
在本申请实施例中,待编码节点的几何预测值对应解码端的预测节点的几何预测值。In an embodiment of the present application, the geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded corresponds to the geometric prediction value of the prediction node at the decoding end.
在本申请实施例中,根据第一候选节点(比如节点g和/或节点b)的几何信息和更新后的至少一个第二候选节点(比如节点c、d、m、n、e、f、o、p中的至少一个),确定待编码节点的几何预测值。In an embodiment of the present application, the geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded is determined based on the geometric information of the first candidate node (such as node g and/or node b) and at least one updated second candidate node (such as at least one of nodes c, d, m, n, e, f, o, p).
可以理解,由于对更新后的至少一个第二候选节点中的至少一个候选节点的角度参数值进行了局部运动处理,如此,更新后的至少一个第二候选节点中的至少一个候选节点具有局部运动这一先验信息,从而更准确地确定待编码节点的几何预测值。It can be understood that since the angle parameter value of at least one of the at least one second candidate node after update has been processed with local motion, at least one of the at least one second candidate node after update has the prior information of local motion, thereby more accurately determining the geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded.
在本申请实施例中,编码器对首先确定当前帧中待编码节点的前一个的第一已编码节点;然后,编码器确定在参考帧中与第一已编码节点具有至少一种几何参数相同的第一候选节点,根据第一候选节点在参考帧中确定至少一个第二候选节点;随后,编码器对至少一个第二候选节点中的至少一个候选节点的角度参数值进行局部运动处理,得到更新后的至少一个第二候选节点;最后,编码器基于第一候选节点和更新后的至少一个第二候选节点,确定待编码节点的几何预测值。由于编码器对至少一个第二候选节点中的至少一个候选节点的角度参数值进行局部运动处理,使得至少一个第二候选节点中的至少一个候选节点具有局部运动相关的先验信息,可以提升帧间预测的准确度,从而能够提升点云的几何信息的编码效率,提高点云的编码性能。In an embodiment of the present application, the encoder first determines the first encoded node preceding the node to be encoded in the current frame; then, the encoder determines a first candidate node having at least one geometric parameter identical to the first encoded node in the reference frame, and determines at least one second candidate node in the reference frame based on the first candidate node; then, the encoder performs local motion processing on the angle parameter value of at least one candidate node in the at least one second candidate node to obtain at least one updated second candidate node; finally, the encoder determines the geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded based on the first candidate node and the at least one updated second candidate node. Since the encoder performs local motion processing on the angle parameter value of at least one candidate node in the at least one second candidate node, at least one candidate node in the at least one second candidate node has prior information related to local motion, the accuracy of inter-frame prediction can be improved, thereby improving the coding efficiency of the geometric information of the point cloud and improving the coding performance of the point cloud.
在本申请实施例中,确定当前帧中待编码节点的的第一个已编码节点,可以包括:In the embodiment of the present application, determining the first encoded node of the node to be encoded in the current frame may include:
确定当前帧对应的预测树;Determine the prediction tree corresponding to the current frame;
基于预测树的编码顺序,确定待编码节点的第一个已编码节点。Based on the coding order of the prediction tree, the first coded node of the node to be coded is determined.
需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,首先需要构建当前帧对应的预测树。其中,可以利用两种不同的方式构建预测树结构,这里可以包括:KD-Tree(高时延慢速模式)和低时延快速模式(利用激光雷达标定信息)。在利用激光雷达标定信息时,将每个点划分到不同的Laser上,按照不同的Laser建立预测树结构。It should be noted that in the embodiment of the present application, it is first necessary to construct a prediction tree corresponding to the current frame. Among them, the prediction tree structure can be constructed in two different ways, which can include: KD-Tree (high-latency slow mode) and low-latency fast mode (using laser radar calibration information). When using laser radar calibration information, each point is divided into different lasers, and the prediction tree structure is established according to different lasers.
还需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,预测树的编码顺序可以为下述其中之一:无序、莫顿序、方位角序和径向距离序等,这里不作具体限定。It should also be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, the encoding order of the prediction tree can be one of the following: unordered, Morton order, azimuth order, radial distance order, etc., which is not specifically limited here.
这样,在编码端,首先构建预测树结构。然后遍历预测树,在预测树的编码顺序上确定位于待编码节点的前一点,即为待编码节点的第一个已编码节点(比如节点a)。Thus, at the encoding end, a prediction tree structure is first constructed, and then the prediction tree is traversed to determine the point before the node to be encoded in the encoding order of the prediction tree, that is, the first encoded node (such as node a) of the node to be encoded.
在本申请的一些实施例中,S403包括S4031至S4033:In some embodiments of the present application, S403 includes S4031 to S4033:
S4031、基于第一候选节点的第四角度参数值,以及至少一个第二候选节点中与预设节点匹配的至少一个第三候选节点的第五角度参数值,确定各个第三候选节点的局部运动信息。S4031. Determine local motion information of each third candidate node based on the fourth angle parameter value of the first candidate node and the fifth angle parameter value of at least one third candidate node in at least one second candidate node that matches the preset node.
在本申请实施例中,编码端的第一候选节点的第四角度参数值对应解码端的第二已解码节点的角度参数值。In the embodiment of the present application, the fourth angle parameter value of the first candidate node at the encoding end corresponds to the angle parameter value of the second decoded node at the decoding end.
在本申请实施例中,编码端的第二候选节点为解码端的第二已解码节点所在的参考帧中除第二已解码节点之外的已解码节点。In the embodiment of the present application, the second candidate node at the encoding end is a decoded node other than the second decoded node in the reference frame where the second decoded node at the decoding end is located.
在本申请实施例中,预设节点为解码器与编码器双方规定或者协商好的候选节点。也就是说,预设节点为预先指定好的对哪些候选节点进行局部运动处理。In the embodiment of the present application, the preset nodes are candidate nodes specified or agreed upon by both the decoder and the encoder. In other words, the preset nodes are pre-specified candidate nodes for which local motion processing is performed.
示例性的,基于图23,解码器和编码器双方协议好对第一参考帧中的节点e、节点f、节点o以及节点p进行局部运动处理,即预设节点为节点e、节点f、节点o和节点p。Exemplarily, based on FIG. 23 , the decoder and the encoder agree to perform local motion processing on nodes e, f, o, and p in the first reference frame, that is, the preset nodes are nodes e, f, o, and p.
在本申请实施例中,第三候选节点为预设节点中的至少一个候选节点。In the embodiment of the present application, the third candidate node is at least one candidate node among the preset nodes.
示例性的,预设节点为节点e、节点f、节点o和节点p,则第三候选节点为节点e、节点f、节点o和节点p中的至少一个。Exemplarily, the preset nodes are node e, node f, node o and node p, and the third candidate node is at least one of node e, node f, node o and node p.
在本申请的一些实施例中,S4031可以包括S501至S502:In some embodiments of the present application, S4031 may include S501 to S502:
S501、从至少一个第二候选节点中,确定与预设节点匹配的至少一个第三候选节点。S501: Determine at least one third candidate node matching a preset node from at least one second candidate node.
示例性的,基于图23,至少一个第二候选节点可以包括:第一参考帧中的节点e、节点f、节点 o和节点p,以及第二参考帧中的节点c、节点d、节点m和节点n。预设节点可以为节点e、节点p、节点c、节点d。那么,第三候选节点可以为节点e、节点p、节点c、节点d中的至少一个。Exemplarily, based on FIG. 23, at least one second candidate node may include: node e, node f, node o and node p, and node c, node d, node m and node n in the second reference frame. The preset nodes may be node e, node p, node c, node d. Then, the third candidate node may be at least one of node e, node p, node c, node d.
S502、将第一候选节点的第四角度参数值,与各个第三候选节点的第五角度参数值之间的差异值,分别确定为各个第三候选节点的局部运动信息。S502: Determine the difference between the fourth angle parameter value of the first candidate node and the fifth angle parameter value of each third candidate node as the local motion information of each third candidate node.
在本申请实施例中,可以将第四角度参数值与各个第三候选节点的第五角度参数值之间的差值作为各个第三候选节点的局部运动信息。In the embodiment of the present application, the difference between the fourth angle parameter value and the fifth angle parameter value of each third candidate node may be used as the local motion information of each third candidate node.
在本申请实施例中,也可以将乘以第一权重之后的第四角度参数值,与各个第三候选节点的乘以第二权重之后的第五角度参数值之间的差值作为局部运动信息。In the embodiment of the present application, the difference between the fourth angle parameter value multiplied by the first weight and the fifth angle parameter value of each third candidate node multiplied by the second weight may be used as local motion information.
示例性的,将第四角度参数值与每一第三候选节点的第五角度参数值之间的差值作为局部运动信息,可以表示为:
auto deltaPhi=interPred.second[1]-interPredPrev.second[1];Exemplarily, the difference between the fourth angle parameter value and the fifth angle parameter value of each third candidate node is used as the local motion information, which can be expressed as:
auto deltaPhi=interPred.second[1]-interPredPrev.second[1];
其中,deltaPhi表示第四角度参数值与每一第三候选节点的第五角度参数值之间的差值(差异值),interPred.second[1]表示每一第三候选节点的第五角度参数值,interPredPrev.second[1]表示第一候选节点的第四角度参数值。Among them, deltaPhi represents the difference (difference value) between the fourth angle parameter value and the fifth angle parameter value of each third candidate node, interPred.second[1] represents the fifth angle parameter value of each third candidate node, and interPredPrev.second[1] represents the fourth angle parameter value of the first candidate node.
S4032、基于局部运动信息,对对应的第三候选节点的第五角度参数值进行更新,确定至少一个第三候选节点的更新后的第五角度参数值,从而确定更新后的至少一个第三候选节点。S4032. Based on the local motion information, update the fifth angle parameter value of the corresponding third candidate node, determine the updated fifth angle parameter value of at least one third candidate node, and thus determine the updated at least one third candidate node.
可以理解,由于更新后的至少一个第三候选节点相比于未更新的至少一个第三候选节点具有局部运动这一先验信息,从而实现对待编码节点的几何信息进行更加精细化的预测,进而提高了帧间预测的准确性,从而提高了点云的几何信息的编码效率以及准确度。It can be understood that since the updated at least one third candidate node has the prior information of local motion compared to the at least one third candidate node that has not been updated, a more refined prediction of the geometric information of the node to be encoded can be achieved, thereby improving the accuracy of inter-frame prediction, thereby improving the encoding efficiency and accuracy of the geometric information of the point cloud.
S4033、将更新后的至少一个第三候选节点和至少一个第二候选节点中除至少一个第三候选节点之外的候选节点,作为更新后的至少一个第二候选节点。S4033: Use the candidate nodes other than the at least one third candidate node among the at least one updated third candidate node and the at least one second candidate node as the at least one updated second candidate node.
在本申请的一些实施例中,S4032可以包括S601至S602:In some embodiments of the present application, S4032 may include S601 to S602:
S601、确定与待编码节点对应激光雷达的旋转角速度。S601, determining the rotation angular velocity of the laser radar corresponding to the node to be encoded.
在本申请实施例中,激光雷达的旋转角速度为当前帧对应的激光雷达的旋转角速度;或者,激光雷达的旋转角速度为第一参考帧对应的激光雷达的旋转角速度;或者,激光雷达的旋转角速度为第二参考帧对应的激光雷达的旋转角速度。In an embodiment of the present application, the angular velocity of rotation of the laser radar is the angular velocity of rotation of the laser radar corresponding to the current frame; or, the angular velocity of rotation of the laser radar is the angular velocity of rotation of the laser radar corresponding to the first reference frame; or, the angular velocity of rotation of the laser radar is the angular velocity of rotation of the laser radar corresponding to the second reference frame.
在本申请实施例中,激光雷达的旋转角速度由激光雷达旋转一圈得到点数(节点数)相关。比如,激光雷达的旋转角速度可以为2π/pointnums,其中,pointnums表征激光雷达旋转一圈得到点数。In the embodiment of the present application, the rotational angular velocity of the laser radar is related to the number of points (nodes) obtained by rotating the laser radar one circle. For example, the rotational angular velocity of the laser radar can be 2π/pointnums, where pointnums represents the number of points obtained by rotating the laser radar one circle.
在本申请实施例中,激光雷达的旋转角速度可以为解码器和编码器双方规定或者协议好的值。此时,编码器可以直接确定激光雷达的旋转角速度。In the embodiment of the present application, the rotational angular velocity of the laser radar can be a value specified or agreed upon by both the decoder and the encoder. In this case, the encoder can directly determine the rotational angular velocity of the laser radar.
S602、基于各个第三候选节点的局部运动信息、第三角度参数值和旋转角速度,确定至少一个第三候选节点的更新后的第五角度参数值。S602: Determine an updated fifth angle parameter value of at least one third candidate node based on the local motion information, the third angle parameter value, and the rotation angular velocity of each third candidate node.
在本申请的一些实施例中,S602可以包括S6021至S6024:In some embodiments of the present application, S602 may include S6021 to S6024:
S6021、基于各个第三候选节点的局部运动信息与旋转角速度的比值,确定各个第三候选节点的第一中间值。S6021. Determine a first intermediate value of each third candidate node based on a ratio of the local motion information of each third candidate node to the rotation angular velocity.
在本申请实施例中,编码器根据各个第三候选节点的局部运动信息与激光雷达的旋转角速度的比值,确定各个第三候选节点的第一中间值,其中,上述过程可以表示为:其中,表征每一第三候选节点的局部运动信息,angular azimuth speed表征激光雷达的旋转角速度。In the embodiment of the present application, the encoder determines the first intermediate value of each third candidate node according to the ratio of the local motion information of each third candidate node to the rotation angular velocity of the laser radar, wherein the above process can be expressed as: in, Characterizes the local motion information of each third candidate node, and angular azimuth speed characterizes the rotation angular speed of the lidar.
S6022、对各个第三候选节点的第一中间值进行取整运算,得到各个第三候选节点的第二中间值。S6022. Perform a rounding operation on the first intermediate value of each third candidate node to obtain a second intermediate value of each third candidate node.
在本申请实施例中,编码器在确定各个第三候选节点的第一中间值之后,对各个第三候选节点的第一中间值进行取整运算,得到各个第三候选节点的第二中间值。也就是说,每一第三候选节点的第二中间值为一个正整数,采用qphi0表示第二中间值;上述过程可以表示为: 表示向上取整,即qphi0为整数。In the embodiment of the present application, after determining the first intermediate value of each third candidate node, the encoder performs a rounding operation on the first intermediate value of each third candidate node to obtain the second intermediate value of each third candidate node. That is, the second intermediate value of each third candidate node is a positive integer, and qphi0 is used to represent the second intermediate value; the above process can be expressed as: It means rounding up, that is, qphi0 is an integer.
S6023、对各个第三候选节点的第二中间值与旋转角速度相乘,得到各个第三候选节点的第三中间值。S6023. Multiply the second intermediate value of each third candidate node by the rotation angular velocity to obtain a third intermediate value of each third candidate node.
在本申请实施例中,编码器在确定各个第三候选节点的第二中间值之后,将各个第三候选节点的第二中间值与旋转角速度相乘,得到各个第三候选节点的第三中间值;其中,上述过程可以表示为:qphi0*_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed;其中,qphi0表示每一第三候选节点的第二中间值,_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed表示激光雷达的旋转角速度。 In an embodiment of the present application, after determining the second intermediate value of each third candidate node, the encoder multiplies the second intermediate value of each third candidate node by the rotation angular velocity to obtain the third intermediate value of each third candidate node; the above process can be expressed as: qphi0*_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed; wherein qphi0 represents the second intermediate value of each third candidate node, and _geomAngularAzimuthSpeed represents the rotation angular velocity of the lidar.
S6024、对各个第三候选节点的第三中间值分别与第三角度参数值相加,得到各个第三候选节点的更新后的第五角度参数值。S6024. Add the third intermediate value of each third candidate node to the third angle parameter value respectively to obtain an updated fifth angle parameter value of each third candidate node.
在本申请实施例中,编码器在得到各个第三候选节点的第三中间值之后,将各个第三候选节点的第三中间值与第一已编码节点的第三角度参数值相加,得到各个第三候选节点的更新后的第五角度参数值;其中,上述过程可以表示为:
interPred.second[1]=prevPos[1]+qphi0*_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed;In the embodiment of the present application, after obtaining the third intermediate value of each third candidate node, the encoder adds the third intermediate value of each third candidate node to the third angle parameter value of the first encoded node to obtain the updated fifth angle parameter value of each third candidate node; wherein the above process can be expressed as:
interPred.second[1]=prevPos[1]+qphi0*_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed;
其中,prevPos[1]表示第一已编码节点的第三角度参数值,interPred.second[1]表示每一第三候选节点的更新后的第五角度参数值。Among them, prevPos[1] represents the third angle parameter value of the first encoded node, and interPred.second[1] represents the updated fifth angle parameter value of each third candidate node.
在本申请的一些实施例中,若任一第三候选节点的局部运动信息大于或等于第一预设阈值,或差异值小于或等于第二预设阈值,则基于任一第三候选节点的局部运动信息,对任一第三候选节点的第五角度参数值进行更新,确定任一第三候选节点的更新后的第五角度参数值;第一预设阈值大于第二预设阈值。In some embodiments of the present application, if the local motion information of any third candidate node is greater than or equal to a first preset threshold, or the difference value is less than or equal to a second preset threshold, the fifth angle parameter value of any third candidate node is updated based on the local motion information of any third candidate node, and the updated fifth angle parameter value of any third candidate node is determined; the first preset threshold is greater than the second preset threshold.
在本申请的一些实施例中,若任一第三候选节点的局部运动信息小于第一预设阈值且局部运动信息大于第二预设阈值,则不对该任一第三候选节点的第五角度参数值进行更新;第一预设阈值大于第二预设阈值。In some embodiments of the present application, if the local motion information of any third candidate node is less than the first preset threshold and the local motion information is greater than the second preset threshold, the fifth angle parameter value of any third candidate node is not updated; the first preset threshold is greater than the second preset threshold.
在本申请实施例中,在任一第三候选节点的局部运动信息大于或等于第一预设阈值,或局部运动信息小于或等于第二预设阈值的情况下,编码器基于任一第三候选节点的局部运动信息确定任一第三候选节点的更新后的第五角度参数值;在任一第三候选节点的局部运动信息小于第一预设阈值且局部运动信息大于第二预设阈值的情况下,编码器将任一第三候选节点的第五角度参数值作为任一第三候选节点的更新后的第五角度参数值。其中,上述过程可以表示为:
if(deltaPhi>=(_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed>>1)||deltaPhi<=-(_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed>>
1));In an embodiment of the present application, when the local motion information of any third candidate node is greater than or equal to the first preset threshold, or the local motion information is less than or equal to the second preset threshold, the encoder determines the updated fifth angle parameter value of any third candidate node based on the local motion information of any third candidate node; when the local motion information of any third candidate node is less than the first preset threshold and the local motion information is greater than the second preset threshold, the encoder uses the fifth angle parameter value of any third candidate node as the updated fifth angle parameter value of any third candidate node. The above process can be expressed as:
if(deltaPhi>=(_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed>>1)||deltaPhi<=-(_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed>>
1));
其中,_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed>>1表示右移一位,即_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed乘以0.5。Among them, _geomAngularAzimuthSpeed>>1 means shifting right by one bit, that is, _geomAngularAzimuthSpeed multiplied by 0.5.
在本申请的一些实施例中,第一预设阈值为Q倍的旋转角速度,其中,Q为正数;第二预设阈值为负Q倍的旋转角速度。In some embodiments of the present application, the first preset threshold is Q times the rotation angular velocity, where Q is a positive number; and the second preset threshold is negative Q times the rotation angular velocity.
在本申请实施例中,Q为预先设置好的。In the embodiment of the present application, Q is preset.
在本申请实施例中,Q为0.5。In the embodiment of the present application, Q is 0.5.
在本申请的一些实施例中,第一候选节点包括第一参考节点和第二参考节点;第二候选节点包括第三参考节点和第四参考节点;第一参考节点和第三参考节点属于第一参考帧;第二参考节点和第四参考节点属于第二参考帧。In some embodiments of the present application, the first candidate node includes a first reference node and a second reference node; the second candidate node includes a third reference node and a fourth reference node; the first reference node and the third reference node belong to a first reference frame; the second reference node and the fourth reference node belong to a second reference frame.
在本申请实施例中,第一参考节点(节点g)所在的参考帧为第一参考帧;第二参考节点(节点b)所在的参考帧为第二参考帧。In the embodiment of the present application, the reference frame where the first reference node (node g) is located is the first reference frame; the reference frame where the second reference node (node b) is located is the second reference frame.
在本申请实施例中,基于图23,,第三参考节点可以为第一参考帧中除第一参考节点之外的至少一个参考节点,第三参考节点可以为节点e、节点f、节点o和节点p,相对应的,预设节点可以为节点e、节点f、节点o和节点p中的至少一个。第四参考节点可以为第二参考帧中除第二参考节点之外的至少一个参考节点,第四参考节点可以为节点c、节点d、节点m和节点n,相对应的,预设节点可以为节点c、节点d、节点m和节点n中的至少一个。或者,预设节点为节点c、节点d、节点m、节点n、节点e、节点f、节点o和节点p中的至少一个。In the embodiment of the present application, based on FIG. 23, the third reference node may be at least one reference node other than the first reference node in the first reference frame, and the third reference node may be node e, node f, node o, and node p, and correspondingly, the preset node may be at least one of node e, node f, node o, and node p. The fourth reference node may be at least one reference node other than the second reference node in the second reference frame, and the fourth reference node may be node c, node d, node m, and node n, and correspondingly, the preset node may be at least one of node c, node d, node m, and node n. Alternatively, the preset node may be at least one of node c, node d, node m, node n, node e, node f, node o, and node p.
在本申请的一些实施例中,根据第一候选节点在参考帧中确定至少一个第二候选节点,可以包括:In some embodiments of the present application, determining at least one second candidate node in a reference frame according to the first candidate node may include:
确定在第二参考帧中与第一已编码节点具有相同雷达索引的第一参考节点;determining a first reference node having a same radar index as the first encoded node in a second reference frame;
根据第一参考节点在第一参考帧中确定至少一个第三参考节点;determining at least one third reference node in the first reference frame based on the first reference node;
确定在第一参考帧中与第一已编码节点具有相同雷达索引的第二参考节点;determining a second reference node having the same radar index as the first encoded node in the first reference frame;
根据第二参考候选节点在第二参考帧中确定至少一个第四参考节点。At least one fourth reference node is determined in the second reference frame according to the second reference candidate node.
需要说明的是,第一参考节点的第四角度参数值小于或等于且最接近第一已编码节点的第三角度参数值;至少一个第三参考节点的第六角度参数值大于第一参考节点的第四角度参数值,至少一个第三参考节点与第一参考节点具有相同的雷达索引;第二参考节点的第四角度参数值小于或等于且最接近第一已编码节点的第三角度参数值;至少一个第四参考节点的第七角度参数值大于第二参考节点的第四角度参数值,至少一个第四参考节点与第二参考节点具有相同的雷达索引。It should be noted that the fourth angle parameter value of the first reference node is less than or equal to and closest to the third angle parameter value of the first encoded node; the sixth angle parameter value of at least one third reference node is greater than the fourth angle parameter value of the first reference node, and at least one third reference node has the same radar index as the first reference node; the fourth angle parameter value of the second reference node is less than or equal to and closest to the third angle parameter value of the first encoded node; the seventh angle parameter value of at least one fourth reference node is greater than the fourth angle parameter value of the second reference node, and at least one fourth reference node has the same radar index as the second reference node.
在本申请的一些实施例中,根据第一参考节点在第一参考帧中确定至少一个第三参考节点,可以包括: In some embodiments of the present application, determining at least one third reference node in the first reference frame according to the first reference node may include:
在第一参考帧中,按照预测树的顺序,确定第一参考节点之后依次编码的至少一个第三参考节点。In the first reference frame, at least one third reference node that is sequentially encoded after the first reference node is determined according to the order of the prediction tree.
在本申请实施例中,基于图23,第三参考节点可以包括:节点e、节点f、节点o和节点p。第一参考节点可以为节点g。In the embodiment of the present application, based on FIG23 , the third reference node may include: node e, node f, node o, and node p. The first reference node may be node g.
示例性的,基于图23,在第一参考帧中,按照预测树的顺序,确定第一参考节点(节点g)之后依次编码的节点e、节点f、节点o和节点p中的至少一个。Exemplarily, based on FIG. 23 , in the first reference frame, at least one of the nodes e, f, o, and p that are encoded sequentially after the first reference node (node g) is determined in the order of the prediction tree.
在本申请的一些实施例中,根据第二参考候选节点在第二参考帧中确定至少一个第四参考节点,可以包括:In some embodiments of the present application, determining at least one fourth reference node in the second reference frame according to the second reference candidate node may include:
在第二参考帧中,按照预测树的顺序,确定第二参考节点之后依次编码的至少一个第四参考节点。In the second reference frame, at least one fourth reference node that is sequentially encoded after the second reference node is determined according to the order of the prediction tree.
在本申请实施例中,基于图23,第四参考节点可以包括:节点c、节点d、节点m和节点n。第二参考节点可以为节点b。In the embodiment of the present application, based on Figure 23, the fourth reference node may include: node c, node d, node m and node n. The second reference node may be node b.
示例性的,在第一参考帧中,按照预测树的顺序,确定第二参考节点(节点b)之后依次编码的节点c、节点d、节点m和节点n中的至少一个。Exemplarily, in the first reference frame, at least one of the nodes c, d, m and n that are encoded sequentially after the second reference node (node b) is determined in the order of the prediction tree.
在本申请的一些实施例中,对至少一个第二候选节点中的至少一个候选节点的角度参数值进行局部运动处理,得到更新后的至少一个第二候选节点,可以包括:In some embodiments of the present application, performing local motion processing on the angle parameter value of at least one candidate node in the at least one second candidate node to obtain the updated at least one second candidate node may include:
基于第一参考节点的第四角度参数值,以及至少一个第三参考节点中与预设节点匹配的至少一个第三候选节点的第五角度参数值,确定各个第三候选节点的局部运动信息;Determine local motion information of each third candidate node based on the fourth angle parameter value of the first reference node and the fifth angle parameter value of at least one third candidate node that matches the preset node in the at least one third reference node;
基于局部运动信息,对对应的第三候选节点的第五角度参数值进行更新,确定至少一个第三候选节点的更新后的第五角度参数值,从而确定更新后的至少一个第三候选节点;Based on the local motion information, the fifth angle parameter value of the corresponding third candidate node is updated to determine the updated fifth angle parameter value of at least one third candidate node, thereby determining the updated at least one third candidate node;
将更新后的至少一个第三候选节点和至少一个第三参考节点中除至少一个第三候选节点之外的候选节点,作为更新后的至少一个第三参考节点;using, among the at least one updated third candidate node and the at least one third reference node, a candidate node other than the at least one third candidate node as the at least one updated third reference node;
将更新后的至少一个第三参考节点,以及至少一个第四参考节点作为更新后的至少一个第二候选节点。The updated at least one third reference node and the at least one fourth reference node are used as the updated at least one second candidate node.
示例性的,基于图23,根据第一参考帧中的第一参考节点(节点g),对至少一个第三参考节点中与预设节点(比如包括:节点e、节点f)匹配的至少一个第三候选节点的第五角度参数值进行局部运动处理,确定各个第三候选节点的局部运动信息。其中,至少一个第三参考节点可以包括:第1个第三参考节点(节点e)、第2个第三参考节点(节点f)、第3个第三参考节点(节点o)和第4个第三参考节点(节点p)。第二参考帧中的至少一个第四参考节点可以包括:第1个第四参考节点(节点c)、第2个第四参考节点(节点d)、第3个第四参考节点(节点m)和第4个第四参考节点(节点n)。Exemplarily, based on FIG. 23, according to the first reference node (node g) in the first reference frame, the fifth angle parameter value of at least one third candidate node that matches the preset node (such as node e, node f) in at least one third reference node is subjected to local motion processing to determine the local motion information of each third candidate node. Among them, at least one third reference node may include: the first third reference node (node e), the second third reference node (node f), the third third reference node (node o) and the fourth third reference node (node p). At least one fourth reference node in the second reference frame may include: the first fourth reference node (node c), the second fourth reference node (node d), the third fourth reference node (node m) and the fourth fourth reference node (node n).
此时,至少一个第三候选节点为:第1个第三参考节点(节点e)和第2个第三参考节点(节点f)。更新后的至少一个第三候选节点包括:更新的第1个第三参考节点(节点e)和更新的第2个第三参考节点(节点f)。进一步地,更新后的至少一个第三参考节点包括:更新的第1个第三参考节点(节点e)、更新的第2个第三参考节点(节点f)、第3个第三参考节点(节点o)和第4个第三参考节点(节点p)。At this time, at least one third candidate node is: the first third reference node (node e) and the second third reference node (node f). The updated at least one third candidate node includes: the updated first third reference node (node e) and the updated second third reference node (node f). Further, the updated at least one third reference node includes: the updated first third reference node (node e), the updated second third reference node (node f), the third third reference node (node o) and the fourth third reference node (node p).
进一步地,基于图23,更新后的至少一个第二候选节点可以包括:更新的第1个第三参考节点(节点e)、更新的第2个第三参考节点(节点f)、第3个第三参考节点(节点o)、第4个第三参考节点(节点p)、第1个第四参考节点(节点c)、第2个第四参考节点(节点d)、第3个第四参考节点(节点m)和第4个第四参考节点(节点n)。Further, based on Figure 23, the updated at least one second candidate node may include: the updated first third reference node (node e), the updated second third reference node (node f), the third third reference node (node o), the fourth third reference node (node p), the first fourth reference node (node c), the second fourth reference node (node d), the third fourth reference node (node m) and the fourth fourth reference node (node n).
在本申请的一些实施例中,至少一个第三参考节点、更新后的至少一个第四参考节点、第二参考节点和第一参考节点具有预设顺序。In some embodiments of the present application, at least one third reference node, at least one updated fourth reference node, the second reference node, and the first reference node have a preset order.
还需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,预设顺序并不局限于这种顺序,也可以为其他顺序,在此不作具体限定。另外,需要注意的是,此处描述的这种顺序可以作为一种最优顺序,使得编码性能达到最优。It should also be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, the preset order is not limited to this order, and may also be other orders, which are not specifically limited here. In addition, it should be noted that the order described here can be used as an optimal order to achieve the best encoding performance.
下面结合几种具体的实现方式对第一候选节点和至少一个第二候选节点的确定以及预设顺序进行详细描述。The determination of the first candidate node and at least one second candidate node and the preset order are described in detail below in conjunction with several specific implementations.
在一种具体的实现方式中,根据第一候选节点在参考帧中确定至少一个第二候选节点,可以包括:In a specific implementation manner, determining at least one second candidate node in a reference frame according to the first candidate node may include:
按照预测树的编码顺序,在第一参考帧中依次确定第一参考节点之后编码的第1个第三参考节点、第2个第三参考节点、第3个第三参考节点、第4个第三参考节点; According to the coding order of the prediction tree, the first third reference node, the second third reference node, the third third reference node, and the fourth third reference node, which are coded after the first reference node, are sequentially determined in the first reference frame;
根据第1个第三参考节点、第2个第三参考节点、第3个第三参考节点、第4个第三参考节点确定至少一个第三参考节点。At least one third reference node is determined according to the first third reference node, the second third reference node, the third third reference node, and the fourth third reference node.
按照预测树的编码顺序,在第二参考帧中依次确定第二参考节点之后编码的第1个第四参考节点、第2个第四参考节点、第3个第四参考节点、第4个第四参考节点;According to the coding order of the prediction tree, in the second reference frame, sequentially determine the first fourth reference node, the second fourth reference node, the third fourth reference node, and the fourth fourth reference node that are coded after the second reference node;
根据第1个第四参考节点、第2个第四参考节点、第3个第四参考节点、第4个第四参考节点确定至少一个第四参考节点。At least one fourth reference node is determined according to the first fourth reference node, the second fourth reference node, the third fourth reference node, and the fourth fourth reference node.
在本申请实施例中,图23示出了本申请实施例提供的一种几何信息帧间编解码的结构示意图。如图23所示,当前帧中待编码节点用网格填充,待编码节点的前一个已编码节点(即第一已编码节点)用a表示;这里存在第一参考帧和第二参考帧,其中,第二参考帧可以是当前帧的前一帧,第一参考帧可以是前一帧经过全局运动的GMC帧。In an embodiment of the present application, FIG23 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of a geometric information inter-frame encoding and decoding provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG23, the nodes to be encoded in the current frame are filled with a grid, and the previous encoded node of the node to be encoded (i.e., the first encoded node) is represented by a; there are a first reference frame and a second reference frame, wherein the second reference frame can be the previous frame of the current frame, and the first reference frame can be a GMC frame of the previous frame after global motion.
示例性地,以图23为例,在对待编码节点进行帧间预测编码的时候,首先确定当前点的前一个已编码节点a;Exemplarily, taking FIG. 23 as an example, when performing inter-frame prediction coding on the node to be coded, first determine the previous coded node a of the current point;
基于图23,对于第二参考帧(当前帧的前一帧),可以在第二参考帧中寻找与待编码节点的前一个已编码节点a的具有至少一个相同的几何参数(角度参数值)的第一候选节点b(即第二参考节点);然后按照预测树的编码顺序,依次确定第二参考帧中的第一候选节点b之后编码的第1个第四参考节点c、第2个第四参考节点d、第2个第四参考节点m和第4个第四参考节点n;其中,第1个第四参考节点c、第2个第四参考节点d、第2个第四参考节点m和第4个第四参考节点n即为这里的至少一个第二候选节点(即为至少一个第四参考节点)。Based on Figure 23, for the second reference frame (the previous frame of the current frame), the first candidate node b (i.e., the second reference node) having at least one identical geometric parameter (angle parameter value) as the previous encoded node a of the node to be encoded can be found in the second reference frame; then, according to the encoding order of the prediction tree, the first fourth reference node c, the second fourth reference node d, the second fourth reference node m and the fourth fourth reference node n encoded after the first candidate node b in the second reference frame are determined in sequence; among them, the first fourth reference node c, the second fourth reference node d, the second fourth reference node m and the fourth fourth reference node n are at least one second candidate node here (i.e., at least one fourth reference node).
基于图23,对于第一参考帧(前一帧经过全局运动的GMC帧),可以在第一参考帧中寻找与待编码节点的前一个已编码节点a的具有至少一个相同的几何参数(角度参数值)的第一候选节点g(即第一参考节点);然后按照预测树的编码顺序,依次确定第一参考帧中的第一候选节点g之后编码的第1个第三参考节点e、第2个第三参考节点f、第3个第三参考节点o和第4个第三参考节点p;其中,第1个第三参考节点e、第2个第三参考节点f、第3个第三参考节点o和第4个第三参考节点p即为这里的至少一个第二候选节点(即为第三参考节点)。需要注意的是,这里的第1个第三参考节点e、第2个第三参考节点f、第3个第三参考节点o和第4个第三参考节点p的水平方位角可以不替换或者也可以替换,其中,这里可以被替换为待编码节点的父亲节点的水平方位角,或者也可以被替换为局部运动处理之后的水平方位角。Based on Figure 23, for the first reference frame (the GMC frame of the previous frame that has undergone global motion), the first candidate node g (i.e., the first reference node) having at least one identical geometric parameter (angle parameter value) with the previous encoded node a of the node to be encoded can be found in the first reference frame; then, according to the encoding order of the prediction tree, the first third reference node e, the second third reference node f, the third third reference node o, and the fourth third reference node p encoded after the first candidate node g in the first reference frame are determined in sequence; wherein, the first third reference node e, the second third reference node f, the third third reference node o, and the fourth third reference node p are at least one second candidate node (i.e., the third reference node) here. It should be noted that the horizontal azimuth angles of the first third reference node e, the second third reference node f, the third third reference node o, and the fourth third reference node p here may not be replaced or may also be replaced, wherein, here, it may be replaced with the horizontal azimuth angle of the father node of the node to be encoded, or it may also be replaced with the horizontal azimuth angle after local motion processing.
在另一种具体的实现方式中,根据第一候选节点在参考帧中确定至少一个第二候选节点,可以包括:In another specific implementation, determining at least one second candidate node in a reference frame according to the first candidate node may include:
按照水平方位角的大小顺序,在第二参考帧中依次确定水平方位角大于且最接近第二参考节点的水平方位角的第1个第四参考节点、水平方位角大于且最接近第1个第四参考节点的水平方位角的第2个第四参考节点、水平方位角大于且最接近第2个第四参考节点的水平方位角的第3个第四参考节点、水平方位角大于且最接近第3个第四参考节点的水平方位角的第4个第四参考节点;According to the order of the magnitude of the horizontal azimuth angles, determine in the second reference frame in sequence the first fourth reference node whose horizontal azimuth angle is greater than and closest to the horizontal azimuth angle of the second reference node, the second fourth reference node whose horizontal azimuth angle is greater than and closest to the horizontal azimuth angle of the first fourth reference node, the third fourth reference node whose horizontal azimuth angle is greater than and closest to the horizontal azimuth angle of the second fourth reference node, and the fourth fourth reference node whose horizontal azimuth angle is greater than and closest to the horizontal azimuth angle of the third fourth reference node;
根据第1个第四参考节点、第2个第四参考节点、第3个第四参考节点、第4个第四参考节点,确定至少一个第二候选节点(即第四参考节点);其中,第1个第四参考节点、第2个第四参考节点、第3个第四参考节点、第4个第四参考节点的雷达激光索引值均与前一个已编码节点的雷达激光索引值相同。At least one second candidate node (i.e., fourth reference node) is determined based on the first fourth reference node, the second fourth reference node, the third fourth reference node, and the fourth fourth reference node; wherein the radar laser index values of the first fourth reference node, the second fourth reference node, the third fourth reference node, and the fourth fourth reference node are all the same as the radar laser index value of the previous encoded node.
在本申请实施例中,如图23所示,假定至少一个第二候选节点(即第四参考节点)包括第1个第四参考节点c、第2个第四参考节点d、第3个第四参考节点m和第4个第四参考节点n。在对待编码节点进行帧间预测编码的时候,首先确定当前点的前一个已编码节点a;然后确定与前一个已编码节点a的具有相同的角度参数值的第二参考节点b;再根据水平方位角的大小顺序确定,具体如下:In the embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 23 , it is assumed that at least one second candidate node (i.e., the fourth reference node) includes the first fourth reference node c, the second fourth reference node d, the third fourth reference node m, and the fourth fourth reference node n. When performing inter-frame prediction coding on the node to be coded, first determine the previous coded node a of the current point; then determine the second reference node b having the same angle parameter value as the previous coded node a; and then determine the second reference node b according to the horizontal azimuth angle. The order of size is determined as follows:
在第二参考帧中确定雷达激光索引序号相同且第一个水平方位角(即为角度参数值)大于第二参考节点b的水平方位角的第1个第四参考节点c;Determine in the second reference frame the first fourth reference node c having the same radar laser index number and a first horizontal azimuth angle (i.e., an angle parameter value) greater than the horizontal azimuth angle of the second reference node b;
在第二参考帧中确定雷达激光索引序号相同且第一个水平方位角大于第1个第四参考节点c的水平方位角的第2个第四参考节点d;Determine in the second reference frame a second fourth reference node d having the same radar laser index number and a first horizontal azimuth angle greater than the horizontal azimuth angle of the first fourth reference node c;
在第二参考帧中确定雷达激光索引序号相同且第一个水平方位角大于第2个第四参考节点d的水平方位角的第3个第四参考节点m;Determine in the second reference frame a third fourth reference node m having the same radar laser index number and a first horizontal azimuth angle greater than the horizontal azimuth angle of the second fourth reference node d;
在第二参考帧中确定雷达激光索引序号相同且第一个水平方位角大于且最接近第3个第四参考节点m的水平方位角的第4个第四参考节点n;Determine in the second reference frame a fourth fourth reference node n having the same radar laser index serial number and a first horizontal azimuth angle greater than and closest to the horizontal azimuth angle of the third fourth reference node m;
此时,所得到的第1个第四参考节点c、第2个第四参考节点d、第3个第四参考节点m和第4 个第四参考节点n即为这里的至少一个第二候选节点(即为第四参考节点)。At this time, the first fourth reference node c, the second fourth reference node d, the third fourth reference node m and the fourth fourth reference node The fourth reference node n is at least one second candidate node (ie, the fourth reference node) here.
在另一种具体的实现方式中,根据第一候选节点在参考帧中确定至少一个第二候选节点,可以包括:In another specific implementation, determining at least one second candidate node in a reference frame according to the first candidate node may include:
按照水平方位角的大小顺序,在第一参考帧中依次确定水平方位角大于且最接近第一候选节点(即第一参考节点)的水平方位角的第1个第三参考节点、水平方位角大于且最接近第1个第三参考节点的水平方位角的第2个第三参考节点、水平方位角大于且最接近第2个第三参考节点的水平方位角的第3个第三参考节点、水平方位角大于且最接近第3个第三参考节点的水平方位角的第4个第三参考节点;According to the order of the horizontal azimuth angles, determine in the first reference frame, in sequence, the first third reference node whose horizontal azimuth angle is greater than and closest to the horizontal azimuth angle of the first candidate node (i.e., the first reference node), the second third reference node whose horizontal azimuth angle is greater than and closest to the horizontal azimuth angle of the first third reference node, the third third reference node whose horizontal azimuth angle is greater than and closest to the horizontal azimuth angle of the second third reference node, and the fourth third reference node whose horizontal azimuth angle is greater than and closest to the horizontal azimuth angle of the third third reference node;
根据第1个第三参考节点、第2个第三参考节点、第3个第三参考节点和第4个第三参考节点,确定至少一个第二候选节点(即至少一个第三参考节点);其中,第1个第三参考节点、第2个第三参考节点、第3个第三参考节点和第4个第三参考节点的雷达激光索引序号均与前一个已编码节点的雷达激光索引序号相同。At least one second candidate node (i.e., at least one third reference node) is determined based on the first third reference node, the second third reference node, the third third reference node, and the fourth third reference node; wherein the radar laser index numbers of the first third reference node, the second third reference node, the third third reference node, and the fourth third reference node are all the same as the radar laser index number of the previous encoded node.
在本申请实施例中,如图23所示,假定至少一个第二候选节点包括第1个第三参考节点e、第2个第三参考节点f、第3个第三参考节点o和第4个第三参考节点p。在对待编码节点进行帧间预测编码的时候,首先确定待编码节点的前一个已编码节点a;然后确定与前一个已编码节点a具有相同的角度参数值的第三候选节点g(第一参考节点);再根据水平方位角的大小顺序,具体如下:In the embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG23, it is assumed that at least one second candidate node includes the first third reference node e, the second third reference node f, the third third reference node o and the fourth third reference node p. When performing inter-frame prediction coding on the node to be coded, first determine the previous coded node a of the node to be coded; then determine the third candidate node g (first reference node) having the same angle parameter value as the previous coded node a; and then determine the third candidate node g (first reference node) according to the horizontal azimuth angle. The order of size is as follows:
在第一参考帧中确定雷达激光索引序号相同且第一个水平方位角大于第一候选节点g(即第一参考节点)的水平方位角的第1个第三参考节点e;Determine in the first reference frame the first third reference node e having the same radar laser index number and a first horizontal azimuth angle greater than the horizontal azimuth angle of the first candidate node g (i.e., the first reference node);
在第一参考帧中确定雷达激光索引序号相同且第一个水平方位角大于第1个第三参考节点e的水平方位角的第2个第三参考节点f;Determine in the first reference frame a second third reference node f having the same radar laser index number and a first horizontal azimuth angle greater than the horizontal azimuth angle of the first third reference node e;
在第一参考帧中确定雷达激光索引序号相同且第一个水平方位角大于第2个第三参考节点f的水平方位角的第3个第三参考节点o;Determine in the first reference frame a third third reference node o having the same radar laser index number and a first horizontal azimuth angle greater than the horizontal azimuth angle of the second third reference node f;
在第一参考帧中确定雷达激光索引序号相同且第一个水平方位角大于第3个第三参考节点o的水平方位角的第4个第三参考节点p;Determine in the first reference frame a fourth third reference node p having the same radar laser index number and a first horizontal azimuth angle greater than the horizontal azimuth angle of the third third reference node o;
此时,所得到的第1个第三参考节点e、第2个第三参考节点f、第3个第三参考节点o和第4个第三参考节点p即为这里的至少一个第二候选节点(即第三参考节点)。At this time, the obtained first third reference node e, second third reference node f, third third reference node o and fourth third reference node p are at least one second candidate node (ie, third reference node) here.
还需要说明的是,基于图23,预设顺序可以为:第1个第四参考节点c、第2个第四参考节点d、第1个第三参考节点e、第2个第三参考节点f、第3个第四参考节点m、第4个第四参考节点n、第3个第三参考节点o和第3个第三参考节点p。It should also be noted that, based on Figure 23, the preset order can be: the 1st fourth reference node c, the 2nd fourth reference node d, the 1st third reference node e, the 2nd third reference node f, the 3rd fourth reference node m, the 4th fourth reference node n, the 3rd third reference node o and the 3rd third reference node p.
基于图23,预设顺序还可以为:第1个第四参考节点c、第2个第四参考节点d、第1个第三参考节点e、第2个第三参考节点f、第3个第四参考节点m和第4个第四参考节点n。Based on Figure 23, the preset order can also be: the first fourth reference node c, the second fourth reference node d, the first third reference node e, the second third reference node f, the third fourth reference node m and the fourth fourth reference node n.
基于图23,预设顺序还可以为:第1个第四参考节点c、第2个第四参考节点d、第1个第三参考节点e、第2个第三参考节点f、第3个第四参考节点m、第4个第四参考节点n、第二参考节点b和第一参考节点g。Based on Figure 23, the preset order can also be: the first fourth reference node c, the second fourth reference node d, the first third reference node e, the second third reference node f, the third fourth reference node m, the fourth fourth reference node n, the second reference node b and the first reference node g.
本申请实施例中,对第一候选节点和更新后的各个第二候选节点分别进行代价值计算,得到多个率失真代价结果;将与多个率失真代价结果中的最小率失真代价对应的候选节点,确定为预测节点;基于预测节点,确定待编码节点的几何预测值。In an embodiment of the present application, cost values are calculated for the first candidate node and each updated second candidate node, respectively, to obtain multiple rate-distortion cost results; the candidate node corresponding to the minimum rate-distortion cost among the multiple rate-distortion cost results is determined as the prediction node; based on the prediction node, the geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded is determined.
在本申请的一些实施例中,该方法还可以包括:确定预设顺序中与待编码节点的预测节点索引值;对预测节点索引值的进行编码,将所得到的编码比特写入码流。In some embodiments of the present application, the method may further include: determining a predicted node index value corresponding to the node to be encoded in a preset order; encoding the predicted node index value, and writing the obtained encoded bits into a bitstream.
在本申请的一些实施例中,该方法还可以包括:根据待编码节点的几何预测值,确定待编码节点的几何残差信息;对待编码节点的几何残差信息进行编码,将所得到的编码比特写入码流。In some embodiments of the present application, the method may further include: determining geometric residual information of the node to be encoded based on the geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded; encoding the geometric residual information of the node to be encoded, and writing the obtained encoded bits into the bitstream.
在本申请的一些实施例中,根据待编码节点的几何预测值,确定待编码节点的几何残差信息,可以包括:根据待编码节点的几何预测值,确定待编码节点的初始残差值;根据量化参数对待编码节点的初始残差值进行量化处理,得到待编码节点的几何残差信息。In some embodiments of the present application, determining the geometric residual information of the node to be encoded based on the geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded may include: determining the initial residual value of the node to be encoded based on the geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded; quantizing the initial residual value of the node to be encoded based on a quantization parameter to obtain the geometric residual information of the node to be encoded.
在本申请的一些实施例中,根据待编码节点的几何预测值,确定待编码节点的初始残差值,可以包括:确定待编码节点的原始值;根据待编码节点的原始值与待编码节点的几何预测值进行减法运算,确定待编码节点的初始残差值。In some embodiments of the present application, determining an initial residual value of a node to be encoded based on a geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded may include: determining the original value of the node to be encoded; and determining the initial residual value of the node to be encoded by performing a subtraction operation between the original value of the node to be encoded and the geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded.
在本申请的一些实施例中,该方法还可以包括:对量化参数进行编码,将所得到的编码比特写入码流。In some embodiments of the present application, the method may further include: encoding the quantization parameter, and writing the obtained encoded bits into a bit stream.
示例性地,以几何位置信息为例,首先确定待编码节点的几何预测值;然后根据当前节点的几何位置信息与几何预测值进行求差运算,得到初始残差值;并且利用量化参数对初始残差值进行量 化,确定几何预测残差值。最终通过不断迭代,对预测树中每一节点位置信息的帧间预测模式值、几何预测残差值、预测树结构以及量化参数等参数进行编码,将所得到的编码比特写入码流。For example, taking the geometric position information as an example, first determine the geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded; then perform a difference operation based on the geometric position information of the current node and the geometric prediction value to obtain an initial residual value; and use the quantization parameter to quantize the initial residual value. Finally, through continuous iteration, the inter-frame prediction mode value, geometric prediction residual value, prediction tree structure, quantization parameter and other parameters of each node position information in the prediction tree are encoded, and the obtained coded bits are written into the bitstream.
进一步地,在本申请实施例中,该编码方法主要是针对帧间预测模式进行编码优化的,这里还可以先确定待编码节点使用是否帧间预测模式,生成一个标志位来标识。因此,在一些实施例中,该方法还可以包括:Furthermore, in the embodiment of the present application, the encoding method is mainly for encoding optimization of the inter-frame prediction mode. Here, it can also be determined whether the node to be encoded uses the inter-frame prediction mode, and a flag is generated to identify it. Therefore, in some embodiments, the method can also include:
确定待编码节点的预测模式,并基于预测模式生成第一标识信息;第一标识信息指示待编码节点是否使用帧间预测模式;Determine a prediction mode of the node to be encoded, and generate first identification information based on the prediction mode; the first identification information indicates whether the node to be encoded uses an inter-frame prediction mode;
在预测模式为帧间预测模式的情况下,执行确定当前帧中待编码节点在前一个的第一已编码节点的步骤。When the prediction mode is the inter-frame prediction mode, a step of determining a first encoded node before the node to be encoded in the current frame is performed.
进一步地,对于第一标识信息而言,在一些实施例中,确定第一标识信息,可以包括:Further, with respect to the first identification information, in some embodiments, determining the first identification information may include:
若第一标识信息指示待编码节点不使用帧间预测模式,则确定第一标识信息的值为第一值;If the first identification information indicates that the node to be encoded does not use the inter-frame prediction mode, determining that the value of the first identification information is a first value;
若第一标识信息指示待编码节点使用帧间预测模式,则确定第一标识信息的值为第二值If the first identification information indicates that the node to be encoded uses the inter-frame prediction mode, then the value of the first identification information is determined to be the second value
需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,第一值与第二值不同,而且第一值和第二值可以是参数形式,也可以是数字形式。具体地,第一标识信息可以是写入在概述(profile)中的参数,也可以是一个标志(flag)的取值,这里对此不作具体限定。It should be noted that in the embodiment of the present application, the first value is different from the second value, and the first value and the second value can be in parameter form or in digital form. Specifically, the first identification information can be a parameter written in the profile or a flag value, which is not specifically limited here.
示例性地,对于第一值和第二值而言,第一值可以设置为1,第二值可以设置为0;或者,第一值可以设置为0,第二值可以设置为1;或者,第一值可以设置为true,第二值可以设置为false;或者,第一值可以设置为false,第二值可以设置为true;但是这里并不作具体限定。Exemplarily, for the first value and the second value, the first value can be set to 1 and the second value can be set to 0; or, the first value can be set to 0 and the second value can be set to 1; or, the first value can be set to true and the second value can be set to false; or, the first value can be set to false and the second value can be set to true; but this is not specifically limited here.
在一些实施例中,该方法还可以包括:对第一标识信息进行编码,将所得到的编码比特写入码流。In some embodiments, the method may further include: encoding the first identification information, and writing the obtained encoded bits into a bit stream.
还需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,以写入码流中的flag为例,假设第一值为0,第二值为1,若确定当前节点不使用帧间预测模式,则生成第一标识信息(为0);若确定当前节点使用帧间预测模式,则生成第一标识信息(为1)。这样,后续在解码端,通过解码获得第一标识信息,就可以确定当前节点是否使用帧间预测模式,从而提高解码效率。It should also be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, taking the flag written into the bitstream as an example, assuming that the first value is 0 and the second value is 1, if it is determined that the current node does not use the inter-frame prediction mode, the first identification information (0) is generated; if it is determined that the current node uses the inter-frame prediction mode, the first identification information (1) is generated. In this way, at the decoding end, by decoding and obtaining the first identification information, it is possible to determine whether the current node uses the inter-frame prediction mode, thereby improving decoding efficiency.
进一步地,在本申请的一些实施例中,这里还可以设置一个标志位来确定是否启用本申请实施例的编码方法。因此,在一些实施例中,该方法还可以包括:Furthermore, in some embodiments of the present application, a flag bit may be set to determine whether to enable the encoding method of the embodiment of the present application. Therefore, in some embodiments, the method may further include:
确定是否启用局部运动处理方式,并生成第二标识信息;第二标识信息指示待编码节点是否启用局部运动处理方式;Determine whether to enable the local motion processing mode, and generate second identification information; the second identification information indicates whether the local motion processing mode is enabled for the node to be encoded;
在确定待编码节点启用局部运动处理方式的情况下,执行确定当前帧中待编码节点在前一个的第一已编码节点的步骤。When it is determined that the local motion processing mode is enabled for the node to be encoded, a step of determining a first encoded node before the node to be encoded in the current frame is performed.
进一步地,对于第二标识信息而言,在一些实施例中,确定第二标识信息,可以包括:Further, with respect to the second identification information, in some embodiments, determining the second identification information may include:
若第二标识信息指示待编码节点不启用局部运动处理方式,则确定第二标识信息的值为第一值;If the second identification information indicates that the node to be encoded does not enable the local motion processing mode, determining the value of the second identification information to be the first value;
若第二标识信息指示待编码节点启用局部运动处理方式,则确定第二标识信息的值为第二值。If the second identification information indicates that the node to be encoded enables the local motion processing mode, the value of the second identification information is determined to be the second value.
需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,第一值与第二值不同,而且第一值与第二值可以是参数形式,也可以是数字形式。具体地,第二标识信息可以是写入在概述(profile)中的参数,也可以是一个标志(flag)的取值,这里对此不作具体限定。It should be noted that in the embodiment of the present application, the first value is different from the second value, and the first value and the second value can be in parameter form or in digital form. Specifically, the second identification information can be a parameter written in the profile or a flag value, which is not specifically limited here.
示例性地,对于第一值与第二值而言,第一值可以设置为1,第二值可以设置为0;或者,第一值可以设置为0,第二值可以设置为1;或者,第一值可以设置为true,第二值可以设置为false;或者,第一值可以设置为false,第二值可以设置为true;但是这里并不作具体限定。Exemplarily, for the first value and the second value, the first value can be set to 1, and the second value can be set to 0; or, the first value can be set to 0, and the second value can be set to 1; or, the first value can be set to true, and the second value can be set to false; or, the first value can be set to false, and the second value can be set to true; but this is not specifically limited here.
进一步地,在本申请的一些实施例中,该方法还可以包括:对第二标识信息的取值进行编码,将所得到的编码比特写入码流。Furthermore, in some embodiments of the present application, the method may also include: encoding the value of the second identification information, and writing the obtained encoded bits into the bit stream.
还需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,以写入码流中的flag为例,假设第一值为0,第二值为1,若确定当前节点不启用局部运动处理方式,则生成第二标识信息(为0);若确定当前节点不启用局部运动处理方式,则生成第二标识信息(为1)。这样,后续在解码端,通过解码也可以直接获得第二标识信息的取值,就可以确定当前节点是否启用,从而提高解码效率。It should also be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, taking the flag written into the bitstream as an example, assuming that the first value is 0 and the second value is 1, if it is determined that the local motion processing mode is not enabled for the current node, the second identification information (0) is generated; if it is determined that the local motion processing mode is not enabled for the current node, the second identification information (1) is generated. In this way, the value of the second identification information can be directly obtained by decoding at the decoding end, so as to determine whether the current node is enabled, thereby improving the decoding efficiency.
简单来说,在本申请实施例中,这里可以使用一个1比特标志位(即第二标识信息)来表示本申请实施例的编码方法开启与否。这个标志位可以被放在高层语法元素的头信息中,例如geometry header中;而且这个标志位在一些特定条件下可以有条件的开启,如果这个标志位不出现在码流中,那么其默认值为一个固定的值。In short, in the embodiment of the present application, a 1-bit flag (i.e., the second identification information) can be used to indicate whether the encoding method of the embodiment of the present application is enabled or not. This flag can be placed in the header information of the high-level syntax element, such as the geometry header; and this flag can be conditionally enabled under certain conditions. If this flag does not appear in the bitstream, its default value is a fixed value.
本实施例提供了一种编码方法,编码器对首先确定当前帧中待编码节点的前一个的第一已编码节点;然后,编码器确定在参考帧中与第一已编码节点具有至少一种几何参数相同的第一候选节点, 根据第一候选节点在参考帧中确定至少一个第二候选节点;随后,编码器对至少一个第二候选节点中的至少一个候选节点的角度参数值进行局部运动处理,得到更新后的至少一个第二候选节点;最后,编码器基于第一候选节点和更新后的至少一个第二候选节点,确定待编码节点的几何预测值。由于编码器对至少一个第二候选节点中的至少一个候选节点的角度参数值进行局部运动处理,使得至少一个第二候选节点中的至少一个候选节点具有局部运动相关的先验信息,使得帧间预测能够更好的对待编码节点进行预测,从而提升了帧间预测的准确度,可以提升几何信息的编码效率,进而能够提高点云的编码性能。This embodiment provides an encoding method, wherein an encoder first determines a first encoded node preceding a node to be encoded in a current frame; then, the encoder determines a first candidate node having at least one geometric parameter identical to the first encoded node in a reference frame, At least one second candidate node is determined in the reference frame according to the first candidate node; then, the encoder performs local motion processing on the angle parameter value of at least one candidate node in the at least one second candidate node to obtain at least one updated second candidate node; finally, the encoder determines the geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded based on the first candidate node and the at least one updated second candidate node. Since the encoder performs local motion processing on the angle parameter value of at least one candidate node in the at least one second candidate node, at least one candidate node in the at least one second candidate node has prior information related to local motion, so that inter-frame prediction can better predict the node to be encoded, thereby improving the accuracy of inter-frame prediction, improving the encoding efficiency of geometric information, and further improving the encoding performance of point cloud.
在本申请的又一实施例中,基于前述实施例所述的编码/解码方法,由于相关技术对于选取的帧间预测候选点来进行帧间预测的时候,只是考虑到了全局运动这一先验信息,本申请实施例主要是对预测节点的角度参数值进行局部运动处理,可以提升帧间预测的准确度,从而能够提升点云的几何信息的编解码效率,提高点云的编解码性能。In another embodiment of the present application, based on the encoding/decoding method described in the aforementioned embodiment, since the related technology only considers the prior information of global motion when performing inter-frame prediction on the selected inter-frame prediction candidate points, the embodiment of the present application mainly performs local motion processing on the angle parameter value of the prediction node, which can improve the accuracy of inter-frame prediction, thereby improving the encoding and decoding efficiency of the geometric information of the point cloud and improving the encoding and decoding performance of the point cloud.
在本申请实施例中,本申请提出的tool可以用一个1比特标志位来表示开启与否,这个标志位被放在高层语法元素的头信息中,比如geometry header中,而且这个标志位在一些特定的条件下有条件的开启,如果这个标志位不出现在码流中,其默认值为一个固定的值。同理在解码端需要解码该标志位,如果这个标志位不出现在码流中,那么可以不解码,其默认值为一个固定的值。In the embodiment of the present application, the tool proposed in the present application can use a 1-bit flag to indicate whether it is enabled or not. This flag is placed in the header information of the high-level syntax element, such as the geometry header, and this flag is conditionally enabled under certain conditions. If this flag does not appear in the bitstream, its default value is a fixed value. Similarly, the flag needs to be decoded at the decoding end. If this flag does not appear in the bitstream, it can be decoded without decoding, and its default value is a fixed value.
下面在一些具体的实施例中对上述的点云编解码方法进行详细的解释。The above point cloud encoding and decoding method is explained in detail below in some specific embodiments.
实施例1(10个点):Example 1 (10 points):
在一种可能的实现方式中,以图23为例,在编码端,在对当前待编码点(待编码点)进行帧间的预测编码的时候,遍历预测树(即按照预测树顺序)中,待编码当前点(待编码节点)的前一个已经编码的节点a(第一已编码节点);在前一帧作为参考帧(第二参考帧)中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的(第三角度参数值)和laserID的点b(第二参考节点或第一候选节点),将前一帧参考帧中的点b和点b之后编码或者解码的点c(第1个第四参考节点)和点d(第2个第四参考节点)和点m(第3个第四参考节点)和点n(第4个第四参考节点)作为帧间的候选点。In a possible implementation, taking FIG. 23 as an example, at the encoding end, when performing inter-frame predictive encoding on the current point to be encoded (point to be encoded), the prediction tree (i.e., in the order of the prediction tree) is traversed, and the previous encoded node a (the first encoded node) of the current point to be encoded (node to be encoded) is searched; the previous frame is used as a reference frame (the second reference frame) to find the node a that has the same encoding as the previous encoded node a of the current point. (third angle parameter value) and point b (the second reference node or the first candidate node) of laserID, point b in the reference frame of the previous frame and point c (the first fourth reference node) and point d (the second fourth reference node) and point m (the third fourth reference node) and point n (the fourth fourth reference node) encoded or decoded after point b are used as candidate points between frames.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的小于等于点a的的点b,和/或,In one possible implementation, the previous frame is used as a reference frame to find a node a that has the same laser ID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point is encoded and the first point Less than or equal to point a Point b, and/or
在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的大于点a的的点c,和/或,In the previous frame as the reference frame, find the node a that has the same laserID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point and the first point Greater than point a Point c, and/or
在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的大于点c的的点d,和/或,In the previous frame as the reference frame, find the node a that has the same laserID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point and the first point Greater than point c point d, and/or
在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的大于点d的的点m,和/或,In the previous frame as the reference frame, find the node a that has the same laserID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point and the first point Greater than point d point m, and/or
在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的大于点m的的点n,和/或,In the previous frame as the reference frame, find the node a that has the same laserID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point and the first point Greater than point m point n, and/or,
将前一帧参考帧中的点b和点b之后编码或者解码的点c和点d和点m和点n作为帧间的候选点。Point b in the previous reference frame and points c, d, m and n encoded or decoded after point b are used as candidate points between frames.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在前一帧经过全局运动的作为参考帧(第一参考帧)中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a(第一已编码节点)具有相同的和laserID的点g(第一参考节点或第一候选节点),将前一帧经过全局运动的作为参考帧中的点g和点g之后编码或者解码的点e(第1个第三参考节点)和点f(第2个第三参考节点)和点o(第3个第三参考节点)和点p(第4个第三参考节点)作为帧间的候选点。In a possible implementation, a node a (first coded node) having the same eigenvalue as the node a that has been coded before the current point is coded is searched in a reference frame (first reference frame) that has undergone global motion in the previous frame. And point g (the first reference node or the first candidate node) of laserID, take the point g in the previous frame after global motion as the reference frame and the point e (the first third reference node), point f (the second third reference node), point o (the third third reference node) and point p (the fourth third reference node) encoded or decoded after point g as candidate points between frames.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的小于等于点a的的点g,和/或,In one possible implementation, the previous frame is used as a reference frame to find a node a that has the same laser ID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point is encoded and the first point Less than or equal to point a point g, and/or,
在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的大于点a的的点e,和/或,In the previous frame as the reference frame, find the node a that has the same laserID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point and the first point Greater than point a point e, and/or,
在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的大于点e的的点f,和/或,In the previous frame as the reference frame, find the node a that has the same laserID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point and the first point Greater than point e The point f, and/or
在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的大于点f的的点o,和/或,In the previous frame as the reference frame, find the node a that has the same laserID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point and the first point Greater than point f o, and/or
在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的大于点o的的点p,和/或, In the previous frame as the reference frame, find the node a that has the same laserID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point and the first point Greater than point o point p, and/or
将前一帧经过全局运动的作为参考帧中的点g和点g之后编码或者解码的点e和点f和点o和点p作为帧间的候选点。The point g in the previous frame that has undergone global motion is used as the reference frame, and the points e, f, o, and p that are encoded or decoded after point g are used as candidate points between frames.
同时,将帧间预测点e,f,o,p的用以下局部运动方式替换掉:At the same time, the inter-frame prediction points e, f, o, p Replace it with the following local motion:
首先计算点e,f,o,p的减去点g的得到(局部运动信息);First calculate the points e, f, o, p Minus the g get (local motion information);
如果的值大于等于k倍(k取0.5)angular azimuth speed或者的值小于等于负k倍(k取0.5)angular azimuth speed的值或者不进行判断直接进行下述步骤:if The value is greater than or equal to k times (k is 0.5) the angular azimuth speed or The value is less than or equal to negative k times (k is 0.5) the value of angular azimuth speed or proceed to the following steps without making any judgment:
计算表示向上取整。本申请不限制也可以向下取整。calculate Indicates rounding up. This application does not limit and can also round down.
将帧间预测点e,f,o,p的替换为点a的加上qphi0*angular azimuth speed。The inter-frame prediction points e, f, o, p Replace with point a Add qphi0*angular azimuth speed.
上述过程的部分伪代码如下:
auto deltaPhi=interPred.second[1]-interPredPrev.second[1;
if(
deltaPhi>=(_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed>>1)
||deltaPhi<=-(_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed>>1)){
int qphi0=divApprox(
int64_t(deltaPhi)+(_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed>>1),
_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed,0);
interPred.second[1]=
prevPos[1]+qphi0*_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed;
}Some pseudo code of the above process is as follows:
auto deltaPhi=interPred.second[1]-interPredPrev.second[1;
if(
deltaPhi>=(_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed>>1)
||deltaPhi<=-(_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed>>1)){
int qphi0=divApprox(
int64_t(deltaPhi)+(_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed>>1),
_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed,0);
interPred.second[1]=
prevPos[1]+qphi0*_geomAngularAzimuthSpeed;
}
这样,通过RDO率失真优化选取不同的预测点(包括帧内候选点若干以及帧间上述候选点至多10个),即节点c、节点d、节点e、节点f、节点m、节点n、节点o、节点p、节点b以及节点g。In this way, different prediction points (including several candidate points within a frame and at most 10 candidate points between frames) are selected through RDO rate-distortion optimization, namely, node c, node d, node e, node f, node m, node n, node o, node p, node b and node g.
其中,对候选预测点的顺序有要求,具体为:Among them, there are requirements for the order of candidate prediction points, specifically:
按照c、d、e、f、m、n、o、p、b、g的顺序(此为最优顺序,可以达到最优的性能,也可以有其他顺序)进行RDO率失真优化选取最优帧间预测点。In the order of c, d, e, f, m, n, o, p, b, and g (this is the optimal order, which can achieve the best performance, and other orders are also possible), RDO rate-distortion optimization is performed to select the optimal inter-frame prediction point.
进一步地,为选择帧间预测模式为c或d或m或n或b对应一个选择contex model上下文模型的参数,选择帧间预测模式为e或f或o或p或g对应另一个选择contex model另一种上下文模型的参数来进行接下来残差系数的熵编/解码。Furthermore, to select the inter-frame prediction mode as c or d or m or n or b corresponding to a parameter of a selected contex model context model, to select the inter-frame prediction mode as e or f or o or p or g corresponding to another parameter of another selected contex model context model, the subsequent entropy encoding/decoding of the residual coefficients is performed.
在确定预测节点之后,对预测节点的几何位置信息进行预测得到预测残差,并且利用量化参数对几何预测残差进行量化。最终通过不断迭代,对预测树节点位置信息的预测模式、预测残差、预测树结构以及量化参数等参数进行编码,生成二进制码流。After determining the prediction node, the geometric position information of the prediction node is predicted to obtain the prediction residual, and the geometric prediction residual is quantized using the quantization parameter. Finally, through continuous iteration, the prediction mode, prediction residual, prediction tree structure, quantization parameter and other parameters of the prediction tree node position information are encoded to generate a binary code stream.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在解码端,解码端通过不断解析码流,重构预测树结构,遍历预测树中,对于待解码当前点的前一个已经解码的节点a;In a possible implementation, at the decoding end, the decoding end reconstructs the prediction tree structure by continuously parsing the bitstream, and traverses the prediction tree for the previous decoded node a of the current point to be decoded;
首先,解码预测模式;First, decode the prediction mode;
其中,对候选预测点的顺序有要求,具体为:Among them, there are requirements for the order of candidate prediction points, specifically:
根据解码的预测模式,按照节点c、d、e、f、m、n、o、p、b、g的顺序(此为最优顺序,可以达到最优的性能,也可以有其他顺序)选取帧间预测点。According to the decoded prediction mode, inter-frame prediction points are selected in the order of nodes c, d, e, f, m, n, o, p, b, and g (this is the optimal order, which can achieve the best performance, and other orders are also possible).
在一种可能的实现方式中,如果预测模式是帧间预测模式,那么可以利用解码得到的帧间预测模式在以下至多10个候选节点中确定出预测点:In a possible implementation, if the prediction mode is an inter-frame prediction mode, the decoded inter-frame prediction mode may be used to determine a prediction point from the following at most 10 candidate nodes:
在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与解码当前点的前一个已经解码的节点a(第一已解码节点)具有相同的(第三角度参数值)和laserID的点b(第二已解码节点),将前一帧参考帧(第二参考帧)中的点b和点b之后编码或者解码的点c和点d和点m和点n作为帧间的候选点。In the previous frame as the reference frame, find the node a (the first decoded node) that has the same (third angle parameter value) and point b (the second decoded node) of laserID, point b in the previous reference frame (the second reference frame) and points c, d, m and n encoded or decoded after point b are used as candidate points between frames.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的小于等于点a的的点b;In one possible implementation, the previous frame is used as a reference frame to find a node a that has the same laser ID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point is encoded and the first point Less than or equal to point a Point b;
在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的大于点b的的点c;In the previous frame as the reference frame, find the node a that has the same laserID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point and the first point Greater than point b Point c;
在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的大于点c的的点d;In the previous frame as the reference frame, find the node a that has the same laserID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point and the first point Greater than point c point d;
在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的大于点d的的点m;In the previous frame as the reference frame, find the node a that has the same laserID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point and the first point Greater than point d Point m;
在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的大于点m的的点n。In the previous frame as the reference frame, find the node a that has the same laserID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point and the first point Greater than point m point n.
将前一帧参考帧中的点b和点b之后编码或者解码的点c和点d和点m和点n作为帧间的候选 点;Point b in the previous frame reference frame and points c, d, m and n encoded or decoded after point b are used as candidates for inter-frame point;
在一种可能的实现方式中,在前一帧经过全局运动的作为参考帧(第一参考帧)中寻找与解码当前点的前一个已经解码的节点a(第一已解码节点)具有相同的和laserID的点g(第二已解码节点),将前一帧经过全局运动的作为参考帧中的点g和点g之后编码或者解码的点e和点f和点o和点p作为帧间的候选点。In a possible implementation, a node a (first decoded node) having the same vertices as the node a that has been decoded before the current point is searched in a reference frame (first reference frame) that has undergone global motion in the previous frame. and point g (the second decoded node) of laserID, and take point g in the previous frame after global motion as the reference frame and point e, point f, point o and point p encoded or decoded after point g as candidate points between frames.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的小于等于点a的的点g;In one possible implementation, the previous frame is used as a reference frame to find a node a that has the same laser ID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point is encoded and the first point Less than or equal to point a point g;
在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的大于点a的的点e;In the previous frame as the reference frame, find the node a that has the same laserID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point and the first point Greater than point a point e;
在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的大于点e的的点f;In the previous frame as the reference frame, find the node a that has the same laserID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point and the first point Greater than point e Point f;
在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的大于点f的的点o;In the previous frame as the reference frame, find the node a that has the same laserID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point and the first point Greater than point f Point o;
在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的大于点o的的点p;In the previous frame as the reference frame, find the node a that has the same laserID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point and the first point Greater than point o Point p;
将前一帧经过全局运动的作为参考帧中的点g和点g之后编码或者解码的点e和点f和点o和点p作为帧间的候选点。The point g in the previous frame that has undergone global motion is used as the reference frame, and the points e, f, o, and p that are encoded or decoded after point g are used as candidate points between frames.
同时,将帧间预测点e,f,o,p的用局部运动方式替换掉。At the same time, the inter-frame prediction points e, f, o, p Replace it with a local motion method.
进一步的,通过解析得到预测节点的几何位置预测残差信息以及量化参数,并且对预测残差进行反量化,恢复得到每个节点的重构几何位置信息,最终完成解码端的几何重构。Furthermore, the geometric position prediction residual information and quantization parameters of the prediction node are obtained through analysis, and the prediction residual is dequantized to restore the reconstructed geometric position information of each node, and finally the geometric reconstruction at the decoding end is completed.
实施例2(6个点):Example 2 (6 points):
在一种可能的实现方式中,以图24为例,在编码端,在对当前待编码点进行帧间的预测编码的时候,遍历预测树中,待编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a;In a possible implementation, taking FIG. 24 as an example, at the encoding end, when performing inter-frame predictive encoding on the current point to be encoded, the previous encoded node a of the current point to be encoded in the prediction tree is traversed;
在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的φ和laserID的点b,将前一帧参考帧中的点b之后编码或者解码的点c和点d和点m和点n作为帧间的候选点。In the previous frame as the reference frame, search for point b with the same φ and laserID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point, and take points c, d, m and n that are encoded or decoded after point b in the previous frame as candidate points between frames.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的大于点a的的点c,和/或,In one possible implementation, the previous frame is used as a reference frame to find a node a that has the same laser ID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point is encoded and the first point Greater than point a Point c, and/or
在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的大于点c的的点d,和/或,In the previous frame as the reference frame, find the node a that has the same laserID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point and the first point Greater than point c point d, and/or
在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的大于点d的的点m,和/或,In the previous frame as the reference frame, find the node a that has the same laserID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point and the first point Greater than point d point m, and/or
在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的大于点m的的点n,和/或,In the previous frame as the reference frame, find the node a that has the same laserID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point and the first point Greater than point m point n, and/or,
将前一帧参考帧中的点b之后编码或者解码的点c和点d和点m和点n作为帧间的候选点;Points c, d, m and n encoded or decoded after point b in the previous reference frame are used as candidate points between frames;
在一种可能的实现方式中,在前一帧经过全局运动的作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的和laserID的点g,将前一帧经过全局运动的作为参考帧中点g之后编码或者解码的点e和点f作为帧间的候选点。In a possible implementation, a node a which has been encoded before the current point is searched in the previous frame which has been globally moved as a reference frame and has the same and point g of laserID, and take the points e and f encoded or decoded after point g in the previous frame after global motion as the reference frame as candidate points between frames.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的小于等于点a的的点g,和/或,In one possible implementation, the previous frame is used as a reference frame to find a node a that has the same laser ID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point is encoded and the first point Less than or equal to point a point g, and/or,
在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的大于点a的的点e,和/或,In the previous frame as the reference frame, find the node a that has the same laserID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point and the first point Greater than point a point e, and/or,
在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的大于点e的的点f,和/或,In the previous frame as the reference frame, find the node a that has the same laserID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point and the first point Greater than point e The point f, and/or
将前一帧经过全局运动的作为参考帧中点g之后编码或者解码的点e和点f作为帧间的候选点。The points e and f encoded or decoded after the global motion of the previous frame as the point g in the reference frame are used as candidate points between frames.
同时,将帧间预测点e,f的用局部运动方式替换掉。At the same time, the inter-frame prediction points e and f Replace it with a local motion method.
这样,通过RDO率失真优化选取不同的预测点(包括帧内候选点若干以及帧间上述候选点至多6个),即节点c、节点d、节点e、节点f、节点m以及节点n。In this way, different prediction points (including several candidate points within a frame and at most 6 candidate points between frames) are selected through RDO rate-distortion optimization, namely, node c, node d, node e, node f, node m and node n.
其中,对候选预测点的顺序有要求,具体为:Among them, there are requirements for the order of candidate prediction points, specifically:
按照节点c、d、e、f、m、n的顺序(此为最优顺序,可以达到最优的性能,也可以有其他顺序)进行RDO率失真优化选取最优帧间预测点。According to the order of nodes c, d, e, f, m, and n (this is the optimal order, which can achieve the best performance, and other orders are also possible), RDO rate-distortion optimization is performed to select the optimal inter-frame prediction point.
进一步地,为选择帧间预测模式为c或d或m或n或b对应一个选择contex model上下文模型 的参数,选择帧间预测模式为e或f对应另一个选择contex model另一种上下文模型的参数来进行接下来残差系数的熵编/解码。Furthermore, for selecting the inter-frame prediction mode as c or d or m or n or b, a context model is selected. Parameters, select the inter-frame prediction mode e or f corresponding to another selection of contex model parameters of another context model to perform the subsequent entropy encoding/decoding of the residual coefficients.
在确定预测节点之后,对预测节点的几何位置信息进行预测得到预测残差,并且利用量化参数对几何预测残差进行量化。最终通过不断迭代,对预测树节点位置信息的预测模式、预测残差、预测树结构以及量化参数等参数进行编码,生成二进制码流。After determining the prediction node, the geometric position information of the prediction node is predicted to obtain the prediction residual, and the geometric prediction residual is quantized using the quantization parameter. Finally, through continuous iteration, the prediction mode, prediction residual, prediction tree structure, quantization parameter and other parameters of the prediction tree node position information are encoded to generate a binary code stream.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在解码端,解码端通过不断解析码流,重构预测树结构,遍历预测树中,对于待解码当前点的前一个已经解码的节点a;In a possible implementation, at the decoding end, the decoding end reconstructs the prediction tree structure by continuously parsing the bitstream, and traverses the prediction tree for the previous decoded node a of the current point to be decoded;
首先,解码预测模式;First, decode the prediction mode;
其中,对候选预测点的顺序有要求,具体为:Among them, there are requirements for the order of candidate prediction points, specifically:
根据解码的预测模式,按照节点c、d、e、f、m、n的顺序(此为最优顺序,可以达到最优的性能,也可以有其他顺序)选取帧间预测点。According to the decoded prediction mode, inter-frame prediction points are selected in the order of nodes c, d, e, f, m, and n (this is the optimal order, which can achieve the best performance, and other orders are also possible).
如果预测模式是帧间预测模式,那么可以利用解码得到的帧间预测模式在以下至多6个候选节点中确定出预测点:If the prediction mode is an inter-frame prediction mode, the decoded inter-frame prediction mode can be used to determine the prediction point from the following at most 6 candidate nodes:
在一种可能的实现方式中,在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与解码当前点的前一个已经解码的节点a具有相同的和laserID的点b,将前一帧参考帧中点b之后编码或者解码的点c和点d和点m和点n作为帧间的候选点。In a possible implementation, the previous frame is used as a reference frame to find a node a that has the same and point b of laserID, and take points c, d, m and n encoded or decoded after point b in the previous reference frame as candidate points between frames.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的大于点a的的点c;In one possible implementation, the previous frame is used as a reference frame to find a node a that has the same laser ID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point is encoded and the first point Greater than point a Point c;
在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的大于点c的的点d;In the previous frame as the reference frame, find the node a that has the same laserID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point and the first point Greater than point c point d;
在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的大于点d的的点m;In the previous frame as the reference frame, find the node a that has the same laserID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point and the first point Greater than point d Point m;
在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的大于点m的的点n;In the previous frame as the reference frame, find the node a that has the same laserID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point and the first point Greater than point m Point n;
将前一帧参考帧中点b之后编码或者解码的点c和点d和点m和点n作为帧间的候选点。Points c, d, m and n encoded or decoded after point b in the previous reference frame are used as candidate points between frames.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在前一帧经过全局运动的作为参考帧中寻找与解码当前点的前一个已经解码的节点a具有相同的和laserID的点g,将前一帧经过全局运动的作为参考帧中点g之后编码或者解码的点e和点f作为帧间的候选点。In a possible implementation, a node a that has been decoded before the current point is searched in the previous frame that has undergone global motion as a reference frame and has the same and point g of laserID, and take the points e and f encoded or decoded after point g in the previous frame after global motion as the reference frame as candidate points between frames.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的小于等于点a的的点g;In one possible implementation, the previous frame is used as a reference frame to find a node a that has the same laser ID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point is encoded and the first point Less than or equal to point a point g;
在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的大于点a的的点e;In the previous frame as the reference frame, find the node a that has the same laserID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point and the first point Greater than point a point e;
在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的大于点e的的点f;In the previous frame as the reference frame, find the node a that has the same laserID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point and the first point Greater than point e Point f;
将前一帧经过全局运动的作为参考帧中点g之后编码或者解码的点e和点f作为帧间的候选点。The points e and f encoded or decoded after the global motion of the previous frame as the point g in the reference frame are used as candidate points between frames.
同时,将帧间预测点e,f的用局部运动方式替换掉。At the same time, the inter-frame prediction points e and f Replace it with a local motion method.
进一步的,通过解析得到预测节点的几何位置预测残差信息以及量化参数,并且对预测残差进行反量化,恢复得到每个节点的重构几何位置信息,最终完成解码端的几何重构。Furthermore, the geometric position prediction residual information and quantization parameters of the prediction node are obtained through analysis, and the prediction residual is dequantized to restore the reconstructed geometric position information of each node, and finally the geometric reconstruction at the decoding end is completed.
具体的测试结果如下表所示。其中,参见表1-1,其示出了本申请实施例提供的一种在几何位置无损、属性无损情况下的测试结果;参见表1-2,其示出了本申请实施例提供的一种在几何位置有损、属性有损情况下的测试结果。从中可以看出,提升了编解码性能。The specific test results are shown in the following table. See Table 1-1, which shows the test results of a geometric position lossless and attribute lossless case provided by the embodiment of the present application; see Table 1-2, which shows the test results of a geometric position lossy and attribute lossy case provided by the embodiment of the present application. It can be seen that the encoding and decoding performance is improved.
表1-1
Table 1-1
表1-2
Table 1-2
实施例3(8个点):Example 3 (8 points):
在一种可能的实现方式中,以图23为例,在编码端,在对当前待编码点进行帧间的预测编码的时候,遍历预测树中,待编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a;In a possible implementation, taking FIG. 23 as an example, at the encoding end, when performing inter-frame predictive encoding on the current point to be encoded, the previous encoded node a of the current point to be encoded in the prediction tree is traversed;
在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的和laserID的点b,将前一帧参考帧中的点b之后编码或者解码的点c和点d和点m和点n作为帧间的候选点。In the previous frame as the reference frame, find the node a that has the same and point b of laserID, and take points c, d, m and n encoded or decoded after point b in the reference frame of the previous frame as candidate points between frames.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的小于等于点a的的点g;In one possible implementation, the previous frame is used as a reference frame to find a node a that has the same laser ID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point is encoded and the first point Less than or equal to point a point g;
在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的大于点a的的点e;In the previous frame as the reference frame, find the node a that has the same laserID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point and the first point Greater than point a point e;
在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的大于点e的的点f;In the previous frame as the reference frame, find the node a that has the same laserID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point and the first point Greater than point e Point f;
在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的大于点f的的点o;In the previous frame as the reference frame, find the node a that has the same laserID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point and the first point Greater than point f Point o;
在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的大于点o的的点p。In the previous frame as the reference frame, find the node a that has the same laserID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point and the first point Greater than point o Point p.
将前一帧经过全局运动的作为参考帧中点g之后编码或者解码的点e和点f和点o和点p作为帧间的候选点。Points e, f, o and p encoded or decoded after point g in the previous frame after global motion are used as candidate points between frames.
同时,将帧间预测点e,f,o,p的用局部运动方式替换掉。At the same time, the inter-frame prediction points e, f, o, p Replace it with a local motion method.
这样,通过RDO率失真优化选取不同的预测点(包括帧内候选点若干以及帧间上述候选点至多8个),即节点c、节点d、节点e、节点f、节点m以及节点n。In this way, different prediction points (including several candidate points within a frame and at most 8 candidate points between frames) are selected through RDO rate-distortion optimization, namely, node c, node d, node e, node f, node m and node n.
其中,对候选预测点的顺序有要求,具体为:Among them, there are requirements for the order of candidate prediction points, specifically:
按照节点c、d、e、f、m、n、o、p的顺序(此为最优顺序,可以达到最优的性能,也可以有其他顺序)进行RDO率失真优化选取最优帧间预测点。According to the order of nodes c, d, e, f, m, n, o, and p (this is the optimal order, which can achieve the best performance, and other orders are also possible), RDO rate-distortion optimization is performed to select the optimal inter-frame prediction point.
进一步地,为选择帧间预测模式为c或d或m或n或b对应一个选择contex model上下文模型的参数,选择帧间预测模式为e或f或o或p对应另一个选择contex model另一种上下文模型的参数来进行接下来残差系数的熵编/解码。Furthermore, to select the inter-frame prediction mode as c or d or m or n or b corresponding to a parameter of a selected contex model context model, to select the inter-frame prediction mode as e or f or o or p corresponding to another parameter of another selected contex model context model, the subsequent entropy encoding/decoding of the residual coefficients is performed.
在确定预测节点之后,对预测节点的几何位置信息进行预测得到预测残差,并且利用量化参数对几何预测残差进行量化。最终通过不断迭代,对预测树节点位置信息的预测模式、预测残差、预测树结构以及量化参数等参数进行编码,生成二进制码流。After determining the prediction node, the geometric position information of the prediction node is predicted to obtain the prediction residual, and the geometric prediction residual is quantized using the quantization parameter. Finally, through continuous iteration, the prediction mode, prediction residual, prediction tree structure, quantization parameter and other parameters of the prediction tree node position information are encoded to generate a binary code stream.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在解码端,解码端通过不断解析码流,重构预测树结构,遍历预测树中,对于待解码当前点的前一个已经解码的节点a;In a possible implementation, at the decoding end, the decoding end reconstructs the prediction tree structure by continuously parsing the bitstream, and traverses the prediction tree for the previous decoded node a of the current point to be decoded;
首先,解码预测模式;First, decode the prediction mode;
其中,对候选预测点的顺序有要求,具体为:Among them, there are requirements for the order of candidate prediction points, specifically:
根据解码的预测模式,按照节点c、d、e、f、m、n、o、p的顺序(此为最优顺序,可以达到最 优的性能,也可以有其他顺序)选取帧间预测点。According to the decoded prediction mode, the order of nodes c, d, e, f, m, n, o, p is used (this is the optimal order, which can achieve the best result). The inter-frame prediction points are selected in other orders to obtain the best performance.
如果预测模式是帧间预测模式,那么可以利用解码得到的帧间预测模式在以下至多8个候选节点中确定出预测点:If the prediction mode is an inter-frame prediction mode, the decoded inter-frame prediction mode can be used to determine the prediction point from the following up to 8 candidate nodes:
在一种可能的实现方式中,在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与解码当前点的前一个已经解码的节点a具有相同的和laserID的点b,将前一帧参考帧中点b之后编码或者解码的点c和点d和点m和点n作为帧间的候选点。In a possible implementation, the previous frame is used as a reference frame to find a node a that has the same and point b of laserID, and take points c, d, m and n encoded or decoded after point b in the previous reference frame as candidate points between frames.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的大于点a的的点c,In one possible implementation, the previous frame is used as a reference frame to find a node a that has the same laser ID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point is encoded and the first point Greater than point a Point c,
在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的大于点c的的点d,In the previous frame as the reference frame, find the node a that has the same laserID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point and the first point Greater than point c Point d,
在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的大于点d的的点m,In the previous frame as the reference frame, find the node a that has the same laserID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point and the first point Greater than point d Point m,
在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的大于点m的的点n,In the previous frame as the reference frame, find the node a that has the same laserID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point and the first point Greater than point m Point n,
将前一帧参考帧中点b之后编码或者解码的点c和点d和点m和点n作为帧间的候选点。Points c, d, m and n encoded or decoded after point b in the previous reference frame are used as candidate points between frames.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在前一帧经过全局运动的作为参考帧中寻找与解码当前点的前一个已经解码的节点a具有相同的和laserID的点g,将前一帧经过全局运动的作为参考帧中点g之后编码或者解码的点e和点f,点o和点p作为帧间的候选点。In a possible implementation, a node a that has been decoded before the current point is searched in the previous frame that has undergone global motion as a reference frame and has the same and point g of laserID, and use the points e and f, o and p encoded or decoded after point g in the previous frame after global motion as the reference frame as candidate points between frames.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的小于等于点a的的点g;In one possible implementation, the previous frame is used as a reference frame to find a node a that has the same laser ID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point is encoded and the first point Less than or equal to point a point g;
在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的大于点a的的点e;In the previous frame as the reference frame, find the node a that has the same laserID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point and the first point Greater than point a point e;
在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的大于点e的的点f;In the previous frame as the reference frame, find the node a that has the same laserID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point and the first point Greater than point e Point f;
在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的大于点f的的点o;In the previous frame as the reference frame, find the node a that has the same laserID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point and the first point Greater than point f Point o;
在前一帧作为参考帧中寻找与编码当前点的前一个已经编码的节点a具有相同的laserID且第一个点的大于点o的的点p。In the previous frame as the reference frame, find the node a that has the same laserID as the node a that has been encoded before the current point and the first point Greater than point o Point p.
将前一帧经过全局运动的作为参考帧中点g之后编码或者解码的点e和点f,点o,点p作为帧间的候选点。The points e, f, o, and p encoded or decoded after the global motion of the previous frame as the reference frame point g are used as candidate points between frames.
同时,将帧间预测点e,f,o,p的用局部运动方式替换掉。At the same time, the inter-frame prediction points e, f, o, p Replace it with a local motion method.
进一步的,通过解析得到预测节点的几何位置预测残差信息以及量化参数,并且对预测残差进行反量化,恢复得到每个节点的重构几何位置信息,最终完成解码端的几何重构。Furthermore, the geometric position prediction residual information and quantization parameters of the prediction node are obtained through analysis, and the prediction residual is dequantized to restore the reconstructed geometric position information of each node, and finally the geometric reconstruction at the decoding end is completed.
具体的测试结果如下表所示。其中,参见表2-1,其示出了本申请实施例提供的一种在几何位置无损、属性无损情况下的测试结果;参见表2-2,其示出了本申请实施例提供的一种在几何位置有损、属性有损情况下的测试结果。从中可以看出,提升了编解码性能。The specific test results are shown in the following table. See Table 2-1, which shows the test results of a geometric position lossless and attribute lossless case provided by the embodiment of the present application; see Table 2-2, which shows the test results of a geometric position lossy and attribute lossy case provided by the embodiment of the present application. It can be seen that the encoding and decoding performance is improved.
表2-1
Table 2-1
表2-2
Table 2-2
可以看到,通过引入局部运动这一先验信息,可以明显提高在有损或者无损条件下的压缩性能。It can be seen that by introducing the prior information of local motion, the compression performance under lossy or lossless conditions can be significantly improved.
还需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,参考帧可以是前一帧,也可以是前K帧,K为正整数;或者,在第一参考帧或者第二参考帧中,选取的候选节点可以继续增多;或者,每若干个候选节点之间也可以进行取平均形成新的候选节点,这里均不作具体限定。It should also be noted that, in the embodiments of the present application, the reference frame can be the previous frame or the previous K frames, where K is a positive integer; alternatively, in the first reference frame or the second reference frame, the number of selected candidate nodes can continue to increase; alternatively, the average can be taken between every several candidate nodes to form a new candidate node, which is not specifically limited here.
在本申请实施例中,通过上述实施例对前述实施例的具体实现进行了详细阐述,从中可以看出,根据前述实施例的技术方案,这里对几何预测树帧间的预测方案进行改进,核心是在取得帧间预测点的时候,计算了帧间点之间的运动的局部运动信息,利用该先验的局部运动信息,对当前待编码点进行更好的帧间预测。In the embodiments of the present application, the specific implementation of the aforementioned embodiments is elaborated in detail through the above embodiments. It can be seen that according to the technical scheme of the aforementioned embodiments, the prediction scheme between frames of the geometric prediction tree is improved here. The core is that when obtaining the inter-frame prediction point, the local motion information of the motion between the inter-frame points is calculated, and the prior local motion information is used to perform better inter-frame prediction on the current point to be encoded.
在本申请的一实施例中,提供了一种码流,其中,所述码流是根据待编码信息进行比特编码生成的;其中,待编码信息包括下述至少一项:In one embodiment of the present application, a code stream is provided, wherein the code stream is generated by bit encoding according to information to be encoded; wherein the information to be encoded includes at least one of the following:
待编码节点的几何预测残差值、量化参数、预测节点索引值、第一标识信息和第二标识信息;The geometric prediction residual value, quantization parameter, prediction node index value, first identification information and second identification information of the node to be encoded;
其中,所述第一标识信息用于指示所述待编码节点是否使用帧间预测模式,所述第二标识信息用于指示所述待编码节点是否启用局部运动处理方式。The first identification information is used to indicate whether the node to be encoded uses an inter-frame prediction mode, and the second identification information is used to indicate whether the node to be encoded enables a local motion processing mode.
在本申请的再一实施例中,基于前述实施例相同的发明构思,参见图25,其示出了本申请实施例提供的一种解码器的组成结构示意图。如图25所示,所述解码器20包括解码单元21、第一确定单元22和第一局部运动处理单元23;其中,In another embodiment of the present application, based on the same inventive concept as the above-mentioned embodiment, see FIG25, which shows a schematic diagram of the composition structure of a decoder provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG25, the decoder 20 includes a decoding unit 21, a first determination unit 22 and a first local motion processing unit 23; wherein,
所述解码单元21,被配置为解析码流,确定待解码节点对应的预测节点索引值;以及确定当前帧中待解码节点的前一个第一已解码节点;The decoding unit 21 is configured to parse the bitstream, determine the predicted node index value corresponding to the node to be decoded; and determine the first decoded node before the node to be decoded in the current frame;
所述第一确定单元22,被配置为根据所述预测节点索引值和所述第一已解码节点,确定预测节点;The first determining unit 22 is configured to determine a prediction node according to the prediction node index value and the first decoded node;
所述第一局部运动处理单元23,被配置为基于所述第一已解码节点,对所述预测节点的第一角度参数值进行局部运动处理,确定所述预测节点的第二角度参数值;The first local motion processing unit 23 is configured to perform local motion processing on the first angle parameter value of the prediction node based on the first decoded node to determine the second angle parameter value of the prediction node;
所述第一确定单元22,还被配置为基于所述第一角度参数值或者所述第二角度参数值,确定所述预测节点的几何参数;基于所述几何参数,确定所述待解码节点的几何预测值。The first determination unit 22 is further configured to determine the geometric parameters of the predicted node based on the first angle parameter value or the second angle parameter value; and determine the geometric prediction value of the node to be decoded based on the geometric parameters.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述第一局部运动处理单元23,还被配置为所述预测节点索引值表征预测节点为预设节点的情况下,基于获取的第二已解码节点的第四角度参数值和所述预测节点的所述第一角度参数值,确定局部运动信息;所述第二已解码节点的第四角度参数值小于或等于且最接近所述第一已解码节点的第三角度参数值;所述第二已解码节点是基于所述第一已解码节点,在所述预测节点所在的参考帧中确定的;基于所述局部运动信息,确定所述预测节点的所述第二角度参数值。In some embodiments of the present application, the first local motion processing unit 23 is further configured to determine the local motion information based on the fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node and the first angle parameter value of the predicted node, when the predicted node index value represents that the predicted node is a preset node; the fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node is less than or equal to and closest to the third angle parameter value of the first decoded node; the second decoded node is determined based on the first decoded node in the reference frame where the predicted node is located; and the second angle parameter value of the predicted node is determined based on the local motion information.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述预测节点所在的参考帧包括:第一参考帧和第二参考帧;所述第一参考帧为所述第二参考帧进行全局运动得到的至少一帧;所述第二参考帧为所述当前帧的前K帧的已解码帧,其中,K为大于0的整数。In some embodiments of the present application, the reference frame where the prediction node is located includes: a first reference frame and a second reference frame; the first reference frame is at least one frame obtained by performing global motion on the second reference frame; the second reference frame is a decoded frame of the previous K frames of the current frame, where K is an integer greater than 0.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述预设节点为第一参考帧中除所述第二已解码节点以外的至少一个已解码节点。In some embodiments of the present application, the preset node is at least one decoded node in the first reference frame except the second decoded node.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述第一局部运动处理单元23,还被配置为将所述第二已解码节点的第四角度参数值,与所述预测节点的所述第一角度参数值之间的差异值,确定为所述局部运动信息。In some embodiments of the present application, the first local motion processing unit 23 is further configured to determine a difference value between a fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node and the first angle parameter value of the predicted node as the local motion information.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述第一局部运动处理单元23,还被配置为确定与待解码节点对应激光雷达的旋转角速度;基于所述局部运动信息、所述第三角度参数值和所述旋转角速度,确定所 述第二角度参数值。In some embodiments of the present application, the first local motion processing unit 23 is further configured to determine the rotation angular velocity of the laser radar corresponding to the node to be decoded; based on the local motion information, the third angle parameter value and the rotation angular velocity, determine the The second angle parameter value.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述第一局部运动处理单元23,还被配置为基于所述局部运动信息与所述旋转角速度的比值,确定第一中间值;对所述第一中间值进行取整运算,得到第二中间值;对所述第二中间值与所述旋转角速度相乘,得到第三中间值;对所述第三中间值与所述第三角度参数值相加,得到所述第二角度参数值。In some embodiments of the present application, the first local motion processing unit 23 is also configured to determine a first intermediate value based on the ratio of the local motion information to the rotation angular velocity; round the first intermediate value to obtain a second intermediate value; multiply the second intermediate value by the rotation angular velocity to obtain a third intermediate value; add the third intermediate value to the third angle parameter value to obtain the second angle parameter value.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述第一局部运动处理单元23,还被配置为若所述局部运动信息大于或等于第一预设阈值,或所述差异值小于或等于第二预设阈值,则基于所述局部运动信息,确定所述预测节点的所述第二角度参数值;所述第一预设阈值大于所述第二预设阈值。In some embodiments of the present application, the first local motion processing unit 23 is also configured to determine the second angle parameter value of the prediction node based on the local motion information if the local motion information is greater than or equal to a first preset threshold, or the difference value is less than or equal to a second preset threshold; the first preset threshold is greater than the second preset threshold.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述第一局部运动处理单元23,还被配置为若所述局部运动信息小于第一预设阈值且所述局部运动信息大于第二预设阈值,则将所述第一角度参数值确定为所述第二角度参数值;所述第一预设阈值大于所述第二预设阈值。In some embodiments of the present application, the first local motion processing unit 23 is further configured to determine the first angle parameter value as the second angle parameter value if the local motion information is less than a first preset threshold and the local motion information is greater than a second preset threshold; the first preset threshold is greater than the second preset threshold.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述第一预设阈值为Q倍的旋转角速度,其中,Q为正数;所述第二预设阈值为负Q倍的所述旋转角速度。In some embodiments of the present application, the first preset threshold is Q times the rotation angular velocity, where Q is a positive number; and the second preset threshold is negative Q times the rotation angular velocity.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述第一确定单元22,还被配置为所述预测节点索引值表征预测节点不为预设节点的情况下,将所述预测节点的第一角度参数值作为所述第二角度参数值。In some embodiments of the present application, the first determining unit 22 is further configured to use the first angle parameter value of the predicted node as the second angle parameter value when the predicted node index value indicates that the predicted node is not a preset node.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述第一确定单元22,还被配置为根据所述第一已解码节点,在所述预测节点索引值表征的预测节点所在的参考帧中,确定第二已解码节点;所述第二已解码节点的第四角度参数值小于或等于且最近接所述第一已解码节点的第三角度参数值,第二已解码节点与所述第一已解码节点具有相同的雷达索引;基于所述第二已解码节点,确定所述预测节点,所述预测节点的第一角度参数值大于所述第二已解码节点的第四角度参数值,所述预测节点与所述第二已解码节点具有相同的雷达索引。In some embodiments of the present application, the first determination unit 22 is further configured to determine, based on the first decoded node, a second decoded node in a reference frame where the predicted node represented by the predicted node index value is located; the fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node is less than or equal to and closest to the third angle parameter value of the first decoded node, and the second decoded node and the first decoded node have the same radar index; based on the second decoded node, determine the predicted node, the first angle parameter value of the predicted node is greater than the fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node, and the predicted node and the second decoded node have the same radar index.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述第一确定单元22,还被配置为将所述第二已解码节点对应的第四角度参数值,作为所述预测节点的第一角度参数值;或者,在所述预测节点所在的参考帧中,基于所述第二已解码节点和所述预测节点索引值,确定至少一个下一个已解码节点,所述至少一个下一个已解码节点包括所述预测节点;所述下一个已解码节点的下一个角度参数值大于且最接近其上一个已解码节点的上一个角度参数值;所述至少一个下一个已解码节点与所述第二已解码节点具有相同的雷达索引。In some embodiments of the present application, the first determination unit 22 is further configured to use the fourth angle parameter value corresponding to the second decoded node as the first angle parameter value of the predicted node; or, in the reference frame where the predicted node is located, based on the second decoded node and the predicted node index value, determine at least one next decoded node, the at least one next decoded node including the predicted node; the next angle parameter value of the next decoded node is greater than and closest to the previous angle parameter value of its previous decoded node; the at least one next decoded node has the same radar index as the second decoded node.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述第一确定单元22,还被配置为根据所述第一已解码节点,在所述预测节点索引值表征的预测节点所在的参考帧中,确定第二已解码节点;所述第二已解码节点的第四角度参数值小于或等于且最近接所述第一已解码节点的第三角度参数值,第二已解码节点与所述第一已解码节点具有相同的雷达索引;将所述第二已解码节点对应的第四角度参数值,作为所述预测节点的第一角度参数值;或者,在所述第二已解码节点之后的已解码节点中,按照预测树的顺序,确定所述预测节点。In some embodiments of the present application, the first determination unit 22 is further configured to determine, based on the first decoded node, a second decoded node in a reference frame where the predicted node represented by the predicted node index value is located; the fourth angle parameter value of the second decoded node is less than or equal to and closest to the third angle parameter value of the first decoded node, and the second decoded node has the same radar index as the first decoded node; the fourth angle parameter value corresponding to the second decoded node is used as the first angle parameter value of the predicted node; or, in the decoded nodes after the second decoded node, the predicted node is determined according to the order of the prediction tree.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述第一确定单元22,还被配置为将所述预测节点的深度信息、所述预测节点的雷达索引值以及所述第一角度参数值确定为所述待解码节点的几何预测值;或者,将所述预测节点的深度信息、所述预测节点的雷达索引值以及所述第二角度参数值确定为所述待解码节点的所述几何预测值。In some embodiments of the present application, the first determination unit 22 is further configured to determine the depth information of the predicted node, the radar index value of the predicted node, and the first angle parameter value as the geometric prediction value of the node to be decoded; or, to determine the depth information of the predicted node, the radar index value of the predicted node, and the second angle parameter value as the geometric prediction value of the node to be decoded.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述第一确定单元22,还被配置为解析码流,确定所述待解码节点的几何残差信息和量化参数;基于所述量化参数,对所述几何残差信息进行反量化处理,确定几何预测残差;基于所述几何预测残差和所述几何预测值,确定所述待解码节点的重构几何参数。In some embodiments of the present application, the first determination unit 22 is further configured to parse the bitstream to determine the geometric residual information and quantization parameters of the node to be decoded; based on the quantization parameters, perform inverse quantization processing on the geometric residual information to determine the geometric prediction residual; based on the geometric prediction residual and the geometric prediction value, determine the reconstructed geometric parameters of the node to be decoded.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述第一确定单元22,还被配置为根据所述预测节点索引值,确定所述待解码节点的上下文模型;采用所述上下文模型,对所述待解码节点的所述几何残差信息进行解码,得到所述几何残差信息。In some embodiments of the present application, the first determination unit 22 is further configured to determine the context model of the node to be decoded according to the predicted node index value; and use the context model to decode the geometric residual information of the node to be decoded to obtain the geometric residual information.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述第一确定单元22,还被配置为解析码流,确定第一标识信息;在所述第一标识信息指示所述待解码节点使用帧间预测模式的情况下,执行根据所述节点索引值和所述第一已解码节点,确定预测节点的步骤。In some embodiments of the present application, the first determination unit 22 is further configured to parse the code stream to determine first identification information; when the first identification information indicates that the node to be decoded uses an inter-frame prediction mode, execute the step of determining a predicted node based on the node index value and the first decoded node.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述第一确定单元22,还被配置为若所述第一标识信息为第一值,则确定所述第一标识信息指示所述待解码节点不使用帧间预测模式;若所述第一标识信息为第二值,则确定所述第一标识信息指示所述待解码节点使用帧间预测模式。In some embodiments of the present application, the first determination unit 22 is further configured to, if the first identification information is a first value, determine that the first identification information indicates that the node to be decoded does not use the inter-frame prediction mode; if the first identification information is a second value, determine that the first identification information indicates that the node to be decoded uses the inter-frame prediction mode.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述第一确定单元22,还被配置为解析码流,确定第二标识信息;在所述第二标识信息指示所述待解码节点启用局部运动处理方式的情况下,执行基于所述第一已解 码节点,对所述预测节点的第一角度参数值进行局部运动处理,确定所述预测节点的第二角度参数值的步骤。In some embodiments of the present application, the first determining unit 22 is further configured to parse the bitstream to determine the second identification information; when the second identification information indicates that the node to be decoded enables the local motion processing mode, the first decoded node is executed based on the first decoded bitstream. The code node performs local motion processing on the first angle parameter value of the prediction node to determine the second angle parameter value of the prediction node.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述第一确定单元22,还被配置为若所述第二标识信息为第一值,则确定所述第二标识信息指示所述待解码节点不启用局部运动处理方式;若所述第二标识信息为第二值,则确定所述第二标识信息指示所述待解码节点启用局部运动处理方式。In some embodiments of the present application, the first determination unit 22 is further configured to, if the second identification information is a first value, determine that the second identification information indicates that the local motion processing mode is not enabled for the node to be decoded; if the second identification information is a second value, determine that the second identification information indicates that the local motion processing mode is enabled for the node to be decoded.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述第一确定单元22,还被配置为基于预测树的解码顺序,确定所述待解码节点的前一个已解码节点,将所述前一个已解码节点作为所述第一已解码节点。In some embodiments of the present application, the first determination unit 22 is further configured to determine a previous decoded node of the node to be decoded based on a decoding order of the prediction tree, and use the previous decoded node as the first decoded node.
可以理解地,在本申请实施例中,“单元”可以是部分电路、部分处理器、部分程序或软件等等,当然也可以是模块,还可以是非模块化的。而且在本实施例中的各组成部分可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。It is understandable that in the embodiments of the present application, a "unit" may be a part of a circuit, a part of a processor, a part of a program or software, etc., and of course, it may be a module, or it may be non-modular. Moreover, the components in the present embodiment may be integrated into a processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above-mentioned integrated unit may be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of a software functional module.
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能模块的形式实现并非作为独立的产品进行销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中,基于这样的理解,本实施例的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)或processor(处理器)执行本实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software function module and is not sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of this embodiment is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or all or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product. The computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including several instructions for a computer device (which can be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) or a processor to perform all or part of the steps of the method described in this embodiment. The aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (RAM), disk or optical disk, etc., various media that can store program codes.
因此,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,应用于解码器20,该计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序被第一处理器执行时实现前述实施例中任一项所述的方法。Therefore, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, which is applied to the decoder 20. The computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program is executed by the first processor, the method described in any one of the above embodiments is implemented.
基于上述解码器20的组成以及计算机可读存储介质,参见图26,其示出了本申请实施例提供的解码器20的具体硬件结构示意图。如图26所示,解码器20可以包括:第一通信接口24、第一存储器25和第一处理器26;各个组件通过第一总线系统27耦合在一起。可理解,第一总线系统27用于实现这些组件之间的连接通信。第一总线系统27除包括数据总线之外,还包括电源总线、控制总线和状态信号总线。但是为了清楚说明起见,在图26中将各种总线都标为第一总线系统27。其中,Based on the composition of the above-mentioned decoder 20 and the computer-readable storage medium, refer to Figure 26, which shows a specific hardware structure diagram of the decoder 20 provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 26, the decoder 20 may include: a first communication interface 24, a first memory 25 and a first processor 26; each component is coupled together through a first bus system 27. It can be understood that the first bus system 27 is used to achieve connection and communication between these components. In addition to the data bus, the first bus system 27 also includes a power bus, a control bus and a status signal bus. However, for the sake of clarity, various buses are marked as the first bus system 27 in Figure 26. Among them,
第一通信接口24,用于在与其他外部网元之间进行收发信息过程中,信号的接收和发送;The first communication interface 24 is used for receiving and sending signals during the process of sending and receiving information with other external network elements;
第一存储器25,用于存储能够在第一处理器26上运行的计算机程序;A first memory 25, for storing a computer program that can be run on the first processor 26;
第一处理器26,用于在运行所述计算机程序时,执行:The first processor 26 is configured to execute, when running the computer program:
解析码流,确定待解码节点对应的预测节点索引值;Parse the bitstream and determine the predicted node index value corresponding to the node to be decoded;
确定当前帧中待解码节点的前一个第一已解码节点;Determine a first decoded node before the node to be decoded in the current frame;
根据所述预测节点索引值和所述第一已解码节点,确定预测节点;Determine a prediction node according to the prediction node index value and the first decoded node;
基于所述第一已解码节点,对所述预测节点的第一角度参数值进行局部运动处理,确定所述预测节点的第二角度参数值;Based on the first decoded node, performing local motion processing on the first angle parameter value of the prediction node to determine the second angle parameter value of the prediction node;
基于所述第一角度参数值或者所述第二角度参数值,确定所述预测节点的几何参数;Determining a geometric parameter of the prediction node based on the first angle parameter value or the second angle parameter value;
基于所述几何参数,确定所述待解码节点的几何预测值。Based on the geometric parameters, a geometric prediction value of the node to be decoded is determined.
可以理解,本申请实施例中的第一存储器25可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(Programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(Static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(Dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(Synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(Double Data Rate SDRAM,DDRSDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(Enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(Synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM,DRRAM)。本申请描述的系统和方法的第一存储器25旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It can be understood that the first memory 25 in the embodiment of the present application can be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or can include both volatile and non-volatile memories. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be a read-only memory (ROM), a programmable read-only memory (PROM), an erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), or a flash memory. The volatile memory can be a random access memory (RAM), which is used as an external cache. By way of example and not limitation, many forms of RAM are available, such as static RAM (SRAM), dynamic RAM (DRAM), synchronous DRAM (SDRAM), double data rate synchronous DRAM (DDRSDRAM), enhanced SDRAM (ESDRAM), synchronous link DRAM (SLDRAM), and direct RAM bus RAM (DRRAM). The first memory 25 of the systems and methods described herein is intended to include, but is not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
而第一处理器26可能是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤可以通过第一处理器26中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的第一处理器26可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施 例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成,或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于第一存储器25,第一处理器26读取第一存储器25中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。The first processor 26 may be an integrated circuit chip with signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, each step of the above method can be completed by a hardware integrated logic circuit or software instructions in the first processor 26. The above-mentioned first processor 26 can be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (Digital Signal Processor, DSP), an application-specific integrated circuit (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC), a field programmable gate array (Field Programmable Gate Array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gates or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components. The present application can be implemented or executed The methods, steps and logic block diagrams disclosed in the examples. The general processor can be a microprocessor or the processor can also be any conventional processor, etc. The steps of the method disclosed in the embodiments of the present application can be directly embodied as a hardware decoding processor for execution, or a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor for execution. The software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as a random access memory, a flash memory, a read-only memory, a programmable read-only memory or an electrically erasable programmable memory, a register, etc. The storage medium is located in the first memory 25, and the first processor 26 reads the information in the first memory 25, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
可以理解的是,本申请描述的这些实施例可以用硬件、软件、固件、中间件、微码或其组合来实现。对于硬件实现,处理单元可以实现在一个或多个专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuits,ASIC)、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processing,DSP)、数字信号处理设备(DSP Device,DSPD)、可编程逻辑设备(Programmable Logic Device,PLD)、现场可编程门阵列(Field-Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)、通用处理器、控制器、微控制器、微处理器、用于执行本申请所述功能的其它电子单元或其组合中。对于软件实现,可通过执行本申请所述功能的模块(例如过程、函数等)来实现本申请所述的技术。软件代码可存储在存储器中并通过处理器执行。存储器可以在处理器中或在处理器外部实现。It is understood that the embodiments described in this application can be implemented in hardware, software, firmware, middleware, microcode or a combination thereof. For hardware implementation, the processing unit can be implemented in one or more application specific integrated circuits (Application Specific Integrated Circuits, ASIC), digital signal processors (Digital Signal Processing, DSP), digital signal processing devices (DSP Device, DSPD), programmable logic devices (Programmable Logic Device, PLD), field programmable gate arrays (Field-Programmable Gate Array, FPGA), general processors, controllers, microcontrollers, microprocessors, other electronic units for performing the functions described in this application or a combination thereof. For software implementation, the technology described in this application can be implemented by a module (such as a process, function, etc.) that performs the functions described in this application. The software code can be stored in a memory and executed by a processor. The memory can be implemented in the processor or outside the processor.
可选地,作为另一个实施例,第一处理器26还配置为在运行所述计算机程序时,执行前述实施例中任一项所述的方法。Optionally, as another embodiment, the first processor 26 is further configured to execute any one of the methods described in the foregoing embodiments when running the computer program.
本实施例提供了一种解码器,在该解码器中,这里主要是针对用于帧间预测的预测节点进行了优化,具体是对预测节点的角度参数值进行局部运动处理,使得帧间预测能够更好的对待解码节点进行预测,从而提升了帧间预测的准确度,可以提升几何信息的编码效率,进而能够提高点云的编解码性能。The present embodiment provides a decoder in which the prediction nodes used for inter-frame prediction are mainly optimized. Specifically, local motion processing is performed on the angle parameter values of the prediction nodes, so that the inter-frame prediction can better predict the decoding nodes, thereby improving the accuracy of the inter-frame prediction, improving the encoding efficiency of the geometric information, and further improving the encoding and decoding performance of the point cloud.
在本申请的再一实施例中,基于前述实施例相同的发明构思,参见图27,其示出了本申请实施例提供的一种编码器的组成结构示意图。如图27所示,该编码器30可以包括:第二确定单元31、第二局部运动处理单元32和预测单元33;其中,In another embodiment of the present application, based on the same inventive concept as the above-mentioned embodiment, see FIG27 , which shows a schematic diagram of the composition structure of an encoder provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG27 , the encoder 30 may include: a second determination unit 31, a second local motion processing unit 32 and a prediction unit 33; wherein,
所述第二确定单元31,被配置为确定当前帧中待编码节点的前一个的第一已编码节点;以及确定在参考帧中与所述第一已编码节点具有至少一种几何参数相同的第一候选节点,并根据所述第一候选节点在所述参考帧中确定至少一个第二候选节点;The second determining unit 31 is configured to determine a first coded node preceding the node to be coded in the current frame; and determine a first candidate node having at least one geometric parameter identical to the first coded node in the reference frame, and determine at least one second candidate node in the reference frame according to the first candidate node;
所述第二局部运动处理单元32,被配置为对所述至少一个第二候选节点中的至少一个候选节点的角度参数值进行局部运动处理,得到更新后的至少一个第二候选节点;The second local motion processing unit 32 is configured to perform local motion processing on the angle parameter value of at least one candidate node among the at least one second candidate node to obtain the updated at least one second candidate node;
所述预测单元33,被配置为基于所述第一候选节点和更新后的至少一个第二候选节点,确定所述待编码节点的几何预测值。The prediction unit 33 is configured to determine a geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded based on the first candidate node and at least one updated second candidate node.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述第一候选节点的第四角度参数值小于或等于且最接近所述第一已编码节点的第三角度参数值。In some embodiments of the present application, the fourth angle parameter value of the first candidate node is less than or equal to and closest to the third angle parameter value of the first encoded node.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述第二局部运动处理单元32,还被配置为基于所述第一候选节点的第四角度参数值,以及所述至少一个第二候选节点中与预设节点匹配的至少一个第三候选节点的第五角度参数值,确定各个第三候选节点的局部运动信息;基于所述局部运动信息,对对应的第三候选节点的第五角度参数值进行更新,确定所述至少一个第三候选节点的更新后的第五角度参数值,从而确定更新后的至少一个第三候选节点;将所述更新后的至少一个第三候选节点和所述至少一个第二候选节点中除所述至少一个第三候选节点之外的候选节点,作为更新后的所述至少一个第二候选节点。In some embodiments of the present application, the second local motion processing unit 32 is further configured to determine the local motion information of each third candidate node based on the fourth angle parameter value of the first candidate node and the fifth angle parameter value of at least one third candidate node in the at least one second candidate node that matches the preset node; based on the local motion information, update the fifth angle parameter value of the corresponding third candidate node to determine the updated fifth angle parameter value of the at least one third candidate node, thereby determining the updated at least one third candidate node; and use the updated at least one third candidate node and the candidate nodes in the at least one second candidate node except the at least one third candidate node as the updated at least one second candidate node.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述参考帧包括:第一参考帧和第二参考帧;所述第一参考帧为所述第二参考帧进行全局运动得到的至少一帧;所述第二参考帧为所述当前帧的前K帧的已编码帧,其中,K为大于0的整数。In some embodiments of the present application, the reference frame includes: a first reference frame and a second reference frame; the first reference frame is at least one frame obtained by performing global motion on the second reference frame; the second reference frame is an encoded frame of the previous K frames of the current frame, where K is an integer greater than 0.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述预设节点为第一参考帧中除所述第一候选节点以外的至少一个候选节点。In some embodiments of the present application, the preset node is at least one candidate node in the first reference frame except the first candidate node.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述第二局部运动处理单元32,还被配置为从所述至少一个第二候选节点中,确定与所述预设节点匹配的至少一个所述第三候选节点;将所述第一候选节点的第四角度参数值,与各个所述第三候选节点的所述第五角度参数值之间的差异值,分别确定为各个第三候选节点的所述局部运动信息。In some embodiments of the present application, the second local motion processing unit 32 is further configured to determine at least one third candidate node that matches the preset node from the at least one second candidate node; and determine the difference between the fourth angle parameter value of the first candidate node and the fifth angle parameter value of each of the third candidate nodes as the local motion information of each of the third candidate nodes.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述第二局部运动处理单元32,还被配置为确定与待编码节点对应激光雷达的旋转角速度;基于各个第三候选节点的所述局部运动信息、所述第三角度参数值和所述旋转角速度,确定所述至少一个第三候选节点的所述更新后的第五角度参数值。 In some embodiments of the present application, the second local motion processing unit 32 is also configured to determine the rotation angular velocity of the laser radar corresponding to the node to be encoded; based on the local motion information, the third angle parameter value and the rotation angular velocity of each third candidate node, determine the updated fifth angle parameter value of at least one third candidate node.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述第二局部运动处理单元32,还被配置为基于各个第三候选节点的所述局部运动信息与所述旋转角速度的比值,确定各个第三候选节点的第一中间值;对各个第三候选节点的所述第一中间值进行取整运算,得到各个第三候选节点的第二中间值;对各个第三候选节点的所述第二中间值与所述旋转角速度相乘,得到各个第三候选节点的第三中间值;对各个第三候选节点的所述第三中间值分别与所述第三角度参数值相加,得到各个第三候选节点的所述更新后的第五角度参数值。In some embodiments of the present application, the second local motion processing unit 32 is further configured to determine the first intermediate value of each third candidate node based on the ratio of the local motion information of each third candidate node to the rotation angular velocity; perform rounding operation on the first intermediate value of each third candidate node to obtain the second intermediate value of each third candidate node; multiply the second intermediate value of each third candidate node by the rotation angular velocity to obtain the third intermediate value of each third candidate node; add the third intermediate value of each third candidate node to the third angle parameter value respectively to obtain the updated fifth angle parameter value of each third candidate node.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述第二局部运动处理单元32,还被配置为若任一第三候选节点的所述局部运动信息大于或等于第一预设阈值,或所述差异值小于或等于第二预设阈值,则基于所述任一第三候选节点的所述局部运动信息,对所述任一第三候选节点的第五角度参数值进行更新,确定所述任一第三候选节点的更新后的第五角度参数值;所述第一预设阈值大于所述第二预设阈值。In some embodiments of the present application, the second local motion processing unit 32 is also configured to update the fifth angle parameter value of any third candidate node based on the local motion information of any third candidate node, and determine the updated fifth angle parameter value of any third candidate node if the local motion information of any third candidate node is greater than or equal to a first preset threshold, or the difference value is less than or equal to a second preset threshold; the first preset threshold is greater than the second preset threshold.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述第二局部运动处理单元32,还被配置为若任一第三候选节点的所述局部运动信息小于第一预设阈值且所述局部运动信息大于第二预设阈值,则不对该任一第三候选节点的所述第五角度参数值进行更新;所述第一预设阈值大于所述第二预设阈值。In some embodiments of the present application, the second local motion processing unit 32 is also configured to not update the fifth angle parameter value of any third candidate node if the local motion information of any third candidate node is less than a first preset threshold and the local motion information is greater than a second preset threshold; the first preset threshold is greater than the second preset threshold.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述第一预设阈值为Q倍的旋转角速度,其中,Q为正数;所述第二预设阈值为负Q倍的所述旋转角速度。In some embodiments of the present application, the first preset threshold is Q times the rotation angular velocity, where Q is a positive number; and the second preset threshold is negative Q times the rotation angular velocity.
在本申请的一些实施例中,第一候选节点包括第一参考节点和第二参考节点;所述第二候选节点包括第三参考节点和第四参考节点;所述第一参考节点和所述第三参考节点属于第一参考帧;所述第二参考节点和所述第四参考节点属于第二参考帧。In some embodiments of the present application, the first candidate node includes a first reference node and a second reference node; the second candidate node includes a third reference node and a fourth reference node; the first reference node and the third reference node belong to a first reference frame; the second reference node and the fourth reference node belong to a second reference frame.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述第二确定单元31,还被配置为确定在所述第二参考帧中与所述第一已编码节点具有相同雷达索引的所述第一参考节点;根据所述第一参考节点在所述第一参考帧中确定至少一个第三参考节点;确定在所述第一参考帧中与所述第一已编码节点具有相同雷达索引的所述第二参考节点;根据所述第二参考候选节点在所述第二参考帧中确定至少一个第四参考节点。In some embodiments of the present application, the second determination unit 31 is further configured to determine the first reference node having the same radar index as the first encoded node in the second reference frame; determine at least one third reference node in the first reference frame based on the first reference node; determine the second reference node having the same radar index as the first encoded node in the first reference frame; and determine at least one fourth reference node in the second reference frame based on the second reference candidate node.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述第一参考节点的第四角度参数值小于或等于且最接近所述第一已编码节点的第三角度参数值;所述至少一个第三参考节点的第六角度参数值大于所述第一参考节点的第四角度参数值,所述至少一个第三参考节点与所述第一参考节点具有相同的雷达索引;所述第二参考节点的第四角度参数值小于或等于且最接近所述第一已编码节点的第三角度参数值;所述至少一个第四参考节点的第七角度参数值大于所述第二参考节点的第四角度参数值,所述至少一个第四参考节点与所述第二参考节点具有相同的雷达索引。In some embodiments of the present application, the fourth angle parameter value of the first reference node is less than or equal to and closest to the third angle parameter value of the first encoded node; the sixth angle parameter value of the at least one third reference node is greater than the fourth angle parameter value of the first reference node, and the at least one third reference node has the same radar index as the first reference node; the fourth angle parameter value of the second reference node is less than or equal to and closest to the third angle parameter value of the first encoded node; the seventh angle parameter value of the at least one fourth reference node is greater than the fourth angle parameter value of the second reference node, and the at least one fourth reference node has the same radar index as the second reference node.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述第二确定单元31,还被配置为在所述第一参考帧中,按照预测树的顺序,确定所述第一参考节点之后依次编码的至少一个第三参考节点。In some embodiments of the present application, the second determination unit 31 is further configured to determine, in the first reference frame, at least one third reference node that is sequentially encoded after the first reference node according to the order of the prediction tree.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述第二确定单元31,还被配置为在所述第二参考帧中,按照预测树的顺序,确定所述第二参考节点之后依次编码的至少一个第四参考节点。In some embodiments of the present application, the second determination unit 31 is further configured to determine, in the second reference frame, at least one fourth reference node that is sequentially encoded after the second reference node according to the order of the prediction tree.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述第二局部运动处理单元32,还被配置为基于所述第一参考节点的第四角度参数值,以及所述至少一个第三参考节点中与预设节点匹配的至少一个第三候选节点的第五角度参数值,确定各个第三候选节点的局部运动信息;基于所述局部运动信息,对对应的第三候选节点的第五角度参数值进行更新,确定所述至少一个第三候选节点的更新后的第五角度参数值,从而确定更新后的至少一个第三候选节点;将所述更新后的至少一个第三候选节点和所述至少一个第三参考节点中除所述至少一个第三候选节点之外的候选节点,作为更新后的至少一个第三参考节点;将更新后的至少一个第三参考节点,以及至少一个第四参考节点作为更新后的至少一个第二候选节点。In some embodiments of the present application, the second local motion processing unit 32 is further configured to determine the local motion information of each third candidate node based on the fourth angle parameter value of the first reference node and the fifth angle parameter value of at least one third candidate node that matches the preset node in the at least one third reference node; based on the local motion information, update the fifth angle parameter value of the corresponding third candidate node to determine the updated fifth angle parameter value of the at least one third candidate node, thereby determining the updated at least one third candidate node; use the updated at least one third candidate node and the candidate nodes in the at least one third reference node except the at least one third candidate node as the updated at least one third reference node; use the updated at least one third reference node and the at least one fourth reference node as the updated at least one second candidate node.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述至少一个第三参考节点、所述更新后的至少一个第四参考节点、所述第二参考节点和所述第一参考节点具有预设顺序。In some embodiments of the present application, the at least one third reference node, the updated at least one fourth reference node, the second reference node and the first reference node have a preset order.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述预测单元33,还被配置为对所述第一候选节点和所述更新后的各个第二候选节点分别进行代价值计算,得到多个率失真代价结果;将与所述多个率失真代价结果中的最小率失真代价对应的候选节点,确定为预测节点;基于所述预测节点,确定所述待编码节点的几何预测值。In some embodiments of the present application, the prediction unit 33 is further configured to perform cost calculations on the first candidate node and each of the updated second candidate nodes, respectively, to obtain multiple rate-distortion cost results; determine the candidate node corresponding to the minimum rate-distortion cost among the multiple rate-distortion cost results as the prediction node; and determine the geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded based on the prediction node.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述第二确定单元31,还被配置为确定预设顺序中与所述待编码节点的预测节点索引值;对所述预测节点索引值的进行编码,将所得到的编码比特写入码流。In some embodiments of the present application, the second determination unit 31 is further configured to determine a predicted node index value corresponding to the node to be encoded in a preset order; encode the predicted node index value, and write the obtained encoded bits into a bitstream.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述第二确定单元31,还被配置为根据所述待编码节点的几何预测值,确定所述待编码节点的几何残差信息;对所述待编码节点的所述几何残差信息进行编码,将所得到的编码比特写入码流。 In some embodiments of the present application, the second determination unit 31 is further configured to determine the geometric residual information of the node to be encoded based on the geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded; encode the geometric residual information of the node to be encoded, and write the obtained encoded bits into the bit stream.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述第二确定单元31,还被配置为根据所述待编码节点的所述几何预测值,确定所述待编码节点的初始残差值;根据量化参数对所述待编码节点的初始残差值进行量化处理,得到所述待编码节点的所述几何残差信息。In some embodiments of the present application, the second determination unit 31 is further configured to determine the initial residual value of the node to be encoded based on the geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded; and quantize the initial residual value of the node to be encoded according to a quantization parameter to obtain the geometric residual information of the node to be encoded.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述预测单元33,还被配置为确定所述待编码节点的原始值;根据所述待编码节点的原始值与所述待编码节点的几何预测值进行减法运算,确定所述待编码节点的初始残差值。In some embodiments of the present application, the prediction unit 33 is further configured to determine the original value of the node to be encoded; and determine the initial residual value of the node to be encoded by performing a subtraction operation between the original value of the node to be encoded and the geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述预测单元33,还被配置为对所述量化参数进行编码,将所得到的编码比特写入码流。In some embodiments of the present application, the prediction unit 33 is further configured to encode the quantization parameter and write the obtained encoded bits into a bit stream.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述第二确定单元31,还被配置为确定待编码节点的预测模式,并基于所述预测模式生成第一标识信息;所述第一标识信息指示所述待编码节点是否使用帧间预测模式;在所述预测模式为帧间预测模式的情况下,执行所述确定当前帧中待编码节点在前一个的第一已编码节点的步骤。In some embodiments of the present application, the second determination unit 31 is also configured to determine a prediction mode of the node to be encoded, and generate first identification information based on the prediction mode; the first identification information indicates whether the node to be encoded uses an inter-frame prediction mode; when the prediction mode is an inter-frame prediction mode, the step of determining the first encoded node in the previous one of the node to be encoded in the current frame is performed.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述第二确定单元31,还被配置为若所述第一标识信息指示所述待编码节点不使用帧间预测模式,则确定所述第一标识信息的值为第一值;若所述第一标识信息指示所述待编码节点使用帧间预测模式,则确定所述第一标识信息的值为第二值。In some embodiments of the present application, the second determination unit 31 is further configured to determine that the value of the first identification information is a first value if the first identification information indicates that the node to be encoded does not use the inter-frame prediction mode; if the first identification information indicates that the node to be encoded uses the inter-frame prediction mode, determine that the value of the first identification information is a second value.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述第二确定单元31,还被配置为对所述第一标识信息进行编码,将所得到的编码比特写入码流。In some embodiments of the present application, the second determining unit 31 is further configured to encode the first identification information and write the obtained encoded bits into a bit stream.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述第二确定单元31,还被配置为确定是否启用局部运动处理方式,并生成第二标识信息;所述第二标识信息指示所述待编码节点是否启用局部运动处理方式;在确定所述待编码节点启用局部运动处理方式的情况下,执行所述确定当前帧中待编码节点在前一个的第一已编码节点的步骤。In some embodiments of the present application, the second determination unit 31 is further configured to determine whether the local motion processing mode is enabled and generate second identification information; the second identification information indicates whether the local motion processing mode is enabled for the node to be encoded; when it is determined that the local motion processing mode is enabled for the node to be encoded, the step of determining the first encoded node in the previous one of the node to be encoded in the current frame is performed.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述第二确定单元31,还被配置为若所述第二标识信息指示所述待编码节点不启用局部运动处理方式,则确定所述第二标识信息的值为第一值;若所述第二标识信息指示所述待编码节点启用局部运动处理方式,则确定所述第二标识信息的值为第二值。In some embodiments of the present application, the second determination unit 31 is further configured to determine that the value of the second identification information is a first value if the second identification information indicates that the node to be encoded does not enable the local motion processing mode; if the second identification information indicates that the node to be encoded enables the local motion processing mode, determine that the value of the second identification information is a second value.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述第二确定单元31,还被配置为对所述第二标识信息进行编码,将所得到的编码比特写入码流。In some embodiments of the present application, the second determining unit 31 is further configured to encode the second identification information and write the obtained encoded bits into a bit stream.
在本申请的一些实施例中,所述第二确定单元31,还被配置为基于预测树的编码顺序,确定所述待编码节点的前一个已编码节点,将所述前一个已编码节点作为所述第一已编码节点。In some embodiments of the present application, the second determination unit 31 is further configured to determine a previous encoded node of the node to be encoded based on the encoding order of the prediction tree, and use the previous encoded node as the first encoded node.
可以理解地,在本实施例中,“单元”可以是部分电路、部分处理器、部分程序或软件等等,当然也可以是模块,还可以是非模块化的。而且在本实施例中的各组成部分可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。It can be understood that in this embodiment, a "unit" can be a part of a circuit, a part of a processor, a part of a program or software, etc., and of course it can also be a module, or it can be non-modular. Moreover, the components in this embodiment can be integrated into a processing unit, or each unit can exist physically separately, or two or more units can be integrated into one unit. The above-mentioned integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of a software functional module.
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能模块的形式实现并非作为独立的产品进行销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本实施例提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,应用于编码器30,该计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序被第二处理器执行时实现前述实施例中任一项所述的方法。If the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software function module and is not sold or used as an independent product, it can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, this embodiment provides a computer-readable storage medium, which is applied to the encoder 30, and the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program. When the computer program is executed by the second processor, the method described in any one of the above embodiments is implemented.
基于上述编码器30的组成以及计算机可读存储介质,参见图28,其示出了本申请实施例提供的编码器30的具体硬件结构示意图。如图28所示,编码器30可以包括:第二通信接口34、第二存储器35和第二处理器36;各个组件通过第二总线系统37耦合在一起。可理解,第二总线系统37用于实现这些组件之间的连接通信。第二总线系统37除包括数据总线之外,还包括电源总线、控制总线和状态信号总线。但是为了清楚说明起见,在图28中将各种总线都标为第二总线系统37。其中,Based on the composition of the above-mentioned encoder 30 and the computer-readable storage medium, refer to Figure 28, which shows a specific hardware structure diagram of the encoder 30 provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 28, the encoder 30 may include: a second communication interface 34, a second memory 35 and a second processor 36; each component is coupled together through a second bus system 37. It can be understood that the second bus system 37 is used to realize the connection and communication between these components. In addition to the data bus, the second bus system 37 also includes a power bus, a control bus and a status signal bus. However, for the sake of clarity, various buses are marked as the second bus system 37 in Figure 28. Among them,
第二通信接口34,用于在与其他外部网元之间进行收发信息过程中,信号的接收和发送;The second communication interface 34 is used for receiving and sending signals during the process of sending and receiving information with other external network elements;
第二存储器35,用于存储能够在第二处理器3003上运行的计算机程序;A second memory 35, used for storing a computer program that can be run on the second processor 3003;
第二处理器36,用于在运行所述计算机程序时,执行:The second processor 36 is configured to execute, when running the computer program:
确定当前帧中待编码节点的前一个的第一已编码节点;Determine a first encoded node preceding a node to be encoded in a current frame;
确定在参考帧中与所述第一已编码节点具有至少一种几何参数相同的第一候选节点,根据所述第一候选节点在所述参考帧中确定至少一个第二候选节点;Determine a first candidate node having at least one geometric parameter identical to that of the first encoded node in a reference frame, and determine at least one second candidate node in the reference frame based on the first candidate node;
对所述至少一个第二候选节点中的至少一个候选节点的角度参数值进行局部运动处理,得到更新后的至少一个第二候选节点;Performing local motion processing on the angle parameter value of at least one candidate node among the at least one second candidate node to obtain at least one updated second candidate node;
基于所述第一候选节点和更新后的至少一个第二候选节点,确定所述待编码节点的几何预测值。Based on the first candidate node and at least one updated second candidate node, a geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded is determined.
可选地,作为另一个实施例,第二处理器36还配置为在运行所述计算机程序时,执行前述实施 例中任一项所述的方法。Optionally, as another embodiment, the second processor 36 is further configured to execute the aforementioned implementation when running the computer program. The method described in any one of the examples.
可以理解,第二存储器35与第一存储器25的硬件功能类似,第二处理器36与第一处理器26的硬件功能类似;这里不再详述。It can be understood that the hardware functions of the second memory 35 and the first memory 25 are similar, and the hardware functions of the second processor 36 and the first processor 26 are similar; they will not be described in detail here.
本实施例提供了一种编码器,在该编码器中,这里主要是针对用于帧间预测的候选节点进行了优化,具体是对候选节点的角度参数值进行局部运动处理,使得帧间预测能够更好的对待编码节点进行预测,从而提升了帧间预测的准确度,可以提升几何信息的编码效率,进而能够提高点云的编解码性能。The present embodiment provides an encoder, in which the candidate nodes for inter-frame prediction are mainly optimized. Specifically, local motion processing is performed on the angle parameter values of the candidate nodes, so that the inter-frame prediction can better predict the coding nodes, thereby improving the accuracy of the inter-frame prediction, improving the coding efficiency of the geometric information, and further improving the encoding and decoding performance of the point cloud.
在本申请的再一实施例中,参见图29,其示出了本申请实施例提供的一种编解码系统的组成结构示意图。如图29所示,编解码系统40可以包括编码器30和解码器20。In yet another embodiment of the present application, referring to FIG29 , a schematic diagram of the composition structure of a coding and decoding system provided in an embodiment of the present application is shown. As shown in FIG29 , the coding and decoding system 40 may include an encoder 30 and a decoder 20 .
在本申请实施例中,编码器30可以是前述实施例中任一项所述的编码器,解码器20可以是前述实施例中任一项所述的解码器。In the embodiment of the present application, the encoder 30 may be the encoder described in any one of the aforementioned embodiments, and the decoder 20 may be the decoder described in any one of the aforementioned embodiments.
需要说明的是,在本申请中,术语“包括”、“包含”或者其任何其他变体意在涵盖非排他性的包含,从而使得包括一系列要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置不仅包括那些要素,而且还包括没有明确列出的其他要素,或者是还包括为这种过程、方法、物品或者装置所固有的要素。在没有更多限制的情况下,由语句“包括一个……”限定的要素,并不排除在包括该要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置中还存在另外的相同要素。It should be noted that, in this application, the terms "include", "comprises" or any other variants thereof are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusion, so that a process, method, article or device including a series of elements includes not only those elements, but also other elements not explicitly listed, or also includes elements inherent to such process, method, article or device. In the absence of further restrictions, an element defined by the sentence "includes a ..." does not exclude the existence of other identical elements in the process, method, article or device including the element.
上述本申请实施例序号仅仅为了描述,不代表实施例的优劣。The serial numbers of the above-mentioned embodiments of the present application are for description only and do not represent the advantages or disadvantages of the embodiments.
本申请所提供的几个方法实施例中所揭露的方法,在不冲突的情况下可以任意组合,得到新的方法实施例。The methods disclosed in several method embodiments provided in this application can be arbitrarily combined without conflict to obtain new method embodiments.
本申请所提供的几个产品实施例中所揭露的特征,在不冲突的情况下可以任意组合,得到新的产品实施例。The features disclosed in several product embodiments provided in this application can be arbitrarily combined without conflict to obtain new product embodiments.
本申请所提供的几个方法或设备实施例中所揭露的特征,在不冲突的情况下可以任意组合,得到新的方法实施例或设备实施例。The features disclosed in several method or device embodiments provided in this application can be arbitrarily combined without conflict to obtain new method embodiments or device embodiments.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above is only a specific implementation of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited thereto. Any person skilled in the art who is familiar with the present technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present application, which should be included in the protection scope of the present application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be based on the protection scope of the claims.
本申请实施例中,在解码端,首先解析码流,确定待解码节点对应的预测节点索引值;然后,确定当前帧中待解码节点的前一个第一已解码节点;随后,根据预测节点索引值和第一已解码节点,确定预测节点;随后,基于第一已解码节点,对预测节点的第一角度参数值进行局部运动处理,确定预测节点的第二角度参数值;最后,基于第一角度参数值或者第二角度参数值,确定预测节点的几何参数;基于几何参数,确定待解码节点的几何预测值。在编码端,首先确定当前帧中待编码节点的前一个的第一已编码节点;然后,确定在参考帧中与第一已编码节点具有至少一种几何参数相同的第一候选节点,根据第一候选节点在参考帧中确定至少一个第二候选节点;随后,对至少一个第二候选节点中的至少一个候选节点的角度参数值进行局部运动处理,得到更新后的至少一个第二候选节点;最后,基于第一候选节点和更新后的至少一个第二候选节点,确定待编码节点的几何预测值。这样,本申请的技术方案主要是针对用于帧间预测的候选节点进行了优化,相比于相关技术,这里对候选节点的角度参数值进行局部运动处理,使得帧间预测能够更好的对待解码节点进行预测,从而提升了帧间预测的准确度,可以提升几何信息的编解码效率,进而能够提高点云的编解码性能。 In an embodiment of the present application, at the decoding end, the code stream is first parsed to determine the predicted node index value corresponding to the node to be decoded; then, the first decoded node before the node to be decoded in the current frame is determined; then, the predicted node is determined based on the predicted node index value and the first decoded node; then, based on the first decoded node, the first angle parameter value of the predicted node is subjected to local motion processing to determine the second angle parameter value of the predicted node; finally, based on the first angle parameter value or the second angle parameter value, the geometric parameter of the predicted node is determined; based on the geometric parameter, the geometric prediction value of the node to be decoded is determined. At the encoding end, the first encoded node before the node to be encoded in the current frame is first determined; then, a first candidate node having at least one geometric parameter identical to the first encoded node in the reference frame is determined, and at least one second candidate node is determined in the reference frame based on the first candidate node; then, the angle parameter value of at least one candidate node in the at least one second candidate node is subjected to local motion processing to obtain at least one updated second candidate node; finally, based on the first candidate node and the at least one updated second candidate node, the geometric prediction value of the node to be encoded is determined. In this way, the technical solution of the present application is mainly aimed at optimizing the candidate nodes used for inter-frame prediction. Compared with the related technologies, local motion processing is performed on the angle parameter values of the candidate nodes, so that the inter-frame prediction can better predict the nodes to be decoded, thereby improving the accuracy of the inter-frame prediction, improving the encoding and decoding efficiency of the geometric information, and further improving the encoding and decoding performance of the point cloud.
Claims (58)
Priority Applications (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN202380095611.6A CN120858577A (en) | 2023-04-10 | 2023-04-10 | Coding and decoding method, code stream, encoder, decoder and storage medium |
| PCT/CN2023/087311 WO2024212045A1 (en) | 2023-04-10 | 2023-04-10 | Encoding method, decoding method, code stream, encoder, decoder, and storage medium |
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2023/087311 WO2024212045A1 (en) | 2023-04-10 | 2023-04-10 | Encoding method, decoding method, code stream, encoder, decoder, and storage medium |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2024212045A1 true WO2024212045A1 (en) | 2024-10-17 |
Family
ID=93058646
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2023/087311 Pending WO2024212045A1 (en) | 2023-04-10 | 2023-04-10 | Encoding method, decoding method, code stream, encoder, decoder, and storage medium |
Country Status (2)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| CN (1) | CN120858577A (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2024212045A1 (en) |
Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN113573068A (en) * | 2021-07-28 | 2021-10-29 | 福州大学 | Registration-based improved V-PCC inter-frame prediction method and system |
| US20220207780A1 (en) * | 2020-12-29 | 2022-06-30 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Inter prediction coding for geometry point cloud compression |
| CN114913252A (en) * | 2021-02-08 | 2022-08-16 | 荣耀终端有限公司 | Method for preprocessing point cloud data, method and device for encoding and decoding point cloud geometry |
| CN114913253A (en) * | 2021-02-08 | 2022-08-16 | 西安电子科技大学 | A kind of adaptive point cloud geometry encoding and decoding method and device |
| CN115380536A (en) * | 2020-04-07 | 2022-11-22 | 苹果公司 | Improved predictive encoding for point cloud compression |
-
2023
- 2023-04-10 WO PCT/CN2023/087311 patent/WO2024212045A1/en active Pending
- 2023-04-10 CN CN202380095611.6A patent/CN120858577A/en active Pending
Patent Citations (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN115380536A (en) * | 2020-04-07 | 2022-11-22 | 苹果公司 | Improved predictive encoding for point cloud compression |
| US20220207780A1 (en) * | 2020-12-29 | 2022-06-30 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Inter prediction coding for geometry point cloud compression |
| CN114913252A (en) * | 2021-02-08 | 2022-08-16 | 荣耀终端有限公司 | Method for preprocessing point cloud data, method and device for encoding and decoding point cloud geometry |
| CN114913253A (en) * | 2021-02-08 | 2022-08-16 | 西安电子科技大学 | A kind of adaptive point cloud geometry encoding and decoding method and device |
| CN113573068A (en) * | 2021-07-28 | 2021-10-29 | 福州大学 | Registration-based improved V-PCC inter-frame prediction method and system |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| CN120858577A (en) | 2025-10-28 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| WO2024145904A1 (en) | Encoding method, decoding method, code stream, encoder, decoder, and storage medium | |
| WO2024212045A1 (en) | Encoding method, decoding method, code stream, encoder, decoder, and storage medium | |
| WO2024212043A1 (en) | Encoding method, decoding method, code stream, encoder, decoder, and storage medium | |
| WO2024212038A1 (en) | Encoding method, decoding method, code stream, encoder, decoder, and storage medium | |
| WO2024212042A1 (en) | Coding method, decoding method, code stream, coder, decoder, and storage medium | |
| WO2025076663A1 (en) | Encoding method, decoding method, encoder, decoder, and storage medium | |
| WO2025007355A9 (en) | Encoding method, decoding method, code stream, encoder, decoder, and storage medium | |
| WO2025015523A1 (en) | Encoding method, decoding method, bitstream, encoder, decoder and storage medium | |
| WO2024216477A1 (en) | Encoding/decoding method, encoder, decoder, code stream, and storage medium | |
| WO2024207456A1 (en) | Method for encoding and decoding, encoder, decoder, code stream, and storage medium | |
| WO2025010604A1 (en) | Point cloud encoding method, point cloud decoding method, encoder, decoder, code stream, and storage medium | |
| WO2024216476A1 (en) | Encoding/decoding method, encoder, decoder, code stream, and storage medium | |
| WO2025010601A9 (en) | Coding method, decoding method, coders, decoders, code stream and storage medium | |
| WO2024145910A1 (en) | Encoding method, decoding method, bitstream, encoder, decoder and storage medium | |
| WO2025010600A9 (en) | Encoding method, decoding method, code stream, encoder, decoder, and storage medium | |
| WO2025007360A1 (en) | Coding method, decoding method, bit stream, coder, decoder, and storage medium | |
| WO2025076672A1 (en) | Encoding method, decoding method, encoder, decoder, code stream, and storage medium | |
| WO2024207481A1 (en) | Encoding method, decoding method, encoder, decoder, bitstream and storage medium | |
| WO2025145433A1 (en) | Point cloud encoding method, point cloud decoding method, codec, code stream, and storage medium | |
| WO2024216479A9 (en) | Encoding and decoding method, code stream, encoder, decoder and storage medium | |
| WO2025076668A9 (en) | Encoding method, decoding method, encoder, decoder and storage medium | |
| WO2025007349A1 (en) | Encoding and decoding methods, bit stream, encoder, decoder, and storage medium | |
| WO2024234132A9 (en) | Coding method, decoding method, code stream, coder, decoder, and storage medium | |
| WO2025147915A1 (en) | Point cloud encoding method, point cloud decoding method, encoders, decoders, bitstream and storage medium | |
| WO2025145330A1 (en) | Point cloud coding method, point cloud decoding method, coders, decoders, code stream and storage medium |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 23932345 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 202380095611.6 Country of ref document: CN |
|
| WWP | Wipo information: published in national office |
Ref document number: 202380095611.6 Country of ref document: CN |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |